Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 20, 2021.

Registration No. 333-259116

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2844   87-1242679

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Address Not Applicable 1

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

JuE Wong

President and Chief Executive Officer

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

1187 Coast Village Rd, Suite 1-520

Santa Barbara, CA 93108

(310) 691-0776

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

Craig Marcus, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

(617) 951-7000

 

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Erika L. Weinberg, Esq.

Senet S. Bischoff, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY, 10020

(212) 906 - 1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Amount to
be Registered(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per Share(2)
 

Proposed
Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

77,050,000

  $16.00   $1,232,800,000   $134,499

 

 

(1)

Includes 10,050,000 shares of common stock that may be sold if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

A portion of this amount totaling $10,910 was previously paid in connection with the previous filing of this Registration Statement on August 27, 2021. The remaining portion of $123,589 has been paid herewith.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

1 

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. is a fully remote company. Accordingly, it does not maintain a principal executive office.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion. Dated September 20, 2021.

67,000,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. All of the                  shares of our common stock are being offered by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $14.00 and $16.00. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OLPX”.

After the completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation will beneficially own approximately 79.6% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 78.2% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards for Nasdaq-listed companies and will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of such rules. See “Management—Controlled Company Status” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 to read about factors you should consider before buying our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” beginning on page 163 for additional information regarding underwriter compensation.

To the extent the underwriters sell more than 67,000,000 shares of our common stock, the underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional 10,050,000 shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley   Barclays
BofA Securities   Evercore ISI   Jefferies   Raymond James
Cowen   Piper Sandler   Truist Securities   Telsey Advisory Group   Drexel Hamilton     Loop Capital Markets  

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO OLAPLEX INSPIRED BY SALONS. PROVEN BY SCIENCE.REPAIR STRENGTHEN PROTECT


Table of Contents

LOGO OLAPLEX THE COMPLETE HAIR REPAIR SYSTEM REPAIR STRENGTHEN PROTECT


Table of Contents

LOGO OLAPLEX 76% of stylists believe OLAPLEX offers higher quality products than other brands #1 brand in professional haircare 90% growth from FY19 to FY21 71 NPS #1 amongst similar brands #1 brand at Sephora 80%+ gross margins #1 follower count across haircare brands on Instagram Top2 brand on Amazon across our categories 65%+ Adj. EBITDA margin REPAIR STRENGTHEN PROTECT


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     i  

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     i  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

     i  

TRADEMARKS, TRADENAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

     i  

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

     ii  

THE REORGANIZATION

     ii  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     25  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     66  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     68  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     69  

CAPITALIZATION

     70  

DILUTION

     72  

THE REORGANIZATION

     74  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     77  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     80  

BUSINESS

     107  

MANAGEMENT

     129  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     136  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     145  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     149  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     155  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     158  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     163  

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     165  

UNDERWRITING

     169  

LEGAL MATTERS

     179  

EXPERTS

     179  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     179  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  


Table of Contents

Through and including                 , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters (and any of our or their affiliates) have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters (and any of our or their affiliates) take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters (and any of our or their affiliates) have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who obtain this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables and charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultants, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. While independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable we have not independently verified such information.

Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources. Similarly, our internal research is based upon our understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. To the extent that any estimates underlying such market-derived information and other factors are incorrect, actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the independent parties’ estimates and in our estimates.

TRADEMARKS, TRADENAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business and that appear in this prospectus. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names

 

i


Table of Contents

and copyrights of other companies which, to our knowledge, are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but the absence of such symbols does not indicate the registration status of the trademarks and is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to such trademarks and trade names.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures,” including adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit). These are financial measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). For more information about how we use these non-GAAP financial measures in our business, the limitations of these measures, and a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, please see the sections titled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

THE REORGANIZATION

Penelope Group Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Penelope Group Holdings”), is a holding company and the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp., as the predecessor of the issuer of the shares offered by this prospectus, are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings, Inc. (“Olaplex Holdings”) is a newly formed Delaware corporation formed by Advent International GPE IX, LP (“Fund IX”), an investment fund affiliated with Advent International Corporation. Fund IX and other investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation (the “Advent Funds”) together with other investors (the “Existing Owners”) hold 100% of the economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings. Fund IX also holds 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings GP II, LLC (“Penelope Group GP II”), which will be designated as, and replace Penelope Group GP, LLC (“Penelope Group GP”) in the capacity of, general partner of Penelope Group Holdings and will hold a non-economic general partner interest in the partnership prior to the consummation of this offering. Following such designation and prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of transactions pursuant to which (i) the Existing Owners will contribute 100% of their respective economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings, and Fund IX will further contribute 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group GP II, to Olaplex Holdings in exchange for (1) shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings and (2) certain rights to payments under an income tax receivable agreement to be entered into at the time of the contribution, (ii) each outstanding option to purchase equity interests in Penelope Holdings Corp. will become an option to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, and (iii) each outstanding cash-settled unit of Penelope Holdings Corp. will become a cash-settled unit of Olaplex Holdings. We refer to this as the “Pre-IPO Reorganization.”

Prior to the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings is the sole owner of Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which is the sole owner of Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., and has no other material assets. Following the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will also be the direct or indirect parent of Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of additional transactions pursuant to which (i) Olaplex Holdings and Olaplex Intermediate, Inc. will contribute 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group Holdings and 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group GP II to Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., and (ii) Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II will each merge with and into Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. with Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. surviving each merger. We refer to these transactions, together with the Pre-IPO Reorganization, as the “Reorganization.”

 

ii


Table of Contents

Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements. See “The Reorganization.”

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and the financial statements and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Olaplex” or the “Company” refer, prior to the Reorganization, to Penelope Group Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after the Reorganization, to Olaplex Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

OLAPLEX: Our Mission to Improve Hair Health

OLAPLEX is an innovative, science-enabled, technology-driven beauty company. We are founded on the principle of delivering effective, patent-protected and proven performance in the categories where we compete. We strive to empower our consumers to look as beautiful on the outside as they feel on the inside.

We believe every person deserves to have healthy, beautiful hair, whether they are visiting a salon or caring for their hair at home. Our commitment to deliver results that are visible on first use, coupled with our strong sense of community across both professional hairstylists and consumers, has driven tremendous brand loyalty. We offer our award-winning products through a global omni-channel platform serving the professional, specialty retail, and direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) channels.

Science-Backed Brand that Attracts a Loyal and Engaged Community

We offer science-backed solutions that improve hair health and are trusted by stylists and consumers. We identify our consumers’ most relevant haircare concerns in collaboration with our passionate and highly engaged community of professional hairstylists and consumers, and strive to address them through our proprietary technology and innovation capabilities. Our deep roots in the professional haircare community and strong ties with our global network of hairstylists creates a continuous feedback loop, providing unique insight into the hair health goals and concerns of our consumers. Our hairstylists are our strongest advocates; they have grown with our business since our founding in 2014, and through mutual support we have empowered them to connect with their clients and to champion our brand through an engaged and active social community. This community also provides insight into consumer needs and positions OLAPLEX to leverage our research and development platform to respond to consumers’ demands for improved hair health by creating high-quality products that result in healthy, beautiful hair. Results have validated our approach. We believe that over 90% of our consumers think OLAPLEX products make their hair healthier, which we believe is among the highest ratings compared to competitors in this category. Moreover, we believe OLAPLEX’s professional net promoter score of 71% as of April 2021 is the highest in our brand category and well above the average score in our category. The quality of our products, combined with our community-driven approach to engaging with both professional hairstylists and our consumers, have created a strong and loyal following for OLAPLEX that we believe provides a unique competitive advantage and foundation for growth.

High Performance Products Proven by Science

OLAPLEX disrupted and revolutionized the professional haircare industry by creating the bond building category in 2014. We have grown from an initial offering of three products sold exclusively through the


 

1


Table of Contents

professional channel to a broader suite of products offered through the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels that have been strategically developed to address three key uses: treatment, maintenance and protection. Our unique bond building technology can repair disulfide bonds in human hair that are destroyed via chemical, thermal, mechanical, environmental and aging processes. We have strategically expanded our product line over time to create a self-care routine that our consumers look forward to and rely upon on a daily basis. Our current product portfolio comprises eleven unique, complementary products specifically developed to provide a holistic regimen for hair health. Our proprietary, patent-protected ingredient, Bis-aminopropyl diglycol dimaleate (“Bis-amino”), serves as the common thread across our products and is a key differentiator in our ability to create trusted, high-quality products. Underpinning our product range is a portfolio of more than 100 patents which protect our proprietary technology and, we believe, create both barriers to entry and a foundation for entry into adjacent categories over time, especially given our patent claims are broadly drafted and include claims covering applications across adjacent categories in haircare, and also in skin care and nail health for example.

Our current hair health platform is championed by three products that can be purchased only through professional hairstylists, No. 1, No. 2 and No. 4-1. These three products often serve as an introduction to our brand and a gateway to eight additional products that can be used both at home and in the salon.

Our Products

 

 

LOGO


 

2


Table of Contents

Synergistic Channel Strategy Underpinned by Our Omni-Channel Approach

We have developed a cohesive and synergistic distribution strategy that leverages the strength of each of our channels, including the specific attributes of each channel as depicted below, and our strong digital capabilities that we apply across our omni-channel sales platform.

 

 

LOGO

Our professional channel, which includes both products used by hairstylists in-salon and products sold by hairstylists to consumers for use at home, comprised 55% of our 2020 total net sales and grew 59% from 2019 to 2020. The professional channel serves as the foundation for our brand, validating the quality of our products and influencing our consumers’ purchasing decisions.

In 2018, as OLAPLEX continued to grow, we established our retail presence through expansion into the DTC channel and specialty retail channel (principally Sephora), both of which have continued to grow as we have developed our omni-channel platform. Our specialty retail channel grew 75% from 2019 to 2020, representing 18% of our 2020 total net sales. Our DTC channel, comprised of OLAPLEX.com and sales through third-party e-commerce platforms, grew 260% from 2019 to 2020, and represented 27% of our 2020 total net sales. This channel also provides us with the opportunity to engage directly with our consumers to help create a feedback loop that drives our decisions around new product development.

Commitment to Social and Environmental Consciousness

We are passionate about promoting wellness, starting with the integrity of your hair and extending to supporting our communities and minimizing our impact on the environment, allowing us to drive social and environmental awareness in the beauty industry.


 

3


Table of Contents
   

Supporting Small Businesses. We are invested in supporting the success of our community of hairstylists, 98% of whom are small business owners, and a meaningful percentage of whom are racial or ethnic minorities. For example, during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic we implemented a number of initiatives to support our hairstylist communities during salon closures, including our Affiliate Program, which enabled hairstylists to generate income by selling Olaplex products for at-home use.

 

   

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion. We believe it is important that our employees reflect the diversity of our hairstylist and consumer community. Our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (“DEI”) initiatives focus on promoting a workplace of inclusion and acceptance. As of June 30, 2021, 77% of our employees identify as female and 41% identify as non-white. In addition, an employee survey from February 2021 found 90% of our employees agree that we have an inclusive environment that makes them feel comfortable bringing their true selves to work. Many of our current Olaplex employees are former stylists whose unique perspectives and insights have helped us better understand our diverse consumer base and what matters to them.

 

   

Environmental Sustainability. We continue to explore ways to reduce our carbon footprint and to contribute to a more sustainable future for our planet. One of our key initiatives is to limit the use of secondary packaging in which our products are sold. We believe that between 2015 to 2021 we avoided the use of approximately 2.9 million pounds of paper packaging, which we believe prevented approximately 23 million pounds of greenhouse gas from being emitted into the environment, conserved approximately 37 million gallons of water and saved approximately 29,000 trees from deforestation, as compared to manufacturing, packaging and distribution alternatives. In addition, we strive to produce clean products that exclude certain harmful ingredients. These efforts are well recognized in the industry, with OLAPLEX being one of only 21 haircare brands accredited with the “Clean at Sephora” designation, as of July 31, 2021.

Scaled and Nimble Supply Chain

We have developed a flexible and resilient supply chain, designed to support long-term growth at scale. A core tenet of this strategy is leveraging strong partnerships with our co-manufacturers and distributors to create an expansive supply network with ample capacity without significant additional capital investment. Maintaining an asset-light business model has helped us to generate strong free cash flow.

Robust Financial Performance

The strength of our business model and ability to scale have created a compelling financial profile characterized by revenue growth and very strong profitability over the past two years that we believe is among the best in our industry. Our net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020, representing a 90% increase. Our net income decreased from $60.9 million in 2019 to $39.3 million in 2020, representing a 36% decrease, primarily as a result of interest expense on debt incurred in January 2020 upon the Acquisition (as defined herein), and our adjusted net income increased from $100.5 million in 2019 to $131.1 million in 2020, representing a 30% increase. We have also experienced robust adjusted EBITDA growth over the past year, increasing our adjusted EBITDA from $100.5 million in 2019 to $199.3 million in 2020, representing a 98% increase, and an increase in our adjusted EBITDA margins from 68% in 2019 to 71% in 2020. We have continued to see strong momentum in our business, with net sales increasing from $99.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $270.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing an increase of 171%, and net income increasing from a net loss of $22.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to net income of $94.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our adjusted EBITDA margins continue to be robust, remaining at 71% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. See “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our financial performance and non-GAAP measures, together with a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.


 

4


Table of Contents

Historical Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA

(dollars in millions)

 

Net Sales   Adjusted EBITDA and Margin
LOGO   LOGO

 

Our Market Opportunity

Haircare Represents a Large, Growing Market

Haircare represents a large, addressable market and presents significant opportunities for growth. In 2020, the market was sized at $77 billion globally and is expected to grow at a compound annual rate of ~6% from 2020 to 2025. OLAPLEX participates in the prestige segment of the market, which is expected to be the fastest growing segment of the global haircare market from 2020 to 2025.

Consumers are Increasingly Focused on Health and Wellness

In particular, we focus on hair health, a key driver of our consumers’ purchasing decisions. Our first area of focus was damaged hair, among the most important components of hair health, which we addressed through our proprietary bond building technology. We believe approximately 91% of U.S. women do something every day to damage their hair, such as coloring, chemical services, heat styling, washing and brushing, which we believe has driven strong demand for our bond-building products.

Several significant tailwinds support the long-term growth prospects of the haircare market. The way our consumers feel about their hair has a strong impact on how they perceive themselves; we believe that continued focus on personal appearance and wellness will drive increased spend in the category. We believe consumers are also becoming increasingly health-conscious, generating a high demand for clean, technology-backed beauty products that achieve results, and that the importance of hair health has driven increased willingness among our consumers to invest in premium-quality products. Our offerings, which are able to deliver results after the first use, position us well to meet this rising consumer demand.

Innovative, Consumer-Connected Brands Are Taking Share

As consumers increasingly demand high-performance, innovative solutions for hair health, we believe that the haircare industry is ripe for disruption. Heritage beauty brands have lost market share to innovative, consumer-connected brands that are more agile and better equipped to meet evolving consumer needs. According to Euromonitor, the top three haircare companies globally (by retail sales) have lost over 430 basis points of market share since 2015. This dynamic has created a significant opportunity for OLAPLEX to gain market share. Increasing focus on hair health also provides significant runway for future growth as we extend our product offering to focus on providing other haircare solutions.


 

5


Table of Contents

Whitespace in the Broader Beauty and Personal Care Category

We also are well positioned to expand into the $633 billion beauty and personal care category by leveraging our differentiated technology platform, and we believe consumers would be interested in OLAPLEX product offerings in other beauty categories, such as skincare, a $140 billion global category. We intend to utilize our innovation expertise to enter adjacent categories and create clean, healthy solutions for the broader personal care needs of our consumers. We are confident that our deep connection with our consumer community, which has driven significant engagement as we launch new haircare products, will allow us to expand into beauty and wellness categories in the future.

Our Strengths

Differentiated Brand Positioning Steeped in Science-Backed, Proven Products

OLAPLEX is built upon a vision of delivering scientific hair health solutions to both professional hairstylists and our consumers. We believe that demand for OLAPLEX products is driven by the visible results of our products, and that our ability to provide scientifically supported hair health solutions has engendered trust, loyalty and advocacy among our consumers across channels. This has enabled OLAPLEX to become the #1 bond-building haircare brand in the professional channel, and a top ranked haircare brand within our specialty retail channel. Furthermore, we believe that over 70% of consumers consider OLAPLEX to be both a brand they trust and a brand that helps them take care of their hair.

Beloved Brand with Passionate and Loyal Consumer Following

Our dedication to providing science-driven solutions has created an engaged consumer base that we believe advocates authentically for the quality of our products. Our unique relationship with stylists and active involvement with them through digital forums, OLAPLEX Pro App and as brand ambassadors has driven community engagement that has fostered loyalty among the consumer community as well. We continue to build loyal relationships with elite hairstylists and brand ambassadors who educate our consumers, test our products, participate in our brand campaigns and introduce our products to their clientele, and who have leadership influence and reach throughout the hairstylist community. We believe our products’ quality and ability to deliver visible results after first use, coupled with our solutions-based product system, has led to deep penetration within the purchasing habits of our consumers. We believe consumers who purchase at least one OLAPLEX product on average have purchased over 3.5 other products from our product suite in the last twelve months. We believe this broad cross-purchasing activity demonstrates that consumers are using our products as part of a broader haircare regimen.

Furthermore, our consumers have continued to engage with the OLAPLEX brand online. As of August 31, 2021, the OLAPLEX hashtag has been used over 12.3 million times across social media platforms by our community of professional hairstylists and consumers who create their own content about their haircare regimen. In the past year, we had exceptional engagement with our Instagram community of over 2 million followers as of July 31, 2021, which generated over 2.4 million likes and an average of approximately 13,000 story views a day. Our passionate consumer base is also demonstrated by our presence on TikTok where our videos have been viewed over 1.5 million times between April and September 2021, and, as of September 2021, videos using the OLAPLEX hashtag have been viewed over 350 million times since the hashtag first appeared on the platform.

Positioned in Compelling Sub-Verticals

We believe our focus on large, high-growth segments of the haircare industry separates us from our competitors. Our products address the most relevant categories within haircare: treatment, maintenance and protection. Maintenance is one of the largest haircare subcategories and consists of products such as shampoos and conditioners. Our shampoo and conditioner products are key areas of focus and have experienced growth of approximately 93% from 2019 to 2020. We believe that treatment and protection are two areas that consumers


 

6


Table of Contents

are most concerned about, and therefore are categories that deliver strong loyalty where consumers are less likely to switch brands and products. We believe over 70% of consumers have experienced one of the following: hair loss, damage, coarseness, thinness, frizz, or dryness. We help consumers address many of these haircare concerns with our patented and proven Bond Building Hair Treatment, Hair Perfector and Bond Intense Moisture Mask.

Powerful Product Portfolio Supported by Proven Innovation Capabilities

Our innovation capabilities and unique approach to product development have allowed us to develop a portfolio of powerful, patent-protected and proven hair health solutions. In seeking to address the most important concerns in hair health, we incorporate feedback from our community of professional hairstylists and consumers into solution-oriented products that speak to our consumers’ needs. These consumer insights inform the efforts of our in-house research and development team, dedicated OLAPLEX laboratory, independent lab testing, and real-world salon testing, creating a virtuous feedback loop. Bis-amino is an example of science-enabled technology. This molecule is the formulating ingredient in all of our products and addresses a root cause of damage by repairing broken hair bonds.

We have a strong track-record of successful product launches. The launch of our No. 0 Intense Bond Building Treatment created exceptional social media engagement, which resulted in our product ranking as the #1 selling SKU at Sephora during the first weeks following its launch, according to Sephora’s internal reporting. Similarly, the launch of our No. 8 Bond Intense Moisture Mask was the biggest haircare launch in 2021, through July 2021, at Sephora based on sales. In addition, No. 8 generated over $7 million in sell-through sales and sold over 400,000 units within the first three weeks of launching at our top U.S. accounts in March 2021, representing the largest launch in our history by net sales. We are supporting our future innovation pipeline through the development of new technology that seeks to address other key components of hair health.

Synergistic Omni-Channel Strategy and Market Leadership Across Channels

Our integrated channel strategy across the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels creates a powerful feedback loop that reinforces consumer spending across channels. Our digital capabilities support each of our channels and provide us with direct touchpoints with our consumers. We believe that our professional channel provides credibility as a trusted source of product recommendation to our consumers, thereby supporting our specialty retail and DTC channels by serving as an introduction to our brand. We believe that approximately 35% of our consumers purchase OLAPLEX products after being introduced to the product by their hairstylist. Once this introduction is made, our consumers often begin purchasing our products through our specialty retail and DTC channels. We offer our retail partners a curated portfolio of highly productive products with incremental benefits, which contrasts starkly with many brands’ broad assortments. Our specialty retail and DTC presence allows us to reach our consumers everywhere they shop, and drives revenue to professional hairstylists when clients seek professional-strength OLAPLEX treatments in the salon to complement at-home use. This cycle has driven significant cross-channel shopping opportunities and is supported by our digital initiatives: for example, we believe nearly 50% of our customers that purchase product on OLAPLEX.com have also purchased OLAPLEX products in retail locations and 40% have also purchased in a salon. Our ability to succeed across channels is a hallmark of our business model. For example, in 2020, OLAPLEX was the #1 haircare brand at Sephora based on sales and five of our products were the best selling in their respective categories at Beauty Systems Group (“BSG”). In addition, we believe that during July 2021 our No. 0 + No. 3 kit and No. 5 solutions were two of the top ten haircare products sold on Amazon. Our global brand resonance and community of stylists allows us to leverage this integrated channel strategy internationally as well, with strong footholds within professional communities supported by presence in key specialty retailers and recent expansion into DTC.

Experienced and Visionary Management Team and Board

Our strategic vision and culture are directed by our skilled management team, who collectively have decades of strategic and operating experience in the beauty and luxury fashion industries. Our leadership is further


 

7


Table of Contents

augmented by a board of directors with expertise in beauty, innovation, digital and operations. Our Board members have experience across world-class companies such as Chanel, Conde Nast, Stitch Fix, Instagram, Facebook, Lululemon and Sonos.

Robust Organic Growth and Margin Profile

The strength of our business model and ability to scale have created a compelling financial profile characterized by revenue growth and very strong profitability over the past two years that we believe is among the best in our

industry. Our net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020, representing a 90% increase. Our net income decreased from $60.9 million in 2019 to $39.3 million in 2020, representing a 36% decrease, and our adjusted net income increased from $100.5 million in 2019 to $131.1 million in 2020, representing a 30% increase. We have also experienced robust adjusted EBITDA growth over the past year, increasing our adjusted EBITDA from $100.5 million in 2019 to $199.3 million in 2020, representing a 98% increase, and an increase in our adjusted EBITDA margins from 68% in 2019 to 71% in 2020. We have continued to see strong momentum in our business, with net sales increasing from $99.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $270.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing an increase of 171%, and net income increasing from a net loss of $22.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to net income of $94.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our adjusted EBITDA margins continue to be robust, remaining at 71% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. We have a proven track record of strong financial performance as we continue to build out our global omni-channel platform. Our attractive financial profile gives us significant flexibility as we pursue new growth initiatives.

Our Growth Strategies

Grow Brand Awareness and Household Penetration

There is significant opportunity to continue to grow brand awareness and educate consumers about OLAPLEX and the benefits of our solution-based regimen. We believe that only 45% of prestige haircare consumers have aided awareness of OLAPLEX compared to a competitor peer median of 69%. Additionally, we believe only 11% of overall beauty consumers surveyed at Sephora have aided awareness of the Olaplex brand. We further believe our powerful and highly-engaged digital community and network of brand advocates will allow us to reach new consumers rapidly. As of July 31, 2021, our digital community included more than 100 brand advocates, including licensed cosmetologists supporting our content creation, two professional-dedicated communities on social media consisting of over 230,000 hairstylists and several company-operated accounts including on Instagram, TikTok, Facebook and other social media platforms, where we have demonstrated robust followership and engagement. We plan to continue to grow our social media engagement by increasing our digital marketing spend and expanding our capabilities to interact with our consumers through OLAPLEX.com and other digital channels. We also plan to grow our brand awareness by continuing to deepen our relationships within the professional community. We believe these efforts to expand awareness and household penetration will enable the OLAPLEX brand to continue growing in the future.

Continue to Grow OLAPLEX Through Existing Points of Distribution

We plan to drive sustained growth in our core channels by increasing repeat purchase rates and brand awareness. As we have expanded, we have demonstrated our ability to drive continued growth with existing customers, as evidenced by our products generating a compound annual growth rate of 134% in sell-through sales from 2018 to 2020 in Sephora, which we believe to be well in excess of our competitors. In addition, our core products represented four of the top ten selling products at Sephora during June 2021. Within specialty retail, our low penetration levels among Sephora customers and relatively limited brand awareness provide us with strong growth opportunities in their existing locations. Within the professional channel, we intend to expand our


 

8


Table of Contents

consumer base of professional hairstylists by growing our brand ambassador community and increasing adoption of our professional-only offerings. Furthermore, within our DTC channel, we continue to see opportunities to enhance OLAPLEX.com, including our recently developed hair diagnostic platform to engage and educate our consumers. Since we began offering our online diagnostic platform in October 2020, over one million unique consumers have taken the OLAPLEX hair diagnostic test and shared their haircare needs with us.

Expand Distribution to New Geographies and Retailers

We plan to pursue large and meaningful opportunities across specialty retail, travel retail, specialty pharmacy and international markets. We expect to grow our retail distribution by establishing commercial relationships with new customers, where we see many untapped opportunities.

Internationally, we intend to capitalize on growing brand awareness to deepen our reach in existing markets throughout Europe and Asia. In Europe, we particularly see an opportunity to attract more consumers by partnering with specialty pharmacies to expand our points of distribution. In Asia, key areas of focus include accelerating our partnership with Tmall Global in China and broadening our existing distribution channels in Japan. Furthermore, we also plan to focus on growth opportunities in new markets in Latin America where we have a smaller presence compared to other geographies.

Expand our Product Offerings by Utilizing Innovation Capabilities

We plan to continue to leverage our product-solution brand mindset, consumer relevance and product development strategy to expand into new categories. We see opportunities to extend our brand to new areas of hair health and treatment, such as scalp care, as well as other haircare categories in which we have yet to participate. We are also developing other potentially patentable technologies to support extension into non-haircare beauty and wellness categories that provide us with long-term growth opportunities. For example, we believe that approximately 82% of consumers familiar with OLAPLEX would like to see an OLAPLEX skin care line, and 51% of these consumers would switch out their current skin care for an OLAPLEX product. We plan to continue to leverage our powerful research and development strategy to create new products and provide technology-based beauty solutions for our consumers.

Leverage OLAPLEX.com to Strengthen our Direct-To-Consumer Channel

We plan to continue to invest in our digital marketing capabilities and online platform to increase our DTC presence and attract more consumers to our brand. We expect to grow our DTC channel by creating new tools and programs available on our website that interact with our consumers and help them use our products. Specifically, we believe we have an opportunity to gain greater insights from our consumers and enhance connectivity by offering customized feedback for each of their haircare needs. Key areas of focus in our DTC channel strategy include creating new revenue opportunities, increasing the cross-product purchasing patterns of our online consumers and highlighting our DTC channel when expanding in new international geographies.

December 2020 Distribution

On December 18, 2020, we used the proceeds of an incremental amendment to the Credit Agreement (as defined herein), which provided, among other things, for incremental term loans in the amount of $350.0 million, to fund a cash distribution to all holders of Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings, in an aggregate amount of $470.0 million, or $489.65 per Class A common unit (the “2020 Distribution”).

The Reorganization

Penelope Group Holdings is a holding company and the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope


 

9


Table of Contents

Holdings Corp., as the predecessor of the issuer of the shares offered by this prospectus, are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings is a newly formed Delaware corporation formed by Fund IX. Fund IX and the other Existing Owners collectively hold 100% of the economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings. Fund IX also holds 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings GP II, which will be designated as, and replace Penelope Group GP in the capacity of, general partner of Penelope Group Holdings and will hold a non-economic general partner interest in the partnership prior to the consummation of this offering. Following such designation and prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of transactions pursuant to which (i) the Existing Owners will contribute 100% of their respective economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings, and Fund IX will further contribute 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group GP II, to Olaplex Holdings in exchange for (1) shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings and (2) certain rights to payments under an income tax receivable agreement to be entered into at the time of the contribution, (ii) each outstanding option to purchase equity interests in Penelope Holdings Corp. will become an option to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, and (iii) each outstanding cash-settled unit of Penelope Holdings Corp. will become a cash-settled unit of Olaplex Holdings.

Prior to the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings is the sole owner of Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which is the sole owner of the Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., and has no other material assets. Following the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will also be the direct or indirect parent of Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of additional transactions pursuant to which (i) Olaplex Holdings and Olaplex Intermediate, Inc. will contribute 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group Holdings and 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group GP II to Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. and (ii) Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II will each merge with and into Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. with Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. surviving each merger.

Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements. See “The Reorganization.”

The Tax Receivable Agreement

As part of the Reorganization, we will enter into an income tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) under which generally we will be required to pay to the Existing Owners and the holders of equity awards of Penelope Holdings Corp. prior to the Pre-IPO Reorganization (collectively, the “Existing Stockholders”) 85% of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local tax that we actually realize on our taxable income following this offering (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of (i) certain existing tax attributes, including tax basis in intangible assets and capitalized transaction costs relating to taxable years ending on or before the date of this offering (calculated by assuming the taxable year of the relevant entity closes on the date of this offering), that are amortizable over a fixed period of time (including in tax periods beginning after this offering) and which are available to us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Pre-IPO Tax Assets”), and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, together with interest accrued at a rate equal to the London Inter-bank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3% from the date the applicable tax return is due (without extension) until paid. Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, generally we will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.

We expect the payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. The Tax Receivable Agreement will make certain simplifying assumptions regarding the determination of the


 

10


Table of Contents

cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets and the making of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result in payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of those that would result if such assumptions were not made. In addition, the Tax Receivable Agreement will assume that the attributes giving rise to payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement will be deemed utilized prior to certain tax attributes arising from certain acquisitions by Olaplex Holdings after the completion of this offering. The Existing Stockholders (or their transferees or assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if deductions giving rise to payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any Existing Stockholders (or such Existing Stockholders’s transferees or assignees) will be netted against future payments that would otherwise be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, after our determination of such excess. We could make future payments to the Existing Stockholders (or their transferees or assignees) under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than our actual cash tax savings and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could negatively impact our liquidity. If we were to elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement immediately after this offering, we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $216.6 million in the aggregate under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Income Taxes and Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Our Corporate Structure

The following chart illustrates our ownership structure as of August 31 2021, prior to giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

LOGO


 

11


Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates our ownership structure as of August 31, 2021, after giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

LOGO

Summary of Material Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry, Regulation and This Offering

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk, and our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks. Some of the more significant challenges and risks related to our business include the following:

 

   

Our inability to anticipate and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences could adversely affect our financial results;

 

   

We depend on a limited number of customers for a large portion of our net sales, and the loss of one or more of these customers could reduce our net sales and have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows;

 

   

Our brand is critical to our success, and the value of our brand may be adversely impacted by negative publicity. If we fail to maintain the value of our brand or our marketing efforts are not successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected;

 

   

If we fail to attract new customers and consumers, retain existing customers and consumers, or fail to maintain or increase sales to those customers and consumers, our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and growth prospects will be harmed;


 

12


Table of Contents
   

Our business depends on our ability to maintain a strong community of engaged customers, consumers and ambassadors, including by social media. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brand if we experience negative publicity related to our marketing efforts or use of social media, fail to maintain and grow our network of ambassadors or otherwise fail to meet our customers’ or consumers’ expectations;

 

   

We rely on single source manufacturers and suppliers for the majority of our products and the loss of manufacturers or suppliers or shortages in the supply of raw materials or finished products could harm our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows;

 

   

If we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand, manage our inventory and plan for future expenses, our results of operations could be adversely affected;

 

   

A general economic downturn, or sudden disruption in business conditions may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items and/or the financial strength of our customers, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

We operate in highly competitive categories;

 

   

A disruption in manufacturing or supply chain could adversely affect our business;

 

   

Our recent rapid growth may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth, and we expect our growth rate to ultimately slow over time;

 

   

We are subject to risks related to the global scope of our sales channels;

 

   

Our products are subject to federal, state and international laws, regulations and policies that could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows;

 

   

Our collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information could give rise to significant costs and liabilities, including as a result of governmental regulation, uncertain or inconsistent interpretation and enforcement of legal requirements or differing views of personal privacy rights, which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

We rely significantly on the use of information technology, as well as those of our third-party service providers. Any significant failure, inadequacy, interruption or data security incident of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers, could disrupt our business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows;

 

   

Our efforts to register, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to protect our business;

 

   

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to maintain or build name recognition in our markets of interest;

 

   

Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition;

 

   

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations;

 

   

The Advent Funds will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering;

 

   

We will be required to pay our Existing Stockholders 85% of certain tax benefits related to Pre-IPO Tax Assets, and could be required to make substantial cash payments in which the stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not participate; and


 

13


Table of Contents
   

Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance standards. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in total annual gross revenues during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

   

no non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

   

reduced disclosure of financial information in this prospectus, including only two years of audited financial information and two years of selected financial information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in total annual gross revenues as of the end of any fiscal year, if we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC or if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt during a three-year period.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. Therefore, the reported results of operations contained in our financial statements may not be directly comparable to those of other public companies.

The Advent Funds

The Advent Funds and other investors acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020 (the “Acquisition”). Advent International Corporation is one of the largest and most experienced global private equity investors. Since its founding in 1984, Advent has invested over $54 billion of equity in more than 375 private equity transactions across 42 countries and has maintained consistent industry leading investment performance across its funds. Advent has established a globally integrated team of over 240 investment professionals across North America, Europe, Latin America and Asia. The firm focuses on investments in five core sectors, including business & financial services,


 

14


Table of Contents

healthcare, industrial, retail, consumer & leisure and technology. After more than 35 years dedicated to international investing, Advent remains committed to partnering with management teams to deliver sustained revenue and earnings growth for its portfolio companies.

Corporate History and Information

Penelope Group Holdings was formed in Delaware in November 2019 in connection with the Acquisition. Olaplex Holdings was incorporated in Delaware in June 2021 in connection with this offering and is the issuer of the shares offered by this prospectus.

We are a fully remote company. As a result, we do not currently have a principal executive office. Our website is https://www.olaplex.com. Information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference in, this prospectus.


 

15


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

67,000,000 shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 10,050,000 additional shares of common stock, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

648,124,639 shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Our board of directors (“Board of Directors”) does not currently plan to pay dividends on our common stock. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, including restrictions under our Credit Facilities, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and other indebtedness we may incur, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Controlled Company

After the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an income tax receivable agreement with the Existing Stockholders which will require us to make payments to the Existing Stockholders upon the realization of tax benefits from certain Pre-IPO Tax Assets. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price per share, to certain individuals in our stylist community through a directed share program. If purchased by


 

16


Table of Contents
 

these persons, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

 

Proposed ticker symbol

“OLPX”

Except as otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 648,124,639 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to the Reorganization and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our common stock to be issued to the Existing Owners pursuant to the Pre-IPO Reorganization will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering and therefore the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, after giving effect to the Reorganization, may differ by up to an aggregate of less than 10 shares from the 648,124,639 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to the Reorganization and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, which is the low end of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, there would be 648,124,641 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to the Reorganization. Assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the high end of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, there would be 648,124,639 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect ot the Reorganization. Except as otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

   

46,923,300 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 under the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”) at a weighted average exercise price of $1.06, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

25,029,000 shares of common stock available for future issuance as of June 30, 2021 under the 2020 Plan. No further awards will be made under the 2020 Plan; and

 

   

45,368,725 shares of common stock that will become available for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which includes 491,485 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted to certain of our employees, assuming a grant date fair value of the award determined based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price in this offering, in each case to be granted in connection with this offering under our 2021 Plan.

Except as otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

   

the Reorganization;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding stock options described above after June 30, 2021;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares; and

 

   

no purchase of shares of common stock in this offering by our directors, officers or existing unitholders of Penelope Group Holdings.



 

17


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Historically, our business has been operated through Penelope Group Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp. are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings was formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements.

On January 8, 2020 (the “Acquisition Date”), we acquired the Olaplex LLC business, including the intellectual property operations of another affiliated business, LIQWD, Inc (“LIQWD IP”) collectively, the (“Olaplex business”), from the owners of the Olaplex business (the “Sellers”) (the “Acquisition”). Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, all of our operations are comprised of the operations of Olaplex, Inc. We have presented the financial statements in a format with a 2020 successor fiscal year from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and a 2019 predecessor fiscal year. Given the insignificance of the operations of the acquired Olaplex business between, January 1, 2020 and the Acquisition Date, a separate financial statement has not been presented and the associated acquisition accounting has been reflected as occurring as of January 1, 2020.

The predecessor period includes the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex LLC entity and LIQWD IP carried out by the Sellers during the 2019 predecessor fiscal year applying U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that coincide with the Seller’s accounting policies. The predecessor period does not include an income tax provision due to the Sellers operating the Olaplex business through pass through entities subject to tax at the unitholder level.

Due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the application of the Acquisition method of accounting, the predecessor period includes the financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex business. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 (successor) and 2019 (predecessor) is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.


 

18


Table of Contents

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

 

    Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021     2020     2020     2019  
                (Successor)     (Predecessor)  
    (in thousands, except share,
unit, per share and per unit data)
 
       

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Data:

       

Net sales

  $ 270,243     $ 99,608     $ 282,250     $ 148,206  

Cost of sales:

       

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

    51,397       54,667       96,611       31,171  

Amortization of patented formulations

    4,719       2,465       6,052       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    56,116       57,132       102,663       31,171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    214,127       42,476       179,587       117,035  

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general, and administrative

    45,067       15,076       37,170       56,698  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    20,364       19,461       39,825       —    

Acquisition costs

    —         16,011       16,499       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    65,431       50,548       93,494       56,698  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    148,696       (8,072     86,093       60,337  

Interest (expense) income, net

    (31,065     (18,783     (38,645     39  

Other (expense) income, net

    (204     (126     (190     503  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    117,427       (26,981     47,258       60,879  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    22,545       (4,556     7,980       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 94,882     $ (22,425   $ 39,278     $ 60,879  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 94,882     $ (22,425   $ 39,278     $ 60,879  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share (unit) attributable to common stockholders (members):

       

Basic

  $ 98.83     $ (24.31   $ 41.73     $ 60.88  

Diluted

  $ 97.55     $ (24.31   $ 41.63     $ 60.88  

Weighted-average shares (units) used in computing net income (loss) per share (unit) attributable to common stockholders (members):

       

Basic

    960,098       922,450       941,313       1,000,000  

Diluted

    972,681       922,450       943,437       1,000,000  

Pro Forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(1):

       

Basic

  $ 0.15       $ 0.05    

Diluted

  $ 0.14       $ 0.05    

Pro Forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders(1):

       

Basic

    648,066,439         635,386,216    

Diluted

    683,133,369         655,779,875    

Non-GAAP Financial Measures(2):

       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 191,266     $ 68,031     $ 199,270     $ 100,483  

Adjusted gross profit(4)

  $ 218,846     $ 81,716     $ 230,360     $ 117,035  

Adjusted net income(5)

  $ 129,825     $ 39,328     $ 131,116     $ 100,522  

Adjusted net income per share (unit)(5):

       

Basic

  $ 135.22     $ 42.63     $ 139.29     $ 100.52  

Diluted

  $ 133.47     $ 42.63     $ 138.98     $ 100.52  

 

19


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual      Pro Forma(6)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,430        70,906  

Working capital(7)

     128,750        118,386  

Total assets

     1,427,863        1,421,845  

Total debt

     766,808        766,808  

Total liabilities

     800,501        1,033,139  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

     1,427,863        1,421,845  

 

(1)

The pro forma net income per share data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020, including (1) the exchange of all outstanding Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings into an aggregate of 648,124,639 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (2) the conversion of all outstanding time-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 17,244,225 and 15,997,500 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings for the six months ended June, 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, (3) the conversion of all outstanding performance-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 29,679,075 and 28,732,050 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings for the six months ended June, 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, (4) the conversion of outstanding time-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 641,250 outstanding time-based cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings, and (5) the conversion of outstanding performance-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 492,075 time-based cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2020 and assume the deduction of estimated offering expenses payable by us, which amount to approximately $5.6 million, including offering expenses of $0.7 million capitalized as of June 30, 2021 and no offering expenses capitalized as of December 31, 2020. Pro forma net income of $33.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 gives effect to the Reorganization, including the conversion of all of the options and cash settled units described above, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and reflects a $5.8 million after tax net income adjustment for the period. There was no pro forma net income adjustment for net income for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

    

The conversion of the outstanding time-based and performance-based options as described above results in a dilutive effect of 35,066,930 shares and 20,393,659 shares for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

    

In the event that the weighted average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock over the thirty consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the applicable vesting date equals or exceeds the initial public offering price in this offering and subject to the continued service by the grantee, then 33.33% of the cash-settled units that were converted from performance-based cash-settled units shall vest on each of the first three anniversaries of this offering. If 100% of the converted performance-based cash-settled units vest and the applicable market price of the Company’s common stock is equal to the initial public offering price per share in this offering, the Company will pay an aggregate of $5.9 million to the holders of these units, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the market price of the Company’s common stock per share exceeds the initial public offering price in this offering on any vesting date, the liability with respect to each cash-settled unit shall increase $1 per unit for each $1 increase in the price per share of the Company’s common stock as of the applicable vesting date.

 

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) are measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP.

We prepare and present our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net



 

20


Table of Contents

income per share (unit) that are non-GAAP financial measures, provide investors with additional useful information in evaluating our performance.

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income, adjusted net income per share (unit) and adjusted pro forma net income per share are financial measures that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit), when taken together with our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP, provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our operating performance and facilitates internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations or outlook. In particular, we believe that the use of these non-GAAP measures is helpful to our investors as they are measures used by management in assessing the health of our business, determining incentive compensation and evaluating our operating performance, as well as for internal planning and forecasting purposes.

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, which have limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of these non-GAAP measures include that they (1) do not reflect capital commitments to be paid in the future, (2) do not reflect that, although amortization is a non-cash charge, the underlying assets may need to be replaced and non-GAAP measures do not reflect these capital expenditures and intangible asset amortization that contributes to revenue recognition will recur in future periods until fully amortized, (3) do not consider the impact of share-based compensation expense, (4) do not reflect other non-operating expenses, including, in the case of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, interest expense, (5) in the case of adjusted EBITDA, do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us and (6) do not include certain non-ordinary cash expenses that we do not believe are representative of our business on a steady-state basis. In addition, our use of non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate adjusted EBITDA, adjusted gross profit, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) in the same manner, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, when evaluating our performance, you should consider these non-GAAP measures alongside other financial measures, including our gross profit, gross margin, net income, net income per share (unit) and other results stated in accordance with GAAP.

 

(3)

We calculate adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: (1) interest expense (income), net; (2) income tax provision; (3) amortization; (4) share-based compensation expense; (5) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization; (6) Acquisition costs and financing fees; (7) expenses associated with non-recurring success payments made upon the sale of the Olaplex business; (8) patent infringement litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters; (9) non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs; and (10) as applicable, tax receivable agreement liability adjustments.


 

21


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), as the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods presented.

 

    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
       
(in thousands)   2021     2020     2020     2019  
                (Successor)     (Predecessor)  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

         

Net income (loss)

  $ 94,882     $ (22,425   $ 39,278     $ 60,879  

Interest expense (income)

    31,065       18,783       38,645       (39

Income tax provision (benefit)

    22,545       (4,556     7,980       —    

Amortization

    25,083       21,926       45,877       —    

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees(a)

    —         17,107       21,242       938  

Non-recurring success payments(b)

    —         —         —         16,347  

Litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters(c)

    14,250       —         —         22,358  

Inventory fair value adjustment(d)

    —         36,775       44,721       —    

Share-based compensation

    1,174       421       1,527       —    

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs(e)

    2,267       —         —         —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment(f)

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 191,266     $ 68,031     $ 199,270     $ 100,483  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Includes acquisition costs related to the Acquisition of the Olaplex business and dividend financing costs.

  (b)

Includes expenses for non-recurring success payments made by the Sellers to employees upon sale of the Olaplex business.

  (c)

Includes litigation costs incurred related to patent enforcement by the Predecessor and $14.3 million of costs incurred related to the payment to the Sellers of certain amounts due in connection with the resolution of certain litigation and contingency matters involving LIQWD, which amounts were required to be paid to Sellers pursuant to the purchase agreement for the Acquisition (the “LIQWD Matters”) as discussed in note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

  (d)

Includes the non-cash, non-recurring fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization as part of the purchase accounting on the Acquisition Date, utilizing the comparative sales method in accordance with ASC 820-10-55-21.

  (e)

Represents non-capitalizable professional fees and executive severance incurred in connection with this offering and the Company’s public company transition.

  (f)

As applicable, represents the income statement impacts recognized during the applicable period due to adjustments in the tax receivable agreement liability that may result from items such as changes in our estimated tax savings due to changes in the mix of earnings, U.S. federal and state tax legislation and tax rates in various jurisdictions impacting our tax savings.


 

22


Table of Contents
(4)

We calculate adjusted gross profit as gross profit, adjusted to exclude: (1) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization and (2) amortization of patented formulations pertaining to the Acquisition.

The following table presents a reconciliation of gross profit, as the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted gross profit, for each of the periods presented.

 

    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    For the Year
Ended December 31,
 
(in thousands)   2021     2020     2020     2019  
                (Successor)     (Predecessor)  
       

Reconciliation of Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit

       

Gross profit

  $ 214,127       42,476     $ 179,587     $ 117,035  

Inventory fair value adjustment(a)

    —       $ 36,775       44,721       —    

Amortization of patented formulations

    4,719       2,465       6,052       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit

    218,846       81,716     $ 230,360     $ 117,035  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Includes the non-cash, non-recurring fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization as part of the purchase accounting on the Acquisition Date, utilizing the comparative sales method in accordance with ASC 820-10-55-21.

 

(5)

We calculate adjusted net income as net income, adjusted to exclude: (1) amortization of intangible assets; (2) share-based compensation expense; (3) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization; (4) Acquisition costs and financing fees; (5) expenses associated with non-recurring success payments made upon the sale of the Olaplex business; (6) patent infringement litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters; (7) non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs; (8) as applicable, tax receivable agreement liability adjustments; and (9) the tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments. Adjusted net income per share (unit) is defined as adjusted net income per share (unit) using the weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), as the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted net income, and adjusted net income per share (unit), for each of the periods presented.

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 

(in thousands)

   2021     2020     2020     2019  
                 (Successor)     (Predecessor)  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income

        

Net income (loss)

     94,882       (22,425   $ 39,278     $ 60,879  

Amortization of intangible assets

     25,083       21,926       45,877       —    

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees(a)

    
—  
 
    17,107       21,242       938  

Non-recurring success payments(b)

     —         —         —         16,347  

Litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters(c)

     14,250       —         —         22,358  

Inventory fair value adjustment(d)

     —         36,775       44,721       —    

Share-based compensation

     1,174       421       1,527       —    

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs(e)

     2,267       —         —         —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment(f)

     —         —         —         —    

Tax effect of adjustments(g)

     (7,831     (14,476     (21,529     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

     129,825       39,328     $ 131,116     $ 100,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income per share (unit):

        

Basic

   $ 135.22     $ 42.63     $ 139.29     $ 100.52  

Diluted

   $ 133.47     $ 42.63     $ 138.98     $ 100.52  

 

23


Table of Contents
  (a)

Includes costs related to the Acquisition of the Olaplex business and dividend financing costs.

  (b)

Includes expenses for non-recurring success payments made by the Sellers to employees upon sale of the Olaplex business.

  (c)

Includes litigation costs incurred related to patent enforcement by the Predecessor and $14.3 million of costs incurred related to the resolution of the LIQWD Matters as discussed in note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

  (d)

Includes the non-cash, non-recurring fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization as part of the purchase accounting on the Acquisition Date, utilizing the comparative sales method in accordance with ASC 820-10-55-21.

  (e)

Represents noncapitalizable professional fees and executive severance incurred in connection with this offering and the Company’s public company transition.

  (f)

As applicable, represents the income statement impacts recognized during the applicable period due to adjustments in the tax receivable agreement liability that may result from items such as changes in our estimated tax savings due to changes in the mix of earnings, U.S. federal and state tax legislation and tax rates in various jurisdictions impacting our tax savings.

  (g)

The tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments is calculated by applying the applicable tax rate by jurisdiction to the non-GAAP adjustments listed above, taking into consideration the total tax impact of the adjustments.

 

(6)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, as if it had occurred on June 30, 2021 and based on the initial public offering price per share, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, including (1) the recording of an incremental liability of $0.4 million for the conversion of all time-based cash-settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 641,250 time-based cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings, and (2) the recording of a liability of $233 million associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement entered into with the Existing Stockholders which will require us to make payments to the Existing Stockholders upon the realization of tax benefits from certain Pre-IPO Tax Assets and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on June 30, 2021, and assume the deduction of estimated offering expenses payable by us, which amount to approximately $5.6 million, including offering expenses of $0.7 million capitalized as of June 30, 2021. The liability associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement is based on our estimate of the amount of cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries will realize (or will be deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, which will be computed by comparing our actual U.S. federal, state and local income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. The primary assumption impacting our estimate of the liability is the assumption that our profitability will continue at levels sufficient to fully utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. The actual amount and utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, as well as the timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future and the tax rates then applicable to us and our subsidiaries, and may materially differ from our current estimate. Any change between the actual and the initial recorded liability shall be charged to the statement of operations and comprehensive income. See “The Reorganization” and “The Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

(7)

Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.


 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in shares of our common stock. The risks described below are those that we believe are the material risks that we face. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some of the following risks and uncertainties are, and will be, exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic (including any resurgences thereof) and any worsening of the global business and economic environment as a result. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results or financial condition. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our inability to anticipate and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences could adversely affect our financial results.

Our continued success depends on our ability to anticipate, gauge and react in a timely and cost-effective manner to changes in consumer tastes for haircare and other beauty products, attitudes toward our industry and brand, as well as to where and how consumers shop. We must continually work to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brand, develop, manufacture and market new products, maintain and adapt to existing and emerging distribution channels, successfully manage our inventories and modernize and refine our approach as to how and where we market and sell our products. Consumer tastes and preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and can change rapidly. The issue is compounded by the increasing use of digital and social media by consumers and the speed by which information and opinions are shared. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to sudden challenges that we may face in the marketplace, trends in the market for our products and changing consumer demands and sentiment, our business, financial condition and results of operations will suffer. In addition, from time to time, sales growth or profitability may be concentrated in a relatively small number of our products or countries. If such a situation persists or a number of products or countries fail to perform as expected, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a large portion of our net sales, and the loss of one or more of these customers could reduce our net sales and have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, three of our customers—Sephora, SalonCentric and Beauty Systems Group—each accounted for greater than 10% of our net sales. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, three of our customers—Sephora, Beauty Systems Group and Amazon.com, Inc.—each accounted for greater than 10% of our net sales. We expect Sephora, SalonCentric, Beauty Systems Group, Amazon.com, Inc. and a small number of other customers will continue to account for a large portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future. The loss of Sephora, SalonCentric, Beauty Systems Group, Amazon.com, Inc. and/or one or more of our other customers that account for a significant portion of our net sales, or any significant decrease in sales to these customers, including as a result of the restructuring or bankruptcy of one of our customers, consolidation among such customers, retail store closures in response to the growth in retail sales through e-commerce channels, decrease in consumer demand or other factors, would reduce our net sales and/or operating income and therefore would have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

In addition, we may be affected by changes to the salon environment. Our professional beauty customers may limit their product supply if the demand for salon treatment declines. We cannot ensure that there will always be a demand for salons. Likewise, there may be consolidation of the salon market. If consolidation leads to purchasing power, we may have to reduce the cost of our products, which will have an impact on our earnings.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our brand is critical to our success, and the value of our brand may be adversely impacted by negative publicity. If we fail to maintain the value of our brand or our marketing efforts are not successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our success depends on the value of our brand, which is integral to our business, as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide consistent, high-quality merchandise. Our brand could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity through traditional or social media platforms. We cannot guarantee that our brand development strategies will accelerate the recognition of our brand or increase revenues.

In addition, the importance of our brand may increase to the extent we experience increased competition, which could require additional expenditures on our brand promotion activities. Maintaining and enhancing our brand image also may require us to make additional investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing and online operations. These investments may be substantial and may not ultimately be successful. Moreover, if we are unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights in our brand, the value of our brand may be harmed. Any harm to our brand or reputation could adversely affect our ability to attract and engage customers and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to attract new customers and consumers, retain existing customers and consumers, or fail to maintain or increase sales to those customers and consumers, our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and growth prospects will be harmed.

Our success depends in large part upon widespread adoption of our products by consumers. In order to attract new consumers and continue to expand our customer and consumer base, we must appeal to and attract hairstylists and consumers who identify with our products. If we fail to deliver a high-quality consumer experience or if our current or potential future customers are not convinced that our products are superior to alternatives, then our ability to retain existing customers, acquire new customers and grow our business may be harmed. We have made significant investments in enhancing our brand, attracting new customers and interacting with our hairstylist and consumer communities, and we expect to continue to make significant investments to promote our products. Such campaigns can be expensive and may not result in new customers or consumers or increased sales of our products. Further, as our brand becomes more widely known, we may not attract new consumers or increase our net sales at the same rates as we have in the past. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase products in numbers sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the scale necessary to drive beneficial network effects with our suppliers, our net revenues may decrease, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our future success depends in part on our ability to increase sales to our existing customers over time, as a significant portion of our net sales are generated from sales to existing customers, particularly those existing customers who are highly engaged and make frequent and/or large purchases of the products we offer. We may be affected by changes in the policies and demands of our professional and specialty retail customers relating to inventory management, changes in pricing, marketing, advertising and/or promotional strategies by such customers, space reconfigurations by our customers or any significant decrease in our display space or online prominence or the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic as retailers faced store closures or reduced traffic. If existing customers no longer find our products appealing, are not satisfied with our customer service, including shipping times, or if we are unable to timely update our products to meet current trends and customer demands, our existing customers may not make purchases, or if they do, they may make fewer or smaller purchases in the future.

If we are unable to continue to attract new customers or our existing customers decrease their spending on the products we offer or fail to make repeat purchases of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects will be harmed.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business depends on our ability to maintain a strong community of engaged customers, consumers and ambassadors, including by social media. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brand if we experience negative publicity related to our marketing efforts or use of social media, fail to maintain and grow our network of ambassadors or otherwise fail to meet our customers’ or consumers’ expectations.

We currently partner with eight brand ambassadors who promote and market our products, participate in product launches, engage with our professional hairstylist and consumer community and educate them about Olaplex products. Our ability to maintain relationships with our existing ambassadors and to identify new ambassadors is critical to expanding and maintaining our customer and consumer base. As our market becomes increasingly competitive or as we expand internationally, recruiting and maintaining new ambassadors may become increasingly difficult. If we are not able to develop and maintain strong relationships with our ambassador network, our ability to promote and maintain awareness of our brand may be adversely affected. Further, if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We and our ambassadors often use third-party social media platforms to raise awareness of our brand and engage with our hairstylist and consumer community. In recent years, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, chat platforms, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications that allow individuals to interact with our products, which acts as a means to enhance brand awareness. As existing social media platforms evolve and new platforms develop, we and our ambassadors must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish presences on emerging popular social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively develop and continuously improve our consumer-facing technologies, such as social media platforms, our ability to acquire new customers and consumers may suffer and we may not be able to provide a convenient and consistent experience to our consumers regardless of the sales channel. This could negatively affect our ability to compete with other companies and result in diminished loyalty to our brand.

The use of social media by our brand ambassadors, our consumers and us has increased the risk that our image and reputation could be negatively impacted. In particular, the reputation of our brand ambassadors could impact how consumers view our products or brand. The rising popularity of social media and other consumer-oriented technologies has increased the speed and accessibility of information dissemination and given users the ability to organize collective actions such as boycotts and other brand-damaging behaviors more effectively. The dissemination of information via social media could harm our brand or our business, regardless of the information’s accuracy. This could include negative publicity related to our products or negative publicity related to actions taken (or not taken) by us or our executives, team members, employees, brand ambassadors, contractors, collaborators, vendors, consultants, advisors or other individuals or entities that may be perceived as being associated with us. Such negative publicity may relate to actions taken (or not taken) with respect to social, environmental, and community outreach issues and initiatives. The harm may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, an increase in the use of social media for product promotion and marketing may increase the burden on us to monitor compliance of such materials, and increase the risk that such materials could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of applicable regulations. For example, in some cases, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) has sought enforcement action where an endorsement has failed to clearly and conspicuously disclose a financial relationship or material connection between an influencer and an advertiser.

We also do not prescribe what our ambassadors post, and our ambassadors could engage in behavior or use their platforms in a manner that reflects poorly on our brand or is in violation of applicable regulations or platform terms of service, and all these actions may be attributed to us. In addition, customer complaints or negative publicity related to our website, mobile app, products, product delivery times, customer data handling, marketing efforts, security practices or customer support, especially on blogs and social media websites, could diminish customer loyalty and community engagement. Our inability or failure to recognize, respond to, and effectively manage the accelerated impact of social media could adversely impact our business.

 

27


Table of Contents

Further, laws and regulations, including associated enforcement priorities, rapidly evolve to govern social media platforms and other internet-based communications, and any failure by us, our ambassadors or other third parties acting at our direction or on our behalf to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties. Other risks associated with the use of social media and internet based-communication include improper disclosure of proprietary information, negative comments about our brand or products, exposure of personally identifiable information, fraud, hoaxes, or malicious dissemination of false information. Damage to the brand image and our reputation could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on single source manufacturers and suppliers for the majority of our products and the loss of manufacturers or suppliers or shortages in the supply of raw materials or finished products could harm our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Our products generally rely on a single or a limited number of manufacturers and suppliers. We acquire raw materials, components and packaging from third-party suppliers and our finished products are manufactured by three third-party manufacturers. Cosway Company Inc. manufactures products that accounted for more than 70% of our net sales in 2020 and we continue to rely upon Cosway to manufacture a majority of our current product offerings. In addition, the principal raw material for our products is our patented ingredient, Bis-amino, which is manufactured by a contract manufacturing organization in the United States. In the past, we have been able to obtain an adequate supply of our finished products and essential raw materials and currently believe we have an adequate supply for virtually all components of our products, including Bis-amino. However, we may encounter supply issues with raw materials due to increases in global demand and limited supply capacity. If our finished product manufacturers or supplier of Bis-amino, or any of our other raw materials, is unable to perform and we are required to find alternative sources of supply, these new manufacturers or suppliers may have to be qualified under applicable industry, governmental and Company-mandated vendor standards, which can require additional investment and be time-consuming. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to establish alternative relationships on similar terms, without delay or at all.

In addition to Bis-amino, the other primary raw materials used in our products include essential oils and specialty chemicals, which we obtain from third-party suppliers. While we attempt to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in the price of these raw materials through contractual arrangements with our suppliers, we may not accurately forecast prices and therefore may at times pay more than prevailing market rates, which could leave us at a disadvantage compared to competitors who may be able to offer lower prices while retaining similar margins. If our contracting approach with our suppliers changes, substantial cost increases and the unavailability of raw materials or other commodities, as well as higher costs for energy, transportation and other necessary services could adversely affect our profit margins if we are unable to wholly or partially offset them, such as by achieving cost efficiencies in our supply chain, manufacturing and/or distribution activities.

We believe our third-party manufacturers and suppliers have adequate resources and facilities to overcome many unforeseen interruptions of supply. However, the inability of our third-parties to provide adequate supply of finished products and materials used in our products or the loss of any of these manufacturers or suppliers and any difficulties in finding or transitioning to alternative manufacturers or suppliers would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the financial or business condition of our manufacturers or suppliers could subject us to losses or adversely affect our ability to bring products to market. Further, the failure of our manufacturers or suppliers to deliver goods and services in sufficient quantities, in compliance with applicable standards, and in a timely manner could adversely affect our customer service levels and overall business. If we experience supply shortages, price increases or regulatory impediments with respect to the raw materials, ingredients, components or packaging we use for our products, we may need to seek alternative supplies or suppliers and may experience difficulties in finding replacements that are comparable in quality and price. In addition, we may be required to reformulate or substitute ingredients in our products due to shortages of specific raw materials in order to meet demand. If we are unable to successfully respond to such issues, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

If we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand, manage our inventory and plan for future expenses, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We base our current and future inventory needs and expense levels on our operating forecasts and estimates of future demand. To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must be able to forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our manufacturers and suppliers, based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Failure to accurately forecast demand may result in inefficient inventory supply or increased costs. This risk may be exacerbated by the fact that we may not carry a significant amount of inventory and may not be able to satisfy short-term demand increases. Accordingly, if we fail to accurately forecast customer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margins to suffer and could impair the strength and premium nature of our brand. Further, lower than forecasted demand could also result in excess manufacturing capacity or reduced manufacturing efficiencies, which could result in lower margins. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand, including as a result of unanticipated growth, our manufacturers and suppliers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements, and we may be subject to higher costs in order to secure the necessary production capacity or we may incur increased shipping costs. An inability to meet customer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers could result in reputational harm and damaged customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Moreover, while we devote significant attention to forecasting efforts, the volume, timing, value and type of the orders we receive are inherently uncertain. In addition, we cannot be sure the same growth rates, trends and other key performance metrics are meaningful predictors of future growth. Our business, as well as our ability to forecast demand, is also affected by general economic and business conditions in the United States and the degree of customer confidence in future economic conditions, and we anticipate that our ability to forecast demand due to these types of factors will be increasingly affected by conditions in international markets. A significant portion of our expenses is fixed, and as a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in net revenues. Any failure to accurately predict net revenues or gross margins could cause our operating results to be lower than expected, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

A general economic downturn, or sudden disruption in business conditions may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items and/or the financial strength of our customers, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The general level of consumer spending is affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, inflation, interest rates, energy costs and consumer confidence generally, all of which are beyond our control. Consumer purchases of discretionary items tend to decline during recessionary periods, when disposable income is lower, and may impact sales of our products. A decline in consumer purchases of discretionary items also tends to impact our customers. We may extend credit to a customer based on an evaluation of its financial condition, usually without requiring collateral. However, the financial difficulties of a customer could cause us to curtail or eliminate business with them. We may also assume more credit risk relating to the receivables from that customer. Our inability to collect receivables from our largest customers or from a group of customers would have an adverse effect on our business. If any of our customers were to liquidate, we would incur additional costs if we choose to purchase the customer’s inventory of our products to protect brand equity.

Sudden disruptions in local or global business conditions from events such as a pandemic or other health issues, geo-political or local conflicts, civil unrest, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions, climate changes or seismic events, can have a short-term and, sometimes, long-term impact on consumer spending, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, a downturn in the economies of, or continuing recessions in, the countries where we sell our products or a sudden disruption of

 

29


Table of Contents

business conditions in those countries could adversely affect consumer confidence, the financial strength of our distributors and retailers and, in turn, our sales and profitability.

Volatility in the financial markets and a related economic downturn in key markets or markets generally throughout the world could have an adverse effect on our business. We may need or choose to seek additional financing to operate or expand our business and deterioration in global financial markets or an adverse change in our credit ratings could make future financing difficult or more expensive.

We operate in highly competitive categories.

We face competition from companies throughout the world, including multinational consumer product companies. Most of our competitors have greater resources than we do, some others are newer companies and some are competing in distribution channels or territories where we are less represented. Our competitors also may be able to respond to changing business and economic conditions more quickly than us due to larger research and development operations, manufacturing capabilities and sales force. Competition in the beauty industry is based on a variety of factors, including innovation, effectiveness of beneficial attributes, accessible pricing, service to the consumer, promotional activities, advertising, special events, new product introductions, e-commerce initiatives and other activities. It is difficult for us to predict the timing and scale of our competitors’ actions in these areas.

Our ability to compete also depends on the continued strength of our brand and products, our ability to attract and retain key talent and other personnel, the influence of our brand ambassadors, the efficiency of our third-party manufacturing facilities and distribution network, our relationships with our key customers and our ability to maintain and protect our intellectual property and those other rights used in our business. We believe we have a well-recognized and strong reputation in our core markets and that the quality and performance of our products, our emphasis on innovation, and engagement with our professional and consumer community position us to compete effectively. However, if our reputation is adversely affected, our ability to attract and retain customers and consumers would be impacted. In addition, certain of our distributors in the United States and key retailers are owned or otherwise affiliated with companies that market and sell competing brands and, as a result, they may have an interest in promoting theses competing brands over our products. Our inability to continue to compete effectively in key countries around the world could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A disruption in manufacturing or supply chain could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to the risks inherent in the manufacturing of our products and supply chain, including industrial accidents, environmental events, strikes and other labor disputes, capacity constraints, disruptions in ingredient, material or packaging supply, as well as global shortages, disruptions in supply chain or information technology, loss or impairment of key manufacturing sites or suppliers, product quality control, safety, increase in commodity prices and energy costs, licensing requirements and other regulatory issues, as well as natural disasters and other external factors over which we have no control. If such an event were to occur, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, one of our manufacturers experienced an interruption that delayed the manufacturing of one of our products for three weeks in January 2021, and we may experience further interruptions with this or other manufacturers as a result of the pandemic.

Our finished products are manufactured in the United States and Europe, with a substantial portion manufactured in California. Any interruptions in operations at these locations could result in our inability to satisfy product demand. Despite efforts by our third-party contract manufacturers to safeguard these facilities, and disaster recovery programs in place under some of our agreements with suppliers that allow for shifting of manufacturing capacity if necessary, a number of factors could damage or destroy the manufacturing equipment or our inventory component of supplies or finished goods, cause substantial delays in manufacturing, supply and

 

30


Table of Contents

distribution of our products, result in the loss of key information and cause us to incur additional expenses, including:

 

   

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production imposed by regulatory authorities;

 

   

equipment malfunctions or failures;

 

   

technology malfunctions;

 

   

work stoppages;

 

   

damage to or destruction of the facility due to natural disasters including wildfires, earthquakes or other events; or

 

   

regional or local power shortages.

While we maintain business interruption insurance that we believe is appropriate for our operations, our insurance may not cover losses in any particular case, or insurance may not be available on commercially reasonable terms to cover certain of these catastrophic events or interruptions. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to these facilities or any disruption that impedes our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our recent rapid growth may not be sustainable or indicative of future growth, and we expect our growth rate to ultimately slow over time.

We have experienced significant and rapid growth. Net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we had net sales of $99.6 million and $270.2 million, respectively. Our historical rate of growth may not be sustainable or indicative of our future rate of growth, and in future periods, our net sales could grow more slowly than we expect or decline. We believe that continued growth in net sales, as well as our ability to improve or maintain margins and profitability, will depend upon, among other factors, our ability to address the challenges, risks and difficulties described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully manage any such challenges or risks to our future growth. Any of these factors could cause our net sales growth to slow or decline and may adversely affect our margins and profitability. Even if our net sales continue to increase, we expect that our growth rate may slow for a number of other reasons, including if there is a slowdown in the growth of demand for our products, increased competition, a decrease in the growth or reduction in the size of our overall market or if we cannot capitalize on growth opportunities. Failure to continue to grow our net sales or improve or maintain margins would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should not rely on our historical rate of growth as an indication of our future performance.

The fluctuating cost of raw materials could increase our cost of goods sold and cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to suffer.

We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, fluctuations in the cost of raw materials used in our products for reasons beyond our control. Our costs for raw materials are affected by, among other things, weather, customer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus customer countries and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. Increases in the cost of raw materials could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The illegal distribution and sale by third parties of counterfeit versions of our products or the unauthorized diversion by third parties of our products could have an adverse effect on our net sales and a negative impact on our reputation and business.

Third parties may illegally distribute and sell counterfeit versions of our products. These counterfeit products may be inferior in terms of quality and other characteristics compared to our authentic products and/or the

 

31


Table of Contents

counterfeit products could pose safety risks that our authentic products would not otherwise present to consumers. Consumers could confuse counterfeit products with our authentic products, which could damage or diminish the image, reputation and/or value of our brand and cause consumers to refrain from purchasing our products in the future, which could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2020, a majority of our net sales were generated through the sale of our products to professional salon distributors. Products sold to these customers are meant to be used exclusively by salons and individual salon professionals or are sold exclusively to the retail consumers of these salons. Despite our efforts to prevent diversion of such products from these customers, incidents have occurred and continue to occur whereby our products are sold to sales outlets other than the intended salons and salon professionals, such as to general merchandise retailers or unapproved outlets. In some instances, these diverted products may be old, damaged or otherwise adulterated. Such diversion may result in lower net sales of our products if consumers choose to purchase diverted products and/or choose to purchase products manufactured or sold by our competitors because of any perceived damage or diminishment to the image, reputation and/or value of our brand.

We have been unable to eliminate, and may in the future be unable to eliminate, all counterfeiting activities and unauthorized product diversion, both of which could have a negative impact on our reputation and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Shipping is a critical part of our business and any changes in, or disruptions to, our shipping distribution and warehouse management network could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently rely on third-party global providers to deliver our products to customers, including directly to consumers. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these providers, or if these providers experience performance problems or other difficulties in processing our orders or delivering our products to customers, it could negatively impact our results of operations and our customers’ experience. For example, changes to the terms of our shipping arrangements or the imposition of surcharges or surge pricing may adversely impact our margins and profitability. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to customers may be negatively affected by factors beyond our and these providers’ control, including pandemic, weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, acts of war or terrorism or other events specifically impacting other shipping partners, such as labor disputes, financial difficulties, system failures and other disruptions to the operations of the shipping companies on which we rely. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, shipping delays for reasons outside of our control, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. If the products ordered by our customers are not delivered in a timely fashion, including to international customers, or are damaged or lost during the delivery process, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products from us, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

We have expanded our operations rapidly since our founding in 2014. At times, we may also experience significant growth in one or more of our markets or for one or more of our products. For example, we expanded our distributor customer network in the U.K. beginning in 2019, and our sales in the U.K. increased by over 200% from 2019 to 2020. As a result, we opened a fulfillment center in the U.K. to service this increased demand.

To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to implement our operational plans and strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems and expand, train and manage our employee base.

 

32


Table of Contents

Growth can also strain our ability to effectively manage our operations, as it requires us to expand our management team, sales and marketing, product development and distribution functions. Growth may require us to also upgrade our management information systems and other processes and technology, and to obtain space for our expanding workforce. It also requires us to obtain sufficient raw materials and manufacturing capacity and additional operational capabilities and facilities to warehouse and distribute our products. Insufficient management execution to support growth could result in, among other things, product delays or shortages, operating errors, inadequate customer service, inappropriate claims or promotions by our marketing team or brand ambassadors and governmental inquires and investigations, all of which could harm our revenue and ability to generate sustained growth and result in unanticipated expenses. In addition, we need to continue to attract and develop qualified management personnel to sustain growth. If we are not able to successfully retain existing personnel and identify, hire and integrate new personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

If we do not continue to successfully develop and introduce new, innovative and updated products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our sales and profitability.

We are focused on selling to both professional hairstylists and consumers. As a result, our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. All of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we do not continue to introduce new products or innovations on existing products in a timely manner or our new products or innovations are not accepted by our consumers, or if our competitors introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, our brand or our market position could be harmed.

Further, our new products and innovations on existing and future products may not receive the same level of consumer acceptance as our products have in the past. Consumer preferences could change, especially as we expand our product offerings beyond haircare, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Our failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower sales, excess inventory or inventory shortages, markdowns and write-offs and diminished brand loyalty. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer needs and preferences, our ability to adequately address those needs and preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high quality products and maintain our distinctive brand identity as we expand the range of products we offer. A failure to effectively introduce new products or innovations on existing products that appeal to our consumers could result in a decrease in net revenues and excess inventory levels, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, on our key personnel.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to retain our key personnel, including our executive officers and senior management team. In particular, we are highly dependent on the experience, reputation and contributions of JuE Wong, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Tiffany Walden, our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. The unexpected loss of, or misconduct by, one or more of our key employees could adversely affect our business. Our success also depends, in part, on our continuing ability to identify, hire, train and retain other highly qualified personnel. To support our continued growth, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees. To attract top talent, we may need to increase our employee compensation levels to remain competitive in attracting and retaining talented employees. Competition for these employees can be intense. We may not be able to attract, assimilate or retain qualified personnel in the future, and our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business. This risk may be exacerbated by the stresses associated with the implementation of our strategic plan and other initiatives.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our business could be negatively impacted if we fail to execute our product launch process or ongoing product sales due to difficulty in forecasting or increased pressure on our supply chain, information systems and management.

New product offerings may generate significant activity and a high level of purchasing for the new product or current products, which can result in a higher-than-normal increase in revenue during the quarter and skew year-over-year comparisons. These offerings may also increase our product return rate. We may experience difficulty effectively managing growth associated with the launch of new products.

In addition, the size and schedule of these product offerings increase pressure on our supply chain and order processing systems. We may fail to appropriately scale our manufacturing capacity in response to unanticipated changes in demand for our existing products or to the demand for new products, which could harm our reputation and profitability.

If we are unable to accurately forecast sales levels in each market for product launches or ongoing product sales, obtain a sufficient supply of products to meet demand, including as a result of shortages in raw materials or packaging, we may incur higher expedited shipping costs and we may temporarily run out of stock of certain products, which could negatively impact our relationships with customers and consumers. Conversely, if demand does not meet our expectations for a product launch or ongoing product sales or if we change our planned launch strategies or initiatives, we could incur inventory write-downs.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our financial results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and difficult to predict.

The outbreak and global spread of COVID-19 has significantly disrupted our operating environment, including retail stores, hair salons, manufacturing, distribution and the ability of many of our customers to operate. While initially during the pandemic, salons operated under restrictions that caused many to close or operate at significantly reduced levels, since the third quarter of 2020 salons in most of the United States have operated close to pre-pandemic levels. However, salons in Europe and other key markets still remain closed or are operating with restrictions or at reduced capacity, which continues to impact our sales in these markets.

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly increased economic uncertainty, raising concerns about an economic slowdown and the possibility of a global recession. History has not provided any comparable recent events that provide guidance concerning the impacts of a global pandemic like COVID-19. There is also considerable uncertainty regarding measures being taken by various authorities and others to try to contain the spread of COVID-19, as well as the timing and rates of vaccinations. The degree to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our cash flow, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, many of which are outside of our control. As we continue to monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the impacts on our customers, suppliers and consumers, we have taken and will continue to take further measures. Some of the actions we take could adversely impact our business, and there is no certainty that our actions will be sufficient to mitigate the risks and the impacts of COVID-19.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to achieve our long-term strategy.

Achieving our long-term strategy will require investment in new capabilities, categories, distribution channels, supply chain facilities, technologies and emerging markets. These investments may result in short-term costs without associated current sales and, therefore, may be dilutive to our earnings. In addition, we may dispose of or discontinue select products or streamline operations and incur costs or restructuring and other charges in doing so. Although we believe that our strategy will lead to long-term growth in sales and profitability, we may not realize the anticipated benefits. The failure to realize benefits, which may be due to our inability to execute plans, global or local economic conditions, competition, changes in the haircare industry and the other risks described herein, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our business is affected by seasonality.

Our business has historically been influenced by seasonal trends common to traditional retail selling periods, and the results of our operations typically are slightly higher in the second half of the fiscal year due to increased levels of purchasing by consumers for special and holiday events and by retailers for the holiday selling seasons. Accordingly, adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year. Moreover, higher sales during the third and fourth quarters may cause our working capital needs to be greater during the second and third quarters of the fiscal year. As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our operating results across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. Furthermore, our rapid growth in recent years may obscure the extent to which seasonality trends have affected our business and may continue to affect our business. Accordingly, yearly or quarterly comparisons of our operating results may not be useful and our results in any particular period will not necessarily be indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. Seasonality in our business can also be affected by introductions of new or enhanced products, including the costs associated with such introductions.

Although our employees in the United States are co-employed by a professional employer organization, we may be liable for the failure of the organization to comply with its obligations under applicable law.

We utilize the services of a professional employer organization (“PEO”), to manage our U.S. employees and their employee benefits. Under the terms of our arrangement, the PEO is the formal employer of all of our personnel in the United States and is responsible for administering all payroll, including tax withholding, and providing health insurance and other benefits for these individuals. We reimburse the PEO for these costs, and pay it an administrative fee for its services.

While our partnership with the PEO allows us to more efficiently and effectively operate our human resources administration without the need for additional personnel, it also exposes us to some risks. If the PEO fails to comply with applicable laws or its obligations under this arrangement, we could be liable for such violations, and the indemnification provisions of our agreement with the PEO, if applicable, may not be sufficient to insulate us from those liabilities. We also could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for a failure by the PEO to pay employer-side taxes arising from payments to our employees or a failure by the PEO to withhold and remit taxes arising from such payments. We also could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for a failure by the PEO to appropriately pay, or withhold and remit required taxes from payments to, our employees. In such a case, our potential liability could be significant and could have an adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, if the PEO creates work policies that are viewed unfavorably by employees or does not efficiency manage our employee benefits, our relationship with our employees could be damaged.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

We are subject to risks related to the global scope of our sales channels.

Our products are sold in more than 60 countries around the world, with approximately 47% of our 2020 net sales generated outside the United States. In addition, some of our products are manufactured in Europe, and through third parties we have key operational facilities located inside and outside the United States that warehouse or distribute goods for sale throughout the world. Our global operations are subject to many risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the relative costs of operating in different places, which can affect our results of operations, the relative prices at which we and competitors sell products in the same markets and the cost of certain inventory and non-inventory items required in our operations;

 

   

the possibility that local civil unrest, political instability, or changes in diplomatic or trade relationships might disrupt our operations in one or more markets;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

foreign or U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including restrictions on trade, immigration and travel, operations, and investments; currency exchange controls; restrictions on imports and exports, including license requirements; tariffs; and taxes;

 

   

the presence of high inflation in the economies of some of the international markets in which our products are sold;

 

   

lack of well-established or reliable legal and administrative systems in certain countries in which our products are sold;

 

   

adverse weather conditions and natural disasters; and

 

   

social, economic and geopolitical conditions, such as a pandemic, terrorist attack, war or other military action.

These risks could have an adverse effect on our business, including our ability to capitalize on growth in new international markets and to maintain the current level of operations in our existing international markets.

We are subject to financial risks as a result of our international operations, including exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and the impact of foreign currency restrictions.

Foreign-currency fluctuations may affect our financial position and results of operations. Approximately 5% of our 2020 net sales occurred in a foreign currency and we purchase inventory from our European manufacturer in Euros. Our exposure to foreign currencies may increase as we expand our business in foreign markets. In preparing our financial statements, we translate revenue and expenses in our markets outside the United States from their local currencies into U.S. dollars using weighted-average exchange rates. If the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, our reported revenue, gross profit and net income will likely be reduced.

Although we may engage in transactions intended to reduce our exposure to foreign-currency fluctuations, there can be no assurance that these transactions will be effective. Complex global political and economic dynamics can affect exchange rate fluctuations. For example, the implementation of tariffs, border taxes or other measures related to the level of trade between the United States and other markets could impact the value of the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict future fluctuations and the effect these fluctuations may have upon future reported results or our overall financial condition.

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Matters

Disputes and other legal or regulatory proceedings could adversely affect our financial results.

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation, other disputes or regulatory proceedings in connection with or incidental to our business, including litigation related to intellectual property, regulatory matters, contract, advertising and other consumer claims. In general, claims made by us or against us in litigation, disputes or other proceedings can be expensive and time consuming to bring or defend against and could result in settlements, injunctions or damages that could significantly affect our business. It is not possible to predict the final resolution of the litigation, disputes or proceedings to which we currently are or may in the future become party to. Regardless of the final resolution, such proceedings may have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and business, including by utilizing our resources and potentially diverting the attention of our management from the operation of our business. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Our products are subject to federal, state and international laws, regulations and policies that could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Our business is subject to numerous laws, regulations and policies around the world. Many of these laws and regulations have a high level of subjectivity, are subject to interpretation, and vary significantly from market to market. These laws and regulations can have several impacts on our business, including:

 

   

delays in or prohibitions of selling a product or ingredient in one or more markets;

 

36


Table of Contents
   

limitations on our ability to import products into a market;

 

   

delays and expenses associated with compliance, such as record keeping, documentation of the properties of certain products, labeling, and scientific substantiation;

 

   

limitations on the labeling and marketing claims we can make regarding our products; and

 

   

limitations on the substances that can be included in our product, resulting in product reformulations, or the recall and discontinuation of certain products that cannot be reformulated to comply with new regulations.

These events could interrupt the marketing and sale of our products, cause us to be subject to product liability claims, severely damage our brand reputation and image in the marketplace, increase the cost of our products, cause us to fail to meet customer expectations or cause us to be unable to deliver products in sufficient quantities or sufficient quality, which could result in lost sales.

Before we can market and sell our products in certain jurisdictions, the applicable local governmental authority may require evidence of the safety of our products, which may include testing of individual ingredients at relevant levels. In particular, because Bis-amino is our proprietary ingredient, it typically is not a pre-approved ingredient for use in products in specific jurisdictions and we have been required in the past, and may be required in the future, to perform testing and provide other data and information to governmental authorities prior to the sale of our products in the jurisdiction. For example, Australian authorities have required us to perform additional testing on Bis-amino to register Bis-amino under Australia’s Industrial Chemical Introduction Scheme (AICIS), to be able to sell certain of our products in Australia. We are performing the final testing required, and have received provisional approval to sell our products. Although we are confident in our ability to obtain final approval, the Australian authorities could withdraw the provisional approval, resulting in impacts on our sales of certain products in Australia. Furthermore, our international customers are primarily responsible for registering ingredients or otherwise obtaining any approvals necessary for them to sell our products in the applicable territory and any failure by them to do so could decrease sales of our products and harm our reputation. Delays in or prohibition of selling our products, or the need to reformulate the ingredients used in our products, could have an adverse effect on our existing business and future growth.

Additional laws, regulations and policies, and changes, new interpretation or enforcement thereof, that affect our business could adversely affect our financial results. These include accounting standards, laws and regulations relating to tax matters, trade, data privacy and data security, anti-corruption, advertising, marketing, manufacturing, distribution, customs matters, product registration, ingredients, chemicals, packaging, selective distribution, environmental or climate change matters. Changes may require us to reformulate or discontinue certain of our products or revise our product packaging or labeling, any of which could result in, among other things, increased costs to us, delays in our product launches, product returns or recalls and lower net sales, and therefore could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Government regulations relating to the marketing and advertising of our products may restrict, inhibit or delay our ability to sell our products and harm our business.

A variety of federal, state, and foreign government authorities regulate the advertising and promotion of our products, including the marketing claims we can make regarding their properties and benefits. In the United States, the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates cosmetic products, including marketing claims. While the FDA does not require cosmetic products and labeling to undergo pre-market approval and the FDA does not have a list of approved or accepted claims, cosmetic labeling and claims must be truthful and not misleading. In addition, a cosmetic product may not be marketed with claims regarding the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions or an effect on the structure or function of the body, which would cause such products to meet the definition of a drug and be subject to the requirements applicable to drug products. The

 

37


Table of Contents

FDA has issued warning letters to cosmetic companies alleging improper drug claims regarding their cosmetic products, including, for example, product claims regarding hair growth or preventing hair loss. There is a degree of subjectivity in determining whether a labeling or marketing claim is appropriate under these standards. While we believe our product claims are truthful, not misleading, and would not cause our products to be regulated as drugs, there is always a risk that the FDA may determine otherwise, send us a warning letter or untitled letter, require us to modify our product claims, or take other enforcement action.

Other regulatory authorities, such as the FTC and state consumer protection agencies, also govern our products and typically require adequate and reliable scientific substantiation to support any marketing claims. This standard for substantiation is subject to interpretation and can vary widely from market to market, and there is no assurance that the research and development efforts that we undertake to support our claims will be deemed adequate for any particular product or claim. The FTC also has specialized requirements for certain types of claims. For example, the FTC’s “Green Guides” regulate how “free-of,” “non-toxic” and similar claims must be framed and substantiated. It is possible that the FTC could interpret the Green Guides in a manner that does not allow some of our claims or that requires additional substantiation to make them. The FTC also has issued Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising (“Endorsement Guides”), under which product testimonials must come from “bona fide” users of a product and otherwise reflect the honest opinions, beliefs, or experience of the endorser. Additionally, companies must disclose material connections between themselves and their endorsers and are subject to liability for false or unsubstantiated statements regarding its products made by endorsers including, for example, marketing atypical results of using a product. The FTC actively investigates online product reviews and may bring enforcement actions against a company for failure to comply with applicable requirements for testimonials. Our brand ambassadors may participate in our product launches, take part in media days promoting our products, create product tutorials, and post online reviews of our products, including and “before and after” photos. If we or our brand ambassadors fail to comply with the Endorsement Guides or make improper product claims, the FTC could bring an enforcement action against us and we could be fined and/or forced to alter our marketing materials.

Moreover, consumer protection laws and regulations governing our business continue to expand. In some states such as California, class-action lawsuits may be based on similar standards regarding false and misleading advertising and other increasingly novel theories of liability. In addition, plaintiffs’ lawyers have filed class action or false advertising lawsuits against cosmetic companies based on their marketing claims. Federal and state consumer protection agencies are expected to continue their active enforcement of applicable laws and regulations. Any inquiry into the regulatory status of our products and any related interruption in the marketing and sales of these products could damage out reputation and image in the marketplace.

If our products are not manufactured in compliance with applicable regulation, do not meet quality standards, or otherwise result in adverse health effects in consumers, it could result in reputational harm, remedial costs, or regulatory enforcement.

In the United States, the FDA has not promulgated regulations governing Good Manufacturing Practices (“GMPs”) for cosmetics. However, adherence to recommended GMPs can reduce the risk that FDA finds such products have been rendered adulterated or misbranded in violation of applicable law. FDA’s draft guidance on cosmetic GMPs, most recently updated in June 2013, provides recommendations related to process documentation, recordkeeping, building and facility design, equipment maintenance and personnel. FDA also recommends that manufacturers maintain product complaint and recall files and voluntarily report adverse events to the agency.

We rely on third parties to manufacture our products in compliance with quality standards, including the cosmetic GMP guidelines in the FDA’s draft guidance. Compliance with these standards can increase the cost of manufacturing our products as we work with our vendors to assure they are qualified and in compliance. If we or our contract manufacturers fail to comply with these standards, it could lead to customer complaints, adverse events, product withdrawal or recall, or increase the likelihood that our products are rendered adulterated or

 

38


Table of Contents

misbranded, any of which could result in negative publicity, remedial costs, or regulatory enforcement that could impact our ability to continue selling certain products. Problems associated with product recalls could be exacerbated due to the global nature of our business because a recall in one jurisdiction could lead to recalls in other jurisdictions.

Government reviews, inquiries, investigations and actions could harm our business.

As we operate in various locations around the world, our operations are subject to governmental scrutiny and may be adversely impacted by the results of such scrutiny. The regulatory environment with regard to our business is evolving, and government officials often exercise broad discretion in deciding how to interpret and apply applicable regulations. From time to time, we may receive formal and informal inquiries from various government regulatory authorities, as well as self-regulatory organizations, about our business and compliance with local laws, regulations or standards. Any determination that our operations or activities, or the activities of our employees, are not in compliance with existing laws, regulations or standards could negatively impact us in a number of ways, including the imposition of substantial fines, civil and criminal penalties, interruptions of business, loss of supplier, vendor or other third-party relationships, termination of necessary licenses and permits, modification of business practices and compliance programs, equitable remedies, including disgorgement, injunctive relief, and other sanctions or similar results, all of which could potentially harm our business. Even if these reviews, inquiries, investigations and actions do not result in any adverse determinations, they could create negative publicity which could harm our business and give rise to third-party litigation or action.

If our products are found to be defective or unsafe we may be subject to various product liability claims, which could harm our reputation and business.

Our success depends, in part, on the quality and safety of our products. If our products are found to be defective, unsafe, or otherwise fail to meet our consumers’ expectations or if our product claims are found to be unfair or deceptive, our relationships with customers or consumers could suffer, the appeal of one or more of our products could be diminished and we could lose sales, any of which could result in an adverse effect on our business. For example, we have historically received complaints regarding our products, including complaints alleging that our products have caused dryness, skin irritation, hair loss, or hair damage, or have failed to improve the look and texture of hair. We conduct testing of our products and, based on these tests, do not believe that our products are the direct cause of such adverse effects. However, regardless of their merit, these or future complaints could have a negative impact on the reputation of our products and our brand, cause us to recall or stop selling our products, or lead to increased scrutiny or enforcement action from regulatory authorities, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We have been and may be subject to product liability claims, including that our products fail to meet quality or manufacturing specifications, contain contaminants, include inadequate instructions as to their proper use, include inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances or for persons with health conditions or allergies, or cause adverse reactions or side effects. Product liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect our business and financial results. As we continue to offer an increasing number of new products through large product offerings our product liability risk may increase.

We maintain product liability insurance and continue to periodically evaluate whether we can and should obtain higher product liability insurance. Based upon our current approach to product liability risk management, if any of our products are found to cause any injury or damage or we become subject to product liability claims, we will be subject to the full amount of liability associated with any injuries or damages.

 

39


Table of Contents

Our collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information could give rise to significant costs and liabilities, including as a result of governmental regulation, uncertain or inconsistent interpretation and enforcement of legal requirements or differing views of personal privacy rights, which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We collect, use, store, transmit and otherwise process data that is sensitive to the Company and its employees, customers and suppliers. A variety of state, federal, and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of certain types of data. As we seek to expand our business, we are, and may increasingly become subject to various laws, regulations and standards, as well as contractual obligations, relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In many cases, these laws and regulations may apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between or among us, our affiliates and other parties with whom we conduct business. These laws, regulations and standards are continuously evolving and may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the United States, many states are considering adopting, or have already adopted, privacy regulations, including the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which became operational in 2020. The CCPA increases privacy rights for California residents, including the right to access and delete their personal information, receive detailed information about how their personal information is used and shared, and imposes other obligations on companies that process their personal information. Among, other things, the CCPA provides California consumers the right to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. Additionally, in November 2020, California passed the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), which expands the CCPA significantly, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Many of the CPRA’s provisions will become effective on January 1, 2023. The costs of compliance with, and the other burdens imposed by, these and other laws or regulatory actions may increase our operational costs, and/or result in interruptions or delays in the availability of systems. Most recently, Virginia passed the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“VCDPA”), applicable to companies collecting personal information of more than 100,000 Virginia residents, which could further impact our compliance burden. The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging.

Our communications with our customers and email and social media marketing are subject to certain laws and regulations. As laws and regulations, including FTC enforcement, evolve to govern the use of these communications and marketing platforms, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.

We are also subject to certain international privacy laws. In Canada, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”) and various provincial laws require that companies give detailed privacy notices to consumers, obtain consent to use personal information, with limited exceptions, allow individuals to access and correct their personal information, and report certain data breaches.

In the European Economic Area (the “EEA”), we are subject to the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), we are subject to the U.K. General Data Protection Regulation (“U.K. GDPR”) and the U.K. Data Protection Act 2018 (the “U.K. DPA”), in each case in relation to our collection, control, processing, sharing, disclosure and other use of data relating to an identifiable living individual (personal data). The interpretations and measures conducted by us in our efforts to comply with these laws may have been or may prove to be insufficient. The GDPR and national implementing legislation in EEA member states and the U.K.,

 

40


Table of Contents

impose a strict data protection compliance regime. The GDPR and the U.K. GDPR imposes substantial fines for breaches and violations (up to the greater of €20 million (or £17.5 million) or 4% of global annual turnover). In addition to the foregoing, a breach of the GDPR or U.K. GDPR could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease/ change our processing of our data, enforcement notices, and/ or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). We may also face civil claims including representative actions and other class action type litigation (where individuals have suffered harm), potentially amounting to significant compensation or damages liabilities, as well as associated costs, diversion of internal resources, and reputational harm.

We are also subject to rules with respect to cross-border transfers of personal data from the EEA and the U.K. to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws unless a data transfer mechanism has been put in place. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA and the U.K. to the United States, and other jurisdictions. Most recently, in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the E.U. (“CJEU”) limited how organizations could lawfully transfer personal data from the EEA to the United States, by invalidating the Privacy Shield and placing limitations on the use of the European Commission’s approved Standard Contractual Clauses (“SCCs”), requiring companies to independently assess the laws of the jurisdiction to which they transfer data with respect to their ability to protect the rights and freedoms of individuals as well as requiring further consideration of any additional protections such Company should put in place to ensure an essentially equivalent level of data protection to that afforded to the E.U. We currently rely on the SCCs to transfer personal data outside the EEA and the U.K., including to the United States, and will be required to implement new SCCs to address certain additional vendor relationships and the newly released SCCs issued by the European Commission on June 7, 2021. As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data transfer mechanisms and the implications of the CJEU’s July 2020 decision, or start taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and regulatory investigations or fines. If we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services as well as the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

On June 28, 2021, the European Commission issued an adequacy decision in respect of the UK’s data protection framework, enabling data transfers from EU member states to the UK to continue without requiring organizations to put in place contractual or other measures in order to lawfully transfer personal data between the territories. While it is intended to last for at least four years, the European Commission may unilaterally revoke the adequacy decision at any point. If we are required to implement additional measures to transfer data from the EEA to the U.K. or other third countries, this could increase our compliance costs, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, some laws may require us to notify governmental authorities and/or affected individuals of data breaches involving certain personal information or other unauthorized or inadvertent access to or disclosure of such information. We may need to notify governmental authorities and affected individuals with respect to such incidents. For example, laws in all 50 U.S. states may require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach in some instances. The requirements of these laws carry, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach may be difficult and costly. We also may be contractually required to notify consumers or other counterparties of a security breach. Regardless of our contractual protections, any actual or perceived security breach could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability or require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to any such actual or perceived breach, including through increased insurance premiums.

We make public statements about our use and disclosure of personal information through our privacy policies that are posted on our websites. The publication of our privacy policies and other statements that provide promises and assurances about data privacy and security can subject us to potential government or legal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices.

 

41


Table of Contents

Further, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard, a security standard applicable to companies that collect, store or transmit certain data regarding credit and debit cards, holders and transactions. We rely on internal resources and external vendors to handle PCI matters and ensure PCI compliance. Despite our compliance efforts, we may become subject to claims that we have violated the PCI Data Security Standard based on past, present, and future business practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with the PCI Data Security Standard can subject us to fines, termination of banking relationships, and increased transaction fees. In addition, there is no guarantee that PCI DSS compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss or misuse of payment card data or transaction information.

We rely on a variety of marketing techniques and practices to sell our products and to attract new customers and consumers, and we are subject to various current and future data protection laws and obligations that govern marketing and advertising practices. Governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. In particular, we are subject to evolving E.U. and U.K. privacy laws on cookies and e-marketing. In the E.U. and the U.K., regulators are increasingly focusing on compliance with requirements in the online behavioral advertising ecosystem, and current national laws that implement the ePrivacy Directive are highly likely to be replaced by an E.U. regulation known as the ePrivacy Regulation which will significantly increase fines for non-compliance. In the E.U. and the U.K., informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device and for direct electronic marketing, and we are in the process of updating our applicable websites to include a mechanism for obtaining such consent. The GDPR also imposes conditions on obtaining valid consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked consents and a requirement to ensure separate consents are sought for each type of cookie or similar technology. While the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, a recent European court decision, regulators’ recent guidance and recent campaigns by a not for profit organization are driving increased attention to cookies and tracking technologies. If regulators start to enforce the strict approach in recent guidance, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices, web browsers and application stores have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, require additional consents, or limit the ability to track user activity, which could if widely adopted result in the use of third-party cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly less effective.

Our employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, customers, suppliers and other business partners may engage in fraudulent or illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless, and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate: (i) the rules of the applicable regulatory bodies; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) data privacy and security laws or other similar non-United States laws; or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. These laws may impact, among other things, future sales, marketing, and education programs.

It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent these activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions, including the imposition of civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, additional integrity reporting and oversight obligations. Whether or not we are successful in defending against any such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management in defending.

 

42


Table of Contents

Violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption laws outside the United States could have an adverse effect on us.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), U.K. Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other persons for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Recent years have seen a substantial increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity, with more frequent and aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We sell our products in many parts of the world that are recognized as having governmental and commercial corruption and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, customers or other third-party intermediaries. In the event that we believe or have reason to believe that our employees or agents have or may have violated applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, we may be required to investigate or have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances, which can be expensive and require significant time and attention from senior management. Violations of these laws may require self-disclosure to government agencies and result in criminal or civil sanctions, which could disrupt our business and result in an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Information Technology and Cybersecurity

We rely significantly on the use of information technology, as well as those of our third-party service providers. Any significant failure, inadequacy, interruption or data security incident of our information technology systems, or those of our third-party service providers, could disrupt our business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

We increasingly rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information. Our ability to effectively manage our business and coordinate the manufacturing, sourcing, distribution and sale of our products depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems. We rely on information technology systems to effectively manage, among other things, our business data, communications, supply chain, inventory management, customer order entry and order fulfillment, processing transactions, summarizing and reporting results of operations, human resources benefits and payroll management, compliance with regulatory, legal and tax requirements and other processes and data necessary to manage our business. Disruptions to our information technology systems, including any disruptions to our current systems and/or as a result of transitioning to additional or replacement information technology systems, as the case may be, could disrupt our business and could result in, among other things, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of data and the loss of sales and customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows. Additionally, the future operation, success and growth of our business depends on streamlined processes made available through information systems, global communications, internet activity and other network processes.

Our information technology systems may be subject to damage or interruption. Our existing safety systems, data backup, access protection, user management and information technology emergency planning may not be sufficient to prevent data loss or long-term network outages. In addition, we may have to upgrade our existing information technology systems or choose to incorporate new technology systems from time to time in order for such systems to support the increasing needs of our expanding business. Costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, as part of our normal business activities, we collect and store certain confidential information, including personal information with respect to customers, consumers and employees, as well as information related to intellectual property, and the success of our e-commerce operations depends on the secure transmission of confidential and personal data over public networks, including the use of cashless payments. We may share some of this information with third-party service providers who assist us with certain aspects of our business. Any failure on the part of us or our third-party service providers to maintain the security of this confidential data and personal information, including via the penetration of our network security (or those of our third-party service providers) and the misappropriation of confidential and personal information, could result in business disruption, damage to our reputation, financial obligations to third parties, fines, penalties, regulatory proceedings and private litigation, any or all of which could result in the Company incurring potentially substantial costs. Such events could also result in the deterioration of confidence in the Company by employees, consumers and customers and cause other competitive disadvantages.

Security incidents compromising the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our confidential or personal information and our and our third-party service providers’ information technology systems could result from cyber-attacks, ransomware, computer malware, supply chain attacks or malfeasance of our personnel. Moreover, we and our third-party service providers may be more vulnerable to such attacks in remote work environments, which have increased in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and we are particularly vulnerable to such risks because our employees all work remotely. As techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, a disruption, cyberattack or other security breach of our information technology systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party service providers, may go undetected for an extended period and could result in the theft, transfer, unauthorized access to, disclosure, modification, misuse, loss or destruction of our employee, representative, customer, vendor, consumer and/or other third-party data, including sensitive or confidential data, personal information and/or intellectual property. We cannot guarantee that our security efforts will prevent breaches or breakdowns of the Company’s or its third-party service providers’ information technology systems. If we suffer a material loss or disclosure of personal or confidential information as a result of a breach of our information technology systems, including those of our third-party service providers, we may suffer reputational, competitive and/or business harm, incur significant costs and be subject to government investigations, litigation, fines and/or damages, which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows. Moreover, while we maintain cyber insurance that may help provide coverage for these types of incidents, we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover costs and liabilities related to these incidents.

In addition, any such access, disclosure or other loss or unauthorized use of information or data, whether actual or perceived, could result in legal claims or proceedings, regulatory investigations or actions, and other types of liability under laws that protect the privacy and security of personal information, including federal, state and foreign data protection and privacy regulations, violations of which could result in significant penalties and fines. In addition, although we seek to detect and investigate all data security incidents, security breaches and other incidents of unauthorized access to our information technology systems and data can be difficult to detect and any delay in identifying such breaches or incidents may lead to increased harm and legal exposure of the type described above.

Our information technology and websites may be susceptible to cybersecurity breaches, outages and other risks.

Our information technology systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins and other events. Despite the implementation of network security measures, our systems may be vulnerable to constantly evolving cybersecurity threats such as malware, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. The occurrence of these or other events could disrupt or damage our information technology and adversely affect our business, including our employees’ abilities to adequately conduct work. Insurance policies that may provide coverage with regard to such events may not cover any or all of the resulting financial losses.

 

44


Table of Contents

In addition, as part of our normal business activities, we collect and store certain confidential information, including personal information with respect to customers, consumers and employees, as well as information related to intellectual property, and the success of our e-commerce operations depends on the secure transmission of confidential and personal data over public networks, including the use of cashless payments. We may share some of this information with vendors who assist us with certain aspects of our business. Any failure on the part of us or our vendors to maintain the security of this confidential data and personal information, including via the penetration of our network security (or those of our vendors) and the misappropriation of confidential and personal information, could result in business disruption, damage to our reputation, financial obligations to third parties, fines, penalties, regulatory proceedings and private litigation, any or all of which could result in the Company incurring potentially substantial costs. Such events could also result in the deterioration of confidence in the Company by employees, consumers and customers and cause other competitive disadvantages. In addition, a security or data privacy breach could require us to expend significant additional resources to enhance our information security systems and could result in a disruption to our operations. Furthermore, third parties, such as our suppliers and retail customers, may also rely on information technology and be subject to such cybersecurity breaches. These breaches may negatively impact their businesses, which could in turn disrupt our supply chain and/or our business operations. Due to the potential significant costs, business disruption and reputational damage that typically accompany a cyberattack or cybersecurity breach, any such event could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Matters

Our efforts to register, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to protect our business.

Our patents and trademarks are essential to our business, and we also rely on our unpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes and know-how. We generally seek to protect our patents, trademarks and other proprietary information through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as by confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements with our employees, contractors, collaborators, vendors, consultants, advisors and third parties. Despite these measures, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated. This could involve significant expense, potentially hinder or limit use of our intellectual property rights, or potentially result in the inability to use the intellectual property rights in question. If an alternative cost-effective solution were not available, there may be an adverse effect on our financial position and performance.

Enforcing our intellectual property rights against one or more third parties can be expensive and time-consuming, and an adverse result in any proceeding could put our intellectual property rights at risk of being invalidated or narrowed in scope of coverage. Patent and trademark challenges increase our costs to develop, engineer and market our products. We may not have adequate resources to enforce our intellectual property rights. In addition, our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components that are used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential competitor’s product. We may not prevail in any disputes that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if we were to prevail, may not be commercially meaningful. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of dispute.

Pending and future patent applications may not be approved or result in patents being issued which protect our products or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Moreover, the scope of coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced during prosecution before the patent is issued. Even once issued, the scope, validity, enforceability, and commercial value of patent rights are uncertain, and our patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide any meaningful protection or commercial advantage and may not preclude competitors from developing products similar to ours.

 

45


Table of Contents

Any of our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. For example, we are aware of pending oppositions in the European Patent Office, India, and Ecuador. Additionally, as a result of two post grant review proceedings at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, some of the claims in two of our U.S. patents were determined to be invalid. The invalidated claims are a subset of the claims that defend against the use of competitors’ products in a hair bleaching method that do not contain our Bis-amino ingredient.

While we have registered or applied to register many of our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from those of our competitors, we cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources advertising and marketing new brands.

We rely on our unpatented proprietary technology and it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. Although we generally seek to protect our unpatented proprietary technology and our trade secrets, processes, and know-how by confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements with our employees, contractors, collaborators, vendors, consultants and advisors, we cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection in the event of any unauthorized use or disclosure of such proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes, or know-how.

In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property may be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Because of the COVID-19 pandemic, certain domestic and foreign intellectual property offices have amended their filing requirements and other procedures, including, but not limited to, extending deadlines and waiving fees. These accommodations have not been applied uniformly across all intellectual property offices globally, and the effectiveness and duration of existing action is unclear. Further, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has created uncertainty with respect to the uninterrupted operation of domestic and foreign intellectual property offices, which, amongst other things, may cause delayed processing of assignments, renewal fee payments, and application filings, and may delay prosecution of patent and trademark applications. Any inability to establish and maintain current and future trademarks, patents or other intellectual property rights may have an adverse effect on the growth and reputation of our business. Further, the constantly evolving nature of the COVID-19 pandemic may affect our brand and our other intellectual property rights over time in ways that cannot be reasonably anticipated or mitigated. This could have an adverse effect on our business, the results of our operations, and financial condition.

In certain foreign jurisdictions, relevant government authorities may also be slow to act on the acceptance and recordation of assignments of intellectual property rights, sometimes taking years to record such assignments. As noted above, the COVID pandemic has extended these delays further. While we are not currently adversely affected by these delays, our ability to enforce our rights against third-party infringers and to enter into local licensing arrangements may be limited or otherwise adversely affected by the failure of local governmental entities to promptly process and record prior transfers of IP rights.

If we do not adequately maintain our intellectual property, it can result in loss of rights. Loss of rights may be irrevocable. For example, we are required to pay various periodic renewal fees on registered intellectual property, and our failure to do so could result in the affected intellectual property lapsing. If this were to occur, our competitors may be able to use our technologies, names, brands or the goodwill we have acquired in the marketplace and erode or negate any competitive advantages we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

 

46


Table of Contents

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to maintain or build name recognition in our markets of interest.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to maintain or build name recognition in our target markets and our business may be adversely affected. If we are unable to successfully register our trademarks and trade names and establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. In addition, competitors or other third parties have in the past, and may in the future, adopt trade names, trademarks or domain names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity, possibly leading to market confusion and potentially requiring us to pursue legal action. In addition, there could be trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our unregistered trademarks or trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our trademarks, trade names and domain names may be ineffective, may impact the public perception of our brand, may be expensive, may divert our resources and, if our proprietary rights are challenged in connection with such enforcement efforts, could result in payment by us of monetary damages or injunctive relief against us that prevents us from using certain trademarks and trade names, all of which could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.

We may not be able to effectively protect and enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world to the same extent as in the United States.

Because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other laws concerning proprietary rights, our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. For example, the requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor or may not be sufficiently robust for the meaningful enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of our intellectual property rights. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all jurisdictions in which we have patent protection. In addition, competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Furthermore, we currently own trademarks that we use in connection with our business in the United States and other markets. As we continue to expand into international markets, we may experience certain risks associated with protecting our brand and maintaining the ability to use our brand in the countries where we operate. Specifically, there is a risk that our trademarks may conflict with the registered trademarks of other companies, which may require us to rebrand our product and service offerings, obtain costly licenses, defend against third-party claims, or substantially change our product or service offerings.

Proceedings to enforce our patent and trademarks rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. While we generally seek to protect our intellectual property rights in the major markets where we intend to market and sell our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to do so in all jurisdictions. Furthermore, we may not accurately predict all of the jurisdictions where patent protection will ultimately be desirable, and if we fail to timely file a patent application in any such jurisdiction, we may be precluded from doing so later. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our patent and other intellectual property rights in such jurisdictions may be inadequate.

 

47


Table of Contents

Third parties may allege that we are infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, which could involve substantial costs and adversely impact our business.

Our success in part depends on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. Third parties may allege that our products infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate third-party intellectual property rights, and we may become involved in litigation or other disputes relating to intellectual property used in our business.

Any such claims, even those without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to defend and may divert management’s attention and resources, and an adverse result in any proceeding could put our ability to produce and sell our products in jeopardy. We may be required to spend significant amounts of resources to defend against claims of infringement, pay significant money damages, cease using certain processes, technologies, or other intellectual property, cease making, offering and selling certain products, obtain a license (which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all) or redesign our brand, our products or our packaging (which could be costly, time-consuming, or impossible).

In addition, we may be unaware of third-party intellectual property that covers or otherwise relates to some or all of our products. Because of technological changes in our industry, current patent coverage and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents, our current or future products may unknowingly infringe or misappropriate existing or future patents or intellectual property rights of other parties. Further, because some patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of time, there is a risk that we could develop a product or technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, which product or technology would infringe a third-party patent once that patent is issued. The defense costs and settlements for patent infringement lawsuits may not be covered by insurance. Patent infringement lawsuits can take years to resolve. If we are not successful in our defenses or are not successful in obtaining dismissals of any such lawsuit, legal fees or settlement costs could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial position. Even if resolved in our favor, the volume of intellectual-property-related claims, and the mere specter of threatened litigation or other legal proceedings may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from day-to-day responsibilities. The direct and indirect costs of addressing these actual and threatened disputes may have an adverse effect on our operations, reputation, and financial performance.

Relatedly, competitors or other third parties may raise claims alleging that other third parties indemnified by us infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate such competitors’ or other third parties’ intellectual property rights. These claims of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way to avoid all such alleged violations of such intellectual property rights.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, contractors, collaborators, vendors, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Third parties may in the future allege wrongful use or disclosure of their alleged intellectual property or make claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, contractors, collaborators, vendors, consultants and advisors have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. In addition, we may face claims by third parties that our agreements with employees obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding intellectual property we have developed or will develop and may interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are not successful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our exclusive rights in such intellectual property. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees, contractors, collaborators, vendors,

 

48


Table of Contents

consultants and advisors and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this type of activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses. Any of these outcomes could harm our business and competitive position.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our significant indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness, which, as of June 30, 2021, totaled approximately $766.8 million, including $766.8 million outstanding under our Term Loan Facility (as defined herein) and no amounts outstanding under our Revolver (as defined herein).

Our significant indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences, including:

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, product development and other purposes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

increasing our exposure to rising interest rates because certain of our borrowings are at variable interest rates;

 

   

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures; and

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, product development and other corporate purposes.

Although the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, such restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions and indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial. If we and our restricted subsidiaries incur significant additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face could increase.

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to service our debt obligations. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt, and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, delay capital expenditures, or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to affect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

49


Table of Contents

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to change or to take certain actions.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens on assets;

 

   

declare or pay certain dividends and other distributions;

 

   

make certain investments, loans, guarantees or advances;

 

   

consolidate, amalgamate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

exceed certain secured leverage ratios.

These restrictions could impede our ability to operate our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition and other corporate opportunities. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Certain Covenants and Events of Default.”

Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with these covenants and maintain these financial tests and ratios. A breach of such covenants could result in an event of default unless we obtain a waiver to avoid such default. If we are unable to obtain a waiver, such a default may allow our creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of, or default under, any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

Because our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries, we are dependent on the receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries for cash to fund our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make future dividend payments, if any, is dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us.

Despite our substantial debt, we may still be able to incur significantly more debt, which would increase the risks described herein. We may also require additional capital, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Despite our current indebtedness levels, we may increase our levels of debt in the future to finance our operations or in connection with acquisitions. The agreements relating to our indebtedness limit but do not prohibit our ability to incur additional debt. If we increase our total indebtedness, our debt service obligations will increase. We will become more exposed to the risks arising from our substantial level of indebtedness as described above as we become more leveraged. As of June 30, 2021, we had approximately $51.0 million of undrawn capacity available under our Revolver, subject to certain conditions. We regularly consider market conditions and our ability to incur indebtedness to either refinance existing indebtedness or for working capital. If additional debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks we face could increase.

 

50


Table of Contents

If our cash flow from operations is less than we anticipate, if our cash requirements are more than we expect, or if we intend to finance acquisitions, we may require more financing. However, debt or equity financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. If we incur additional debt or raise equity through the issuance of additional capital shares, the terms of the debt or capital shares issued may give the holders rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our ordinary shares, particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of the debt may also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on our operations than we currently have. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, our financial condition could be adversely affected. Unfavorable changes in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our debt may ultimately negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase the costs we incur to borrow funds.

Uncertainty relating to LIBOR and the potential discontinuation of LIBOR in the future may adversely affect our interest expense.

Borrowings under our Credit Agreement (as defined herein) bear interest at a rate equal to an adjusted base rate or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. On July 27, 2017, the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. While the ICE Benchmark Administration recently announced its intention to extend the publication of certain LIBOR settings to the end of 2023, there can be no assurance such extension will occur. As a result, it is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist after 2021 or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after that time. The United States Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee composed of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by U.S. Treasury securities. The future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain and any changes in the methods by which LIBOR is determined or regulatory activity related to LIBOR’s phaseout could cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past or cease to exist. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate our credit agreements and related agreements, which may result in interest rates and/or payments that do not correlate over time with the interest rates and/or payments that would have been made on our obligations if LIBOR was available in its current form. Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates and result in higher borrowing costs. This could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and liquidity.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The Advent Funds will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering.

Following completion of this offering, entities affiliated with the Advent Funds will beneficially own approximately 79.6% of our outstanding common stock (approximately 78.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). In addition, three members of our Board of Directors are employed by affiliates of the Advent Funds. For as long as affiliates of the Advent Funds continue to beneficially own a substantial percentage of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, they will continue to have significant influence over us. For example, they will be able to strongly influence or effectively control the election of all of the members of our Board of Directors and our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares of common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of shares of our common stock and the payment of dividends. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of deterring, delaying, or preventing a change of control of the Company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of the Company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to the Advent Funds, members of our Board of Directors who are affiliated with the Advent Funds or Christine Dagousset, in her capacity as an officer or employee of Chanel Inc, US and as a member of the Executive Committee of Chanel Limited UK or any of its controlled affiliates (“Chanel”).

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Advent Funds and the members of our Board of Directors who are affiliated with the Advent Funds will not be required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become aware and can take any such corporate opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Ms. Dagousset will not be required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which she becomes aware in her capacity as an officer or employee of Chanel and can take such corporate opportunity for Chanel. We, by the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation, will expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. The Advent Funds may have interests that differ from yours. The Advent Funds are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Ms. Dagousset, in her capacity as an officer or employee of Chanel, also may have interests that differ from those of the Company, including that she may be presented with or become involved with business opportunities for Chanel that may be competitive with the Company.

We will be required to pay our Existing Stockholders 85% of certain tax benefits related to Pre-IPO Tax Assets and could be required to make substantial cash payments in which the stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not participate.

Following our initial public offering, we expect to be able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, which arose (or are attributable to transactions occurring) prior to the completion of this offering. These Pre-IPO Tax Assets will reduce the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

Prior to the completion of this offering and in connection with the Pre-IPO Reorganization, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement, which provides the right to receive future payments from us to our Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets and the making of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Consequently, stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will only be entitled to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in those assets. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Income Taxes and Tax Receivable Agreement.”

These payment obligations will be our obligations and not obligations of any of our subsidiaries and are not conditioned upon the Existing Stockholders maintaining a continued direct or indirect ownership interest in us. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the amount of cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be computed by comparing our actual U.S. federal, state and local income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, taking into account several assumptions and adjustments, including, for example, that:

 

   

we will pay state and local income taxes at a blended rate based on our nexus to applicable jurisdictions, even though our actual effective state and local income tax rate may be materially different;

 

   

tax benefits existing at the time of the offering are deemed to be utilized before certain tax attributes acquired after this offering; and

 

   

a non-taxable transfer of assets by us to a non-consolidated entity is treated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a taxable sale at the greater of (i) tax basis and (ii) fair market value subject to certain adjustments.

 

52


Table of Contents

The actual amount and utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, as well as the timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future and the rates then applicable to us and our subsidiaries. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are expected to give rise to certain additional tax benefits. Any such tax benefits that we are deemed to realize under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement are covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and will increase the amounts due thereunder.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that interest, at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%, will accrue from the due date (without extensions) of the tax return to which the applicable tax benefits relate to the date of payment specified by the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, where we fail to make payment by the date so specified, the Tax Receivable Agreement generally provides for interest to accrue on the unpaid amount from the date so specified until the date of actual payment, at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 5%, except under certain circumstances specified in the Tax Receivable Agreement where we are unable to make payment by such date, in which case interest will accrue at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%.

We expect that the payments we make under this Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. As described above, the Tax Receivable Agreement will make certain simplifying assumptions and adjustments regarding the determination of the cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets and the making of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result in payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets.

Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets could aggregate to approximately $233 million. The aggregate amount payable pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent in large part on the reduction in taxes that we would have been required to pay absent the existence of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. As a result, changes in tax law, and in particular the tax rate applicable to U.S. corporations and the tax rules on the amortization and depreciation of assets, may materially impact the timing and amounts of payments by us to the Existing Stockholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The Biden Administration has proposed a significant number of changes to U.S. tax laws, including an increase in the maximum tax rate applicable to U.S. corporations, which may materially increase our payment obligations to Existing Stockholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Upon the effective date of the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect to recognize a liability of $233 million for the payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which will be accounted for as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheet.

Changes in the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will impact the amount of the liability that will be paid pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Changes in the utilization of these Pre-IPO Tax Assets are recorded in income tax expense (benefit) and any changes in the obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is recorded in other income (expense).

In addition, the Tax Receivable Agreement provides that (i) upon certain mergers, stock and asset sales, other forms of business combinations, (ii) upon certain sales or other divestitures, (iii) upon certain proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, event of default under certain of our indebtedness for borrowed money, or other Credit Event (as defined therein), (iv) upon a breach of any of our material obligations (that is not timely cured) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, or (v) or other Changes of Control (as defined therein), or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate and may

 

53


Table of Contents

significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We will be required to make a payment intended to be equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 1%, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer’s, then-current cost of capital) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income and tax liabilities to fully utilize anticipated future tax benefits. In these situations, our, or a potential acquirer’s, obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer’s, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other Changes of Control. These provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the Existing Stockholders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantial, significantly in advance of any potential actual realization of such further tax benefits, and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer’s, actual cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax.

Different timing rules will apply to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to be made to holders that, prior to the completion of the offering, hold stock options (collectively, the “Award Holders”). Such payments will generally be deemed invested in a notional account rather than made on the scheduled payment dates, and the account will be distributed on the fifth anniversary of the initial public offering, together with an amount equal to the net present value of such Award Holder’s future expected payments, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, payments to holders of stock options that are unvested prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to vesting on the same schedule as such holder’s unvested stock options.

The Tax Receivable Agreement contains a Change of Control definition that includes, among other things, a change of a majority of the Board of Directors without approval of at least two-thirds majority of the then-existing Board members (the “Continuing Directors Provision”). Delaware case law has stressed that such Continuing Directors Provisions could have a potential adverse effect on shareholders’ right to elect a company’s directors. In this regard, decisions of the Delaware Chancery Court (not involving us or our securities) have considered change of control provisions and noted that a board of directors may “approve” a dissident shareholders’ nominees solely to avoid triggering the change of control provisions, without supporting their election, if the board determines in good faith that the election of the dissident nominees would not be materially adverse to the interests of the corporation or its stockholders. Further, according to these decisions, the directors’ duty of loyalty to shareholders under Delaware law may, in certain circumstances, require them to give such approval. However, there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors would vote in approval of such new Board members and that, as a result, the election of such new Board of Directors members could give rise to a Change of Control and accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based in part on our reporting positions. The Existing Stockholders (or their transferees or assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance and any excess payments made to any Existing Stockholder (or such Existing Stockholder’s transferees or assignees) will be netted against future payments that would otherwise be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances, the payments we are required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could exceed the cash tax savings we actually realize in respect of the attributes in respect of which the Tax Receivable Agreement required us to make payment.

Certain transactions by us could cause us to recognize taxable income (possibly material amounts of income) without a current receipt of cash. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such taxable income would cause a net reduction in our available cash. For example, transactions giving rise to cancellation of debt income, the accrual of income from original issue discount or deferred payments, a “triggering event” requiring the recapture of dual consolidated losses, or “Subpart F” income would each produce income with no

 

54


Table of Contents

corresponding increase in cash. In these cases, we may use some of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to offset income from these transactions and, under the Tax Receivable Agreement, would be required to make a payment to our Existing Stockholders even though we receive no cash corresponding to such income.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for specified reasons, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in periods in which such payments are made. Among other reasons, we may be unable to timely make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement due to limitations on distributions under the terms of the credit agreement to which one or more our subsidiaries are a party.

If we did not enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would be entitled to realize the full economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. Stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not be entitled, indirectly by holding such shares, to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets that would have been available if the Tax Receivable Agreement were not in effect (except to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in the Pre-IPO Tax Assets).

In the event that any determinations must be made under or any dispute arises involving the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Existing Stockholders will be represented by a shareholder representative that initially will be an entity controlled by the Advent Funds. For so long as any Advent Funds retain an interest in the Tax Receivable Agreement, should any representatives of the Advent Funds then be serving on our Board of Directors, such directors will be excluded from decisions of the Board of Directors related to the relevant determination or dispute.

The Tax Receivable Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your stock of $16.31 per share as of June 30, 2021 because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value deficiency per share of the shares you acquire. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience substantial additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

Further, we may need to raise additional funds in the future to finance our operations and/or acquire complementary businesses. If we obtain capital in future offerings on a per-share basis that is less than the initial public offering price per share, the value of the price per share of your common stock will likely be reduced. In addition, if we issue additional equity securities in a future offering and you do not participate in such offering, there will effectively be dilution in your percentage ownership interest in the Company.

We will in the future grant stock options and other awards to our certain current or future officers, directors, employees, and consultants under additional plans or individual agreements. The grant, exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of these awards, as applicable, will have the effect of diluting your ownership interests in the Company. We may also issue additional equity securities in connection with other types of transactions, including shares issued as part of the purchase price for acquisitions of assets or other companies from time to time or in connection with strategic partnerships or joint ventures, or as incentives to management or other providers of resources to us. Such additional issuances are likely to have the same dilutive effect.

 

55


Table of Contents

Our stock price could be extremely volatile and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Since our inception, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following completion of this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters, and may vary from the market price of our common stock following the completion of this offering. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, you may not be able to resell any shares you hold at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade.

In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus and others such as:

 

   

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

   

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us, our competitors or our industry;

 

   

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

timing of new product launches;

 

   

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

 

   

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;

 

   

changes in legislation, regulation and government policy as a result of the U.S. presidential and congressional elections;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

changes in accounting principles;

 

   

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;

 

   

natural disasters and other calamities;

 

   

changes in general market and economic conditions; and

 

   

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly. We are exposed to the impact of any global or domestic economic disruption. Additionally, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make a substantial payment to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

 

56


Table of Contents

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.

Following completion of this offering, there will be 648,124,639 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all of the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, approximately 79.6% of our outstanding common stock (or approximately 78.2% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be held by affiliates of the Advent Funds.

Each of our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders and substantially all holders of our common stock have entered into a lock-up agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the underwriters, which regulates their sales of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” and “Underwriting.”

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, the perception that such sales will occur, or early release of these lock-up agreements could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future. Of the shares of our common stock to be outstanding following completion of this offering, the 67,000,000 shares offered by this prospectus (or approximately 77,050,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction by persons other than our affiliates. Our remaining 581,124,639 outstanding shares (or approximately 571,074,639 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will become available for resale in the public market on the date that is 180 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions to the lock-up agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Beginning 180 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the Advent Funds may require us to register shares of our common stock held by them for resale under the federal securities laws, subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of those shares would allow the Advent Funds to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, following completion of this offering, we intend to register (i) shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under the 2020 Plan and (ii) shares of our common stock that we expect to issue pursuant to the 2021 Plan. For more information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Statements on Form S-8.”

Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and depress the market price of our common stock.

In addition to the Advent Funds beneficial ownership of a substantial percentage of our common stock, provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws after this offering and Delaware law could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders, and could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our Board of Directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include a classified board of directors and the ability of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquiror. Our restated certificate of incorporation will also impose some restrictions on mergers and other business

 

57


Table of Contents

combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than the Advent Funds. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law.”

Our restated certificate of incorporation will designate specific courts as the sole and exclusive forum for certain claims or causes of action that may be brought by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our directors and officers.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if, and only if, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses a Covered Claim (as defined below) for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, any other state or federal court in the State of Delaware that does have subject matter jurisdiction) will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of claims: (i) any derivative claim brought in the right of the Company, (ii) any claim asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty to the Company or the Company’s stockholders owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee or stockholder of the Company, (iii) any claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, (iv) any claim to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (v) any claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, and (vi) any other claim, not subject to exclusive federal jurisdiction and not asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, as amended, brought in any action asserting one or more of the claims specified in clauses (a)(i) through (v) herein above (each a “Covered Claim”). This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Company will be deemed to have notice of and consented to these choice-of-forum provisions and waived any argument relating to the inconvenience of the forums in connection with any Covered Claim.

The choice of forum provisions to be contained in our restated certificate of incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, it is possible that a court of law in another jurisdiction could rule that the choice of forum provisions to be contained in our restated certificate of incorporation are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise, which could cause us to incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. The choice of forum provisions may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provisions are not enforceable or invalid.

Upon the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance standards. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the completion of this offering, the Advent Funds will collectively control a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. Because more than 50% of the voting power in the election of our directors will be held by an individual, group, or another company, we will be a “controlled

 

58


Table of Contents

company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. As a controlled company, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

   

a majority of our Board of Directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

   

our Board of Directors has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

our Board of Directors has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we do not expect that the majority of our directors will be independent or that any committees of our Board of Directors, other than our audit committee, will be composed of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business and we do not currently expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Moreover, the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement and our existing Credit Agreement restrict our ability to pay dividends, and any additional debt we may incur in the future may include similar restrictions. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common stock. As a result, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

We are an emerging growth company and cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we expect to take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, while we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”); we will be exempt from any rules that could be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements; we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition, while we are an emerging growth company, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period and, as a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of companies that have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.

We may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances, including if (i) we have $1.07 billion or more in annual gross revenue in any fiscal year, (ii) we become a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act; or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

General Risks

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner or prevent fraud, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company.

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. Although we are not yet subject to the certification or attestation requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified three material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The following are the material weaknesses we identified as of December 31, 2020: (i) limited technical accounting resources and a lack of sufficient segregation of duties related to the control over review and approval of journal entries, reconciliations and accruals; (ii) lack of formal risk assessment process to identify, evaluate and address business risks relevant to financial reporting objectives; and (iii) lack of entity-level controls typical for a public company, including corporate policies, accounting policies, formal board and audit committee charters and calendar, formal organizational chart depicting reporting lines and key areas of authority and responsibility, and information technology.

The control deficiencies described above were considered to be material weaknesses because they could have resulted in a misstatement of the aforementioned account balances or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We have implemented improved processes and internal controls, including hiring a Chief Financial Officer, VP of Finance, Controller, Assistant Controller and Staff Accountant while we continue to utilize additional support from external accounting consultants to assist with technical accounting questions as well as the implementation of additional control processes in preparation for becoming a public company. However, these control deficiencies were unremediated as of June 30, 2021 as the controls that we designed to address these control

 

60


Table of Contents

deficiencies had not been operating for a sufficient amount of time to conclude that they had been remediated. While we believe these efforts will improve our internal controls and address the underlying causes of the material weaknesses, such material weaknesses will not be remediated until our remediation plan has been fully implemented and we have concluded that our controls are operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. We cannot be certain that the steps we are taking will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or prevent future material weaknesses or control deficiencies from occurring. While we are working to remediate the material weaknesses as timely and efficiently as possible, at this time we cannot provide an estimate of costs expected to be incurred in connection with the implementation of this remediation plan, nor can we provide an estimate of the time it will take to complete this remediation plan.

We cannot provide assurance that additional material weaknesses or control deficiencies will not occur in the future. If we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in future periods, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. Additionally, allegations of fraud may have a direct and adverse effect on the value of our brand, which may further negatively impact our financial situation.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Although we will be required to disclose changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until our second annual report required to be filed with the SEC.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, to develop, implement and test additional processes and other controls. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters related to the operation of our business.

We are not insured against all risks affecting our activities and our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all losses and/or liabilities that may be incurred by our operations.

We cannot provide assurance that our insurance coverage will always be available or will always be sufficient to cover any damages resulting from any kind of claims. In addition, there are certain types of risks that may not be covered by our policies, such as war, force majeure or certain business interruptions. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that when our current insurance policies expire, we will be able to renew them with sufficient and favorable terms, and the failure to renew our insurance policies may adversely affect us.

We could be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities, which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

We are subject to taxes in the United States and in the U.K., where our subsidiary Olaplex UK Limited is organized. Tax laws, regulations, administrative practices and interpretations in the U.K. or other jurisdictions may be subject to change, with or without notice, due to economic, political and other conditions. As a result, significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating our provision for income taxes. Our future effective

 

61


Table of Contents

tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, such as intercompany transactions, changes in our business operations, acquisitions and dispositions, entry into new markets, the amount of our earnings and where earned, losses incurred in jurisdictions, the inability to realize tax benefits, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in our stock price, uncertain tax positions, allocation and apportionment of state taxes, changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation. In addition, U.S. and foreign governments may enact tax laws that could result in further changes to global taxation and may materially affect our operating results and financial condition.

The recent presidential and congressional elections in the United States could also result in significant changes in, and uncertainty with respect to, tax legislation, regulation and government policy directly affecting us and our business. For example, the United States government may enact significant changes to the taxation of business entities including, among others, a permanent increase in the corporate income tax rate, an increase in the tax rate applicable to the global intangible low-taxed income and elimination of certain exemptions, and the imposition of minimum taxes or surtaxes on certain types of income. The likelihood of these changes being enacted or implemented is unclear.

We are not currently subject to tax controversies in any jurisdiction. However, an audit, investigation or other tax controversy could have a material effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these proceedings to determine the adequacy of our tax accruals. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the outcome of audits, investigations and any other tax controversies could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions.

Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and sustainability matters.

There is an increased focus from certain investors, customers, consumers, employees and other stakeholders concerning corporate citizenship and sustainability matters. From time to time, we may announce certain initiatives, including goals, regarding our focus areas, which include environmental matters, packaging, responsible sourcing, social investments and inclusion and diversity. We could fail, or be perceived to fail, in our achievement of such initiatives or goals, or we could fail in accurately reporting our progress on such initiatives and goals. Such failures could be due to changes in our business (e.g., shifts in business among distribution channels). Moreover, the standards by which citizenship and sustainability efforts and related matters are measured are developing and evolving, and certain areas are subject to assumptions. The standards or assumptions could change over time. In addition, we could be criticized for the scope of such initiatives or goals or perceived as not acting responsibly in connection with these matters. Any such matters, or related corporate citizenship and sustainability matters, could have an adverse effect on our business.

If we pursue acquisition, such acquisitions may expose us to additional risks.

We may review acquisition and strategic investment opportunities to expand our current product offerings and distribution channels, increase the size and geographic scope of our operations or otherwise offer growth and operating efficiency opportunities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify suitable candidates or consummate these transactions on favorable terms. If required, the financing for these transactions could result in an increase in our indebtedness, dilute the interests of our stockholders or both. The purchase price for some acquisitions may include additional amounts to be paid in cash in the future, a portion of which may be contingent on the achievement of certain future operating results of the acquired business. If the performance of any such acquired business exceeds such operating results, then we may incur additional charges and be required to pay additional amounts.

Our failure to successfully complete the integration of any acquired business or to achieve the long-term plan for such business, as well as any other adverse consequences associated with our acquisition and investment activities, could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

62


Table of Contents

As we outsource functions, we become more dependent on the entities performing those functions.

As part of our long-term strategy, we are continually looking for opportunities to provide essential business services in a more cost-effective manner. In some cases, this requires the outsourcing of functions or parts of functions that can be performed more effectively by external service providers. These include certain information technology, e-commerce, logistics, finance and human resource functions. While we believe we conduct appropriate due diligence before entering into agreements with the outsourcing entity, the failure of one or more entities to provide the expected services, provide them on a timely basis or to provide them at the prices we expect may have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, if we transition systems to one or more new, or among existing, external service providers, we may experience challenges that could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate, and if our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we have provided to the public or the expectations of our investors and securities analysts, the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. These reasons include those described in these risk factors as well as the following:

 

   

fluctuations in product mix;

 

   

our ability to effectively launch and manage new products;

 

   

fluctuations in the levels or quality of inventory;

 

   

fluctuations in capacity as we expand our operations;

 

   

our success in engaging existing customers and consumers and attracting new customers and consumers;

 

   

the amount and timing of our operating expenses;

 

   

the timing and success of new product launches and expansion into new geographic markets;

 

   

the impact of competitive developments and our response to those developments;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth; and

 

   

economic and market conditions, particularly those affecting our industry.

Fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations may cause those results to fall below the guidance that we have provided to the public or the expectations of our investors and securities analysts, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. Fluctuations in our results could also cause a number of other problems. For example, analysts or investors might change their models for valuing our common stock, we could experience short-term liquidity issues, our ability to retain or attract key personnel may diminish and other unanticipated issues may arise.

In addition, we believe that our quarterly results of operations may vary in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication of future performance.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, or at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based

 

63


Table of Contents

on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including as a result of any of the risks described in this prospectus.

The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable customers covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of net revenues for us. In addition, our ability to expand in any of our target markets depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with our products and other haircare products. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.

Our finished products are primarily manufactured and fulfilled by companies located in Southern California, an area which has a history of earthquakes, and are thus vulnerable to damage. Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and other adverse weather and climate conditions; unforeseen public health crises, such as epidemics and pandemics, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability; or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the United States or internationally, could disrupt our operations in any of our offices and fulfillment center or the operations of one or more of our third-party providers or vendors. In particular, these types of events could impact our merchandise supply chain, including the ability of third parties to manufacture and ship merchandise and our ability to ship products to customers from or to the impacted region. In addition, these types of events could negatively impact customer spending in the impacted regions. To the extent any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We will incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur increased costs associated with corporate governance requirements that will become applicable to us as a public company, including rules and regulations of the SEC, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act of 2010, and the Exchange Act, as well as the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. These rules and regulations are expected to significantly increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming.

We expect such expenses to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. Furthermore, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs. In addition, our management team will need to devote substantial attention to transitioning to interacting with public company analysts and investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies, which may divert attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. Increases in costs incurred or diversion of management’s attention as a result of becoming a publicly traded company may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could fall below the expectations of our investors and securities analysts, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as discussed in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, net sales and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this initial public offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

65


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business,” contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to us that are based on the beliefs of our management as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, us. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements about our strategies, plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, expenditures and assumptions and other statements contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus that are not historical facts. When used in this document, words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “intend,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “target,” “predict,” “project,” “seek” and similar expressions as they relate to us are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events, are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Further, certain forward-looking statements are based upon assumptions as to future events that may not prove to be accurate.

Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements we make regarding: our financial position and operating results; business plans and objectives; general economic and industry trends; business prospects; future product development; growth and expansion opportunities; cybersecurity profile; and expenses, working capital and liquidity. We may not achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place significant reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements, including such statements taken from third-party industry and market reports. See “Market and Industry Data.” You should understand that the following important factors, in addition to those discussed herein under the caption “Risk Factors,” could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, including the following:

 

   

our ability to execute on our growth strategies and expansion opportunities;

 

   

increased competition causing us to reduce the prices of our products or to increase significantly our marketing efforts in order to avoid losing market share;

 

   

our existing and any future indebtedness, including our ability to comply with affirmative and negative covenants under the Credit Agreement to which we will remain subject to until maturity, and our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

our dependence on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our net sales;

 

   

our ability to effectively market and maintain a positive brand image;

 

   

changes in consumer preferences or changes in demand for haircare products or other products we may develop;

 

   

our ability to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products;

 

   

our ability to maintain favorable relationships with suppliers;

 

   

our relationships with and the performance of distributors and retailers who sell our products to haircare professionals and other customers;

 

   

impacts on our business from the sensitivity of our business to unfavorable economic and business conditions;

 

66


Table of Contents
   

our ability to develop, manufacture and effectively and profitably market and sell future products;

 

   

failure of markets to accept new product introductions;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain senior management and other qualified personnel;

 

   

regulatory changes and developments affecting our current and future products;

 

   

our ability to service our existing indebtedness and obtain additional capital to finance operations and our growth opportunities;

 

   

impacts on our business from political, regulatory, economic, trade, and other risks associated with operating internationally including volatility in currency exchange rates, and imposition of tariffs;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our products, as well as our ability to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

the impact of material cost and other inflation and our ability to pass on such increases to our customers;

 

   

the impact of changes in laws, regulations and administrative policy, including those that limit U.S. tax benefits or impact trade agreements and tariffs;

 

   

the outcome of litigation and governmental proceedings;

 

   

impacts on our business from the COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

   

the other factors identified under the heading “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, inherent uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual results, performance, time frames or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, time frames or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Actual results and the timing of certain events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements.

Many of these factors are macroeconomic in nature and are, therefore, beyond our control. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from those described in this prospectus as anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended, planned or projected. We discuss many of these risks in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. Unless required by United States federal securities laws, we neither intend nor assume any obligation to update these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

67


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. We will, however, bear the costs, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will receive approximately $                 of net proceeds from this offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

68


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock following this offering and currently expect to retain all future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Following this offering, we may reevaluate our dividend policy. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, including restrictions under our Credit Agreement, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and other indebtedness we may incur, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. If we elect to pay such dividends in the future, we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time.

 

69


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2021:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the Reorganization that will be completed in connection with this offering, as described under “The Reorganization” as if it had occurred on June 30, 2021 and based on an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on June 30, 2021 regarding the offering expenses and capitalized IPO costs.

You should read the information in this table in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information under the headings “The Reorganization,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
 
(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,430     $ 70,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Term Loan, due January 8, 2026

   $ 779,291     $ 779,291  

Revolver, due January 8, 2025

     —         —    

Less: unamortized deferred financing fees

     (12,483     (12,483
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     766,808       766,808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity:

    

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 25,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 960,185 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma

     960       960  

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, 648,124,639 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     531,520       298,627  

Retained earnings

     94,882       89,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     627,362       388,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,394,170     $ 1,155,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Pro forma gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, as if it had occurred on June 30, 2021 and based on the initial public offering price per share, at an assumed initial public offering price of per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, including (1) the exchange of all outstanding Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings into an aggregate of 648,124,639 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (2) the conversion of all outstanding time-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 17,244,225 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (3) the conversion of outstanding performance-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 29,679,075 time-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (4) the recording of an incremental

 

70


Table of Contents
  liability of $0.4 million for the conversion of all time-based cash-settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 641,250 time-based cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings and, (5) the recording of a liability of $233 million associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement entered into with the Existing Stockholders which will require us to make payments to the Existing Stockholders upon the realization of tax benefits from certain Pre-IPO Tax Assets and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on June 30, 2021, and assume the deduction of estimated offering expenses payable by us, which amount to approximately $5.6 million, including offering expenses of $0.7 million capitalized as of June 30, 2021. The liability associated with the Tax Receivable Agreement is based on our estimate of the amount of cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries will realize (or will be deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, which will be computed by comparing our actual U.S. federal, state and local income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. The primary assumption impacting our estimate of the liability is the assumption that our profitability will continue at levels sufficient to fully utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. The actual amount and utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, as well as the timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future and the tax rates then applicable to us and our Subsidiaries, and may materially differ from our current estimate. Any change between the actual and the initial recorded liability shall be charged to the statement of operations and comprehensive income. See “The Reorganization” and “The Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

71


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by our pre-IPO equity holders.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2021 would have been $(847) million, or $(1.31) per share of our common stock after giving effect to (i) the Reorganization, assuming the Reorganization had taken place on June 30, 2021, including the payment of estimated fees and expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, the expense of capitalized IPO costs, the incurrence of a tax receivable obligation and the increase of the cash-settled award liability, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on June 30, 2021. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. The sale by the selling stockholders of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, represents net tangible book value dilution to new investors of $16.31 per share.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

                      $ 15.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2021

   $ (1.31  

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

                      $ 16.31  

Dilution is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of common stock after this offering from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2021, and after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on such date, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, calculated before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

     Shares purchased     Total
consideration
       

($ in millions, except share and per share amounts)

   Number      %     Amount      %     Avg/Share  

Existing stockholders

     581,124,639        89.7   $ 961        48.9   $ 1.65  

Investors in this offering

     67,000,000        10.3   $ 1,005        51.1   $ 15.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     648,124,639        100   $ 1,966        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase 10,050,000 additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders as of June 30, 2021 would be 88.1% and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be 11.9%.

 

72


Table of Contents

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, or we grant options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity-based awards to our employees, executive officers and directors in the future, or other issuances of common stock are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

The dilution information above is for illustrative purposes only. Dilution per share to new investors will be based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

73


Table of Contents

THE REORGANIZATION

Penelope Group Holdings is a holding company and the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp., as the predecessor of the issuer of the shares offered by this prospectus, are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings is a newly formed Delaware corporation formed by Fund IX. Fund IX and the other Existing Owners collectively hold 100% of the economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings. Fund IX also holds 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings GP II, which will be designated as, and replace Penelope Group GP in the capacity of, general partner of Penelope Group Holdings, and will hold a non-economic general partner interest in the partnership prior to the consummation of this offering. Following such designation and prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of transactions pursuant to which:

 

   

the Existing Owners will contribute 100% of their respective economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings, and Fund IX will further contribute 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group GP II, to Olaplex Holdings in exchange for (1) shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings and (2) certain rights to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

   

each outstanding vested option to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into a vested option to purchase a number of shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings in an amount based on a conversion ratio equal to the overall exchange ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value;

 

   

each outstanding unvested time-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into an unvested time-based option to purchase a number of shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings in an amount based on a conversion ratio equal to the overall exchange ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value and the same time-based vesting schedule that applied to the option prior to the conversion;

 

   

each outstanding unvested performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. that would vest in accordance with its terms based on the performance conditions specified below will be converted into an unvested time-based option to purchase a number of shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings in an amount based on a conversion ratio equal to the overall exchange ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value, that will be eligible to vest as specified below;

 

   

each outstanding time-based cash-settled unit of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into a number of outstanding cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings in an amount based on a conversion ratio equal to the overall exchange ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit that preserves the spread value and the same time-based vesting schedule that applied to the unit prior to the conversion; and

 

   

each outstanding performance-based cash-settled unit of Penelope Holdings Corp. that would vest in accordance with its terms based on the performance conditions specified below will be converted into an outstanding time-based cash-settled unit of Olaplex Holdings in an amount based on a conversion ratio equal to the overall exchange ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit that preserves the spread value, that will be eligible to vest as specified below.

 

74


Table of Contents

As a result, the unitholders of Penelope Group Holdings will receive 100% of the common stock of Olaplex Holdings outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the offering.

As a result of the Pre-IPO Reorganization and pursuant to the terms of a Contribution Agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part:

 

   

the outstanding Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings will be exchanged for (1) an aggregate of 648,124,639 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings and (2) certain rights to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

   

the outstanding time-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 17,244,225 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings;

 

   

the outstanding performance-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 29,679,075 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings;

 

   

the outstanding time-based cash-settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into an aggregate of 641,250 time-based cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings; and

 

   

the outstanding performance-based cash-settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. will be converted into an aggregate of 492,075 time-based cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings;

Prior to the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings is the sole owner of Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which is the sole owner of Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., and has no other material assets. Following the Pre-IPO Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will also be the direct or indirect parent of Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II. Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to complete a series of additional transactions pursuant to which (i) Olaplex Holdings and Olaplex Intermediate, Inc. will contribute 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group Holdings and 100% of the equity interests of Penelope Group GP II to Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., and (ii) Penelope Group Holdings and Penelope Group GP II will each merge with and into Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. with Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. surviving each merger.

Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements. See “The Reorganization.”

Treatment of Performance-Based Options and Cash-Settled Units

Our performance-based options vest upon the achievement by the Advent Funds of certain returns on their investment in the Company. In the event of an initial public offering, each unvested performance-based option that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash its equity interest in Penelope Group Holdings at a share price equal to the initial public offering price will be converted into an unvested time-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings that will vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the offering, subject to the option holder’s continued service through each vesting date. Each unvested performance-based option that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash its equity interest in Penelope Group Holdings at a share price equal to the initial public offering price will be forfeited. The fair value of the performance-based options are recognized as share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period. See Note 10 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our performance-based cash-settled units vest upon the achievement by the Advent Funds of certain returns on their investment in the Company. In the event of an initial public offering, each unvested performance-based cash-settled unit that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash its equity interest in Penelope Group Holdings at a share price equal to the initial public offering price will be converted into a time-based cash-settled unit of Olaplex Holdings that will vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the offering, subject to (i) the unitholder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date and (ii) the weighted average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock over the thirty consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the applicable vesting date equaling or exceeding the initial public offering price in this offering on each applicable vesting date. Each unvested performance-based cash-settled unit that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash its equity interest in Penelope Group Holdings at a share price equal to the initial public offering price will be forfeited.

In addition, upon the consummation of an initial public offering, cash-settled unitholders have the right to receive for each vested time-based cash-settled unit they then hold an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the initial public offering price per share over the applicable base price per unit. Any outstanding unvested time-based cash-settled units will continue to vest in accordance with their terms. However, no time-based cash-settled units will be vested until March 2, 2022.

If the initial public offering price in this offering is equal to or greater than $14.00, which is the low end of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, all of the performance-based stock options and all of the performance-based cash-settled units will be converted into time-based options to purchase shares of our common stock and time-based cash-settled units of ours, respectively, pursuant to the Pre-IPO Reorganization.

In the event that the Advent Funds will receive net proceeds from this offering of more than approximately $1,294 million, a portion of the performance-based options to purchase shares of Penelope Holdings Corp. and a portion of the performance-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. would be converted in the Pre-IPO Reorganization into vested options to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings and vested cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings, which would result in the following conversions of performance-based options and performance-based cash settled units: (i) the conversion of performance-based options to purchase an aggregate of 6,393 shares of Penelope Holdings Corp. into vested options to purchase an aggregate of 4,315,275 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (ii) the conversion of performance-based options to purchase an aggregate of 37,576 shares of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 25,363,800 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (iii) the conversion of an aggregate of 243 performance-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 164,025 vested cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings, and (iv) the conversion of 486 performance-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 328,050 time-based cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings. As a result, Olaplex Holdings will make a payment to holders of the aggregate 164,025 vested cash settled units in an aggregate amount equal to the difference between the base price of the cash settled unit (which is $2.97 for each unit after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Reorganization) and the initial public offering price to the public in this offering.

 

76


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following summary consolidated financial and other data together with the “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Historically, our business has been operated through Penelope Group Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp. are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings was formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements.

On the Acquisition Date, we acquired the Olaplex business. Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, all of our operations are comprised of the operations of Olaplex, Inc. We have presented the financial statements in a format with a 2020 successor fiscal year from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and 2019 predecessor fiscal year. Given the insignificance of the operations of the acquired Olaplex business between, January 1, 2020 and the Acquisition Date, a separate financial statement has not been presented and the associated acquisition accounting has been reflected as occurring as of January 1, 2020.

The predecessor period includes the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex LLC entity and LIQWD IP, carried out by the Sellers during the 2019 predecessor fiscal year applying U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that coincide with the Sellers’ accounting policies. The predecessor period does not include an income tax provision due to the Sellers operating the Olaplex business through pass through entities subject to tax at the unitholder level.

Due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the application of the acquisition method of accounting, the predecessor period includes the financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex business. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 (successor) and 2019 (predecessor) and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 (successor) and 2019 (predecessor) is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Year ended December 31,  
     2021      2020      2020               2019  
                   (Successor)               (Predecessor)  
     (in thousands, except share, unit, per share and per unit data  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Data:

                  

Net sales

   $ 270,243      $ 99,608      $ 282,250             $  148,206  

Cost of sales:

                  

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

     51,397        54,667        96,611               31,171  

Amortization of patented formulations

     4,719        2,465        6,052               —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     56,116        57,132        102,663               31,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Gross profit

     214,127        42,476        179,587               117,035  

Operating expenses:

                  

Selling, general, and administrative

     45,067        15,076        37,170               56,698  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     20,364        19,461        39,825               —    

Acquisition costs

     —          16,011        16,499               —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     65,431        50,548        93,494               56,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     148,696        (8,072      86,093               60,337  

Interest (expense) income, net

     (31,065      (18,783      (38,645             39  

Other (expense) income, net

     (204      (126      (190             503  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     117,427        (26,981      47,258               60,879  

Income tax provision (benefit)

     22,545        (4,556      7,980               —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 94,882      $ (22,425    $ 39,278             $ 60,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 94,882      $ (22,425    $ 39,278             $ 60,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

           

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share (unit) attributable to common stockholders (members):

                  

Basic

   $ 98.83      $ (24.31    $ 41.73             $ 60.88  

Diluted

   $ 97.55      $ (24.31    $ 41.63             $ 60.88  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                  

Basic

     960,098        922,450        941,313               1,000,000  

Diluted

     972,681        922,450        943,437               1,000,000  

Pro Forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (1):

                  

Basic

   $ 0.15         $ 0.05            

Diluted

   $ 0.14         $ 0.05            

Pro Forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (1):

                  

Basic

     648,066,439           635,386,216            

Diluted

     683,133,369           655,779,875            

 

78


Table of Contents
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:    As of
June 30,
2021
     As of
December 31,
2020
     As of
December 31,
2019
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,430      $ 10,964      $ 3,155  

Working capital

     128,750        14,570        18,129  

Total assets

     1,427,863        1,332,833        28,081  

Total liabilities

     800,501        802,160        9,672  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s and members’ equity

     627,362        530,673        18,409  

 

(1)

The pro forma net income (loss) per share data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 gives effect to (i) the Reorganization, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020, including (1) the exchange of all outstanding Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings into an aggregate of 648,124,639 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, (2) the conversion of all outstanding time-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 17,244,225 and 15,997,500 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, (3) the conversion of all outstanding performance-based options to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. into time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 29,679,075 and 28,732,050 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, (4) the conversion of outstanding time-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 641,250 outstanding time-based cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings, and (5) the conversion of outstanding performance-based cash settled units of Penelope Holdings Corp. into an aggregate of 492,075 time-based cash settled units of Olaplex Holdings and (ii) this offering as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2020 and assume the deduction of estimated offering expenses payable by us, which amount to approximately $5.6 million, including offering expenses of $0.7 million capitalized as of June 30, 2021 with no offering expenses capitalized as of December 31, 2020. Pro forma net income of $33.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 gives effect to the Reorganization, including the conversion of all of the options and cash settled units described above, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and reflects a $5.8 million after tax net income adjustment for the period. There was no pro forma net income adjustment for net income for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

 

    

The conversion of the outstanding time-based and performance-based options as described above results in a dilutive effect of 35,066,930 shares and 20,393,659 shares for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

    

In the event that the weighted average closing price per share of the Company’s common stock over the thirty consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the applicable vesting date equals or exceeds the initial public offering price in this offering and subject to the continued service by the grantee, then 33.33% of the cash-settled units that were converted from performance-based cash-settled units shall vest on each of the first three anniversaries of this offering. If 100% of these cash-settled units vest and the applicable market price of the Company’s common stock is equal to the initial public offering price per share in this offering, the Company will pay an aggregate of $5.9 million to the holders of these units, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the market price of the Company’s common stock per share exceeds the initial public offering price in this offering on any vesting date, the liability with respect to each cash-settled unit shall increase $1 per unit for each $1 increase in the price per share of the Company’s common stock as of the applicable vesting date.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Historically, our business has been operated through Penelope Group Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Penelope Holdings Corp., which is the indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., our primary operating subsidiary. The consolidated financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp. are the financial statements included in this prospectus. Olaplex Holdings was formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. Immediately following the Reorganization, Olaplex Holdings will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., which will be a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc., which will be the direct parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and indirect parent of Olaplex, Inc., and Olaplex Holdings will consolidate Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries in its historical consolidated financial statements.

On the Acquisition Date, we acquired the Olaplex business. Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, all of our operations are comprised of the operations of Olaplex, Inc. We have presented the financial statements in a format with a 2020 successor fiscal year from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and 2019 predecessor fiscal year. Given the insignificance of the operations of the acquired Olaplex business between, January 1, 2020 and the Acquisition Date, a separate financial statement has not been presented and the associated acquisition accounting has been reflected as occurring as of January 1, 2020.

The predecessor period includes the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex LLC entity and LIQWD IP carried out by the Sellers during the 2019 predecessor fiscal year applying U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that coincide with the Sellers’ accounting policies. The predecessor period does not include an income tax provision due to the Sellers operating the Olaplex business through pass through entities subject to tax at the unitholder level.

In this “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” the term “Olaplex” is used to refer to either the operations of the business prior to or after the Acquisition depending on the respective period discussed.

Company Overview

OLAPLEX is an innovative, science-enabled, technology-driven beauty company. We are founded on the principle of delivering effective, patented and proven performance in the categories where we compete. We strive to empower our consumers to look as beautiful on the outside as they feel on the inside.

We believe every person deserves to have healthy, beautiful hair, whether they are visiting a salon or caring for their hair at home. Our commitment to deliver results that are visible on first use, coupled with our strong sense of community across both professional hairstylists and consumers, has driven tremendous brand loyalty. We offer our award-winning products through a global omni-channel platform serving the professional, specialty retail, and DTC channels.

OLAPLEX disrupted and revolutionized the professional haircare industry by creating the bond building category in 2014. We have grown from an initial offering of three products sold exclusively through the

 

80


Table of Contents

professional channel to a broader suite of products strategically developed to address three key uses: treatment, maintenance and protection. Our unique bond building technology can repair disulfide bonds in human hair that are destroyed via chemical, thermal, mechanical, environmental and aging processes. Our current product portfolio comprises eleven unique, complementary products specifically developed to provide a holistic regimen for hair health. We have strategically expanded our product line over time to create a self-care routine that our consumers look forward to and rely upon on a daily basis.

We have developed a cohesive and synergistic distribution strategy that leverages the strength of each of our channels, including the specific attributes of each channel as depicted below, and our strong digital capabilities that we apply across our omni-channel sales platform. Our specialty retail channel grew 75% from 2019 to 2020, representing 18% of our 2020 total net sales. Our DTC channel, comprised of OLAPLEX.com and sales through third-party e-commerce platforms, grew 260% from 2019 to 2020, and represented 27% of our 2020 total net sales. This channel also provides us with the opportunity to engage directly with our consumers to help power a feedback loop that drives decisions we make around new product development.

The strength of our business model and ability to scale have created a compelling financial profile characterized by revenue growth and very strong profitability over the past two years that we believe is among the best in our industry. Our net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020, representing a 90% increase. Our net income decreased from $60.9 million in 2019 to $39.3 million in 2020, representing a 36% decrease, and our adjusted net income increased from $100.5 million in 2019 to $131.1 million in 2020, representing a 30% increase. We have also experienced robust adjusted EBITDA growth over the past year, increasing our adjusted EBITDA from $100.5 million in 2019 to $199.3 million in 2020, representing a 98% increase, and an increase in our adjusted EBITDA margins from 68% in 2019 to 71% in 2020. We have continued to see strong momentum in our business, with net sales increasing from $99.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $270.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing an increase of 171%, and net income increasing from net loss of $22.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to net income of $94.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our adjusted EBITDA margins continue to be robust, remaining at 71% for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our continued success and growth are dependent on a number of factors. These factors provide both significant areas of opportunity as well as potential challenges that we will need to address in order to sustain the growth of our business. We have outlined some of these factors below, as well as in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

Ability to Grow Our Brand Awareness and Penetration

Our brand is integral to the growth of our business and is essential to our ability to engage with our community. Our performance will depend on our ability to attract new customers and encourage consumer spending across our product portfolio. Despite rapid growth in our brand awareness, we believe Olaplex still only has aided brand awareness of approximately 45% among prestige haircare consumers, which is lower than most haircare peers. We believe the core elements of continuing to grow our awareness, and thus increase our penetration, are highlighting our products’ quality, our continued ability to drive innovative new haircare solutions and our digital first marketing tactics. As we seek to enter new markets, it will be important for us to be able to expand our brand awareness and engage with new consumers across all of our channels.

Continued Execution of Omni-channel Strategy

Since our founding, the professional channel has provided our brand with credibility in the hairstylist community and with consumers, which translated into meaningful brand equity and success in the specialty retail and DTC channel, allowing us to gain deeper consumer insights. These channels broaden the scope of our brand’s awareness and customer penetration, which also serves to grow our professional channel. This synergistic omni-channel strategy has been key to our growth thus far, and we expect it will continue to serve as a valuable tool for

 

81


Table of Contents

growing our business. We intend to continue to find ways to deepen our channel integration through our digital platform, engaged social community, and vendor relationships with salons and key retailers. Our ability to execute this strategy will depend on a number of factors, such as retailers’ and salons’ satisfaction with the sales and profitability of our products.

Continued Geographic Expansion Across All Channels

We believe our ability to enter new markets across all of our channels will continue to be part of our future growth. Since our founding, we have expanded into Europe, Asia, Latin America and other markets, with plans to continue to increase our presence in all of these markets. As we scale in new markets, we anticipate that we will leverage our existing relationships with partners who operate in these markets, as well as engage with new professional and retail customers. We believe our ability to continue expanding in new markets will be powered by our integrated omni-channel efforts to enable a synergistic relationship between the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels. Our ability to grow our business geographically will depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts and continued customer satisfaction with the quality of our products.

Continued Product Innovation

We anticipate a meaningful portion of our future growth will come from new product development and innovation. We believe our robust in-house research and development team, dedicated Olaplex laboratory, independent lab testing and real-world salon testing enables us to continue to develop innovative products and positions us to maintain a full product pipeline for several years into the future. Though we have a well-built pipeline for our future products, we are relentlessly focused on staying at the forefront of cutting edge and technologically enhancing innovation. Our attention in this area is a critical component of our growth plan, and thus our performance will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to deliver new and high-performance products.

Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our business beginning in March 2020. The degree to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact our cash flow, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, many of which are outside of our control.

We believe the COVID-19 pandemic shifted demand from our professional channel to our specialty retail and DTC channels, as consumers were unable to treat their hair in salons as a result of restrictions, such as mandatory lockdowns, that caused the closure of many of our professional salon partners and consumers turned to purchasing our products online for home treatment. This shift enabled us to scale our DTC capability faster than expected. Even as salons in our professional channel locations have reopened, we have not seen a decline in the demand for our products in our DTC channel, nor do we expect to, as COVID-19 restrictions continue to ease globally.

One impact on our business due to COVID-19 was the implementation of our Affiliate Program. We created this program during April and May of 2020 to support hairstylists during salon closures imposed by COVID-19 safety measures, allowing hairstylists to connect with their consumers and generate income by selling Olaplex products for at-home use. As we continue to monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the impacts on our customers, suppliers and consumers, we have taken and will continue to take further measures.

 

82


Table of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends Affecting Our Business

Net Sales

We develop, market and sell premium haircare products through our wholly owned subsidiary, Olaplex, Inc., which is our primary operating subsidiary and conducts business under the name “Olaplex”. We operate through three customer channels: professional, specialty retail, and DTC.

Net sales are comprised of the transaction price to customers for product sales less expected allowances, discounts, and allowance for returns. Our growth in net sales is driven by a number of trends, including the levels of consumer spending, increasing awareness of and demand for our products, and the broader economic environment. Our largest channel, professional, includes sales through external distributors who sell to professional hairstylists throughout the world who use our products to treat their customers’ hair. Net sales in our professional channel also include products sold to consumers for use at home. Net sales within this channel has continued to grow with increased awareness and distribution. Our specialty retail channel includes sales through national retail accounts, such as Sephora. Net sales in this channel have continued to grow through increased distribution across new stores within our existing customers, new customer relationships, and increasing sales within existing stores. We expect to continue to grow through increased penetration in additional stores within existing accounts as well as the addition of new retail customers and stores, both domestically and internationally. The DTC channel includes direct sales to the consumer through our website, olaplex.com, and sales through third-party e-commerce customers who resell our products solely through online platforms.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales reflects the aggregate costs to procure our products, including the amounts invoiced by our third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers for finished goods, as well as costs related to transportation to our distribution center, and amortization of our patented formulations. For the 2020 fiscal year, we amortized a one-time non-recurring fair value step-up adjustment to inventory as part of purchase accounting related to the Acquisition that is recorded in cost of sales.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is our net sales less cost of sales. Gross margin measures our gross profit as a percentage of net sales.

We have a network of domestic and international third-party manufacturers from whom we purchase finished goods. Over the past several years, we have worked to evolve our supply chain to increase capacity and technical capabilities while maintaining and reducing overall costs as a percentage of sales. We intend to continue to leverage our innovation and sourcing capabilities to lower costs margin in future periods.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of selling, general and administrative expenses, amortization of brand name and customer relationship intangible assets and purchase accounting acquisition costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel-related expenses, including salaries, success payments, fringe benefits and share-based compensation. See “—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Share-based compensation” below for more detail. Other significant operating expenses include sales and marketing, research and development, outbound shipping, fulfillment, information technology costs, merchant fees, professional fees for accounting, auditing, consulting and legal services, and travel and overhead expenses.

In relation to the Acquisition, and included in the operating expenses, are amortization of brand name and customer relationship intangible assets and non-recurring purchase accounting acquisition costs that consist of legal, accounting, and banking fees.

 

83


Table of Contents

In the near term, we expect selling, general and administrative expense to increase as we invest to support our growth initiatives, including investments in the Olaplex brand and infrastructure. Additionally, we expect our operating expenses will increase compared to prior periods due to the reporting and compliance costs associated with being a public company.

Interest (Expense) Income, Net

Interest expense primarily consists of interest incurred on our outstanding indebtedness and amortization of debt issuance costs. See “Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources” below and a description of our indebtedness in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income primarily reflects gains (losses) caused by fluctuations of foreign currency exchange rates, as well as reduction of diversion income that results from penalty payments received from distributors for sales in violation of their distribution agreements.

Income Tax Provision

For the 2020 fiscal successor period, we operated as a C-Corporation. The fiscal 2020 provision for income taxes represents U.S. federal, foreign, state and local income taxes. The effective rate differs from statutory rates due to the effect of state and local income taxes, tax rates in foreign jurisdictions and certain permanent tax adjustments. The U.S. federal statutory tax rate was primarily lower due to the foreign derived intangible income deduction. This deduction results in income from the Company’s sales to foreign customers being taxed at a lower effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate will change from quarter to quarter based on recurring and nonrecurring factors including, but not limited to, the geographical mix of earnings, enacted tax legislation, state and local income taxes, the impact of permanent tax adjustments, and the interaction of various tax strategies. For the 2019 predecessor period, the Olaplex business operated through pass through entities subject to tax at the unitholder level. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimate-Income Taxes and Tax Receivable Agreement” pertaining to the pre-IPO Reorganization.

Net Income (Loss)

Our net income (loss) for future periods will be affected by the various factors described above.

Segments

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Utilizing these criteria effective the second quarter of 2021, the Company revised its structure from managing its business on the basis of one operating segment to three operating segments that are aggregated into one reportable segment given the operating segments have similar economic characteristics, classes of consumers, products, production, distribution methods, and operate in the same regulatory environments. This did not result in a change in the Company’s reportable segment.

 

84


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods presented:

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2021     2020     2020
(Successor)
             2019
(Predecessor)
 
    (in
thousands)
    % of Net
sales
    (in
thousands)
    % of Net
sales
    (in
thousands)
    % of Net
sales
   

 

 

 

  (in
thousands)
    % of Net
sales
 

Net sales

  $ 270,243       100.0   $ 99,608       100.0   $ 282,250       100.0         $ 148,206       100.0

Cost of sales:

                     

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

    51,397       19.0       54,667       54.9       96,611       34.2             31,171       21.0  

Amortization of patented formulations

    4,719       1.7       2,465       2.5       6,052       2.1             —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    56,116       20.8       57,132       57.4       102,663       36.4             31,171       21.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    214,127       79.2       42,476       42.6       179,587       63.6             117,035       79.0  

Operating expenses:

                     

Selling, general, and administrative

    45,067       16.7       15,076       15.1       37,170       13.2             56,698       38.3  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    20,364       7.5       19,461       19.5       39,825       14.1             —         —    

Acquisition costs

    —         —         16,011       16.1       16,499       5.8             —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    65,431       24.2       50,548       50.7       93,494       33.1             56,698       38.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    148,696       55.0       (8,072     (8.1     86,093       30.5             60,337       40.7  

Interest (expense) income, net

    (31,065     (11.5     (18,783     (18.9     (38,645     (13.7           39       —    

Other (expense) income, net

    (204     (0.1     (126     (0.1     (190     (0.1           503       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    117,427       43.5       (26,981     (27.1     47,258       16.7             60,879       41.1  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    22,545       8.3       (4,556     (4.6     7,980       2.8             —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 94,882       35.1     $ (22,425     (22.5   $ 39,278       13.9           $ 60,879       41.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 94,882       35.1   $ (22,425     (22.5 )%    $ 39,278       13.9         $ 60,879       41.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020

Net Sales

We distribute products through professional salon channels, national and international retailers, as well as direct to consumers through e-commerce. As such, our three business channels consist of Professional, Specialty retail and DTC as follows.

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Net sales by Channel:

           

Professional

   $ 126,877      $ 56,195      $ 70,682        125.78

Specialty retail

     69,858        16,606        53,252        320.68

DTC

     73,508        26,807        46,701        174.21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 270,243      $ 99,608      $ 170,635        171.31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales increased $170.6 million, or 171.3%, to $270.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021, from $99.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenue growth was from volume growth across all channels, which was driven by increased velocity (sales per point of distribution) of existing products, the launch of new products which contributed approximately $47 million to net sales growth, and the addition of new customers.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Cost of sales

   $ 56,116      $ 57,132      $ (1,016      (1.78 )% 

Gross profit

   $ 214,127      $ 42,476      $ 171,651        404.12

Our cost of sales decreased $1.0 million or 1.8% to $56.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $57.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 due to a $36.8 million decrease as a result of the one-time fair value inventory adjustment due to the Acquisition in January 2020 offset by $2.3 million increase in the amortization of our acquired patented formulations and a $33.5 million increase driven by increased sales volume.

Our gross profit increased $171.7 million, or 404.1%, to $214.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $42.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020. Our gross profit margin, as a percentage of sales, increased from 43% in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 79% in the six months ended June 30, 2021 as a result of the absence of the one-time fair value inventory adjustment due to the Acquisition in January 2020. Our adjusted gross profit margin (see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”) decreased from 82% in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 81% in the six months ended June 30, 2021 due primarily to increased sales of lower margin products and higher input costs, particularly for inbound distribution.

 

86


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 45,067      $ 15,076      $ 29,991        198.93

Amortization of other intangible assets

     20,364      $ 19,461        903        4.65

Acquisition costs

     —          16,011        (16,011      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 65,431      $ 50,548      $ 14,883        29.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our operating expenses increased $14.9 million, or 29.4%, from $50.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $65.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $30.0 million, or 198.9%, from $15.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $45.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021. In 2021, there were increases of $3.7 million in distribution and fulfillment costs related to the increase in product sales volume, $3.6 million in sales and marketing, $3.4 million in payroll as we continue to expand our workforce, and $5.0 million in other selling, general and administrative expenses pertaining to IPO-related costs and general business growth. Also included in selling, general and administrative costs for the six months ended June 30, 2021, were costs incurred related to the LIQWD Matters of $14.3 million (see note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus). We expect sales and marketing, research and development, payroll, and other selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in the future as we continue to expand brand awareness, develop and introduce new products, and implement new marketing strategies.

Amortization of intangible assets increased $0.9 million due to the intangible assets being amortized for a full six months in 2021 rather than starting at the Acquisition Date in 2020. Acquisition costs decreased $16.0 million in 2021 due to the Acquisition occurring in 2020.

Interest (Expense) Income, Net

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
        
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Interest (expense) income, net

   $ (31,065    $ (18,783    $ (12,282      65.39

Interest expense increased $12.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase is due to the Company entering into the Amendment to the Original Credit Agreement for additional borrowings on December 18, 2020. See “—Description of indebtedness”.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Other (expense) income, net

   $ (204    $ (126    $ (78      61.90

In the six months ended June 30, 2021, net other expense increased $0.08 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to a $0.11 million increase in foreign currency translation losses offset by a $0.03 million decrease in charitable contributions.

 

87


Table of Contents

Income Tax Provision

 

(in thousands)    For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
               
     2021      2020      $ Change      % Change  

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ 22,545      $ (4,556    $ 27,101        (594.84 )% 

The provision for income taxes increased to $22.5 million, or an effective tax rate of 19.2%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from a benefit of $(4.6) million, or an effective tax rate of 16.9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase in the provision for income taxes from the benefit for the comparative prior six months period is due to the increase in the Company’s income before taxes over this period. The effective tax rates in both periods are lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the foreign derived intangible income deduction. This deduction results in income from the Company’s sales to foreign customers being taxed at a lower effective tax rate.

Comparison of the Successor Year Ended December 31, 2020 to the Predecessor Year Ended December 31, 2019

Net Sales

We distribute products through professional salon channels, national and international retailers, as well as direct to consumers through e-commerce. As such, our three business channels consist of professional, specialty retail and DTC as follows.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
        
(in thousands)        2020                       2019                    
     (Successor)               (Predecessor)      $ Change      % Change  

Net sales by Channel:

                 

Professional

   $ 156,199            $ 98,333      $ 57,866        58.8

Specialty retail

     50,718              28,946        21,772        75.2  

DTC

     75,333              20,927        54,406        260.0  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 282,250            $ 148,206      $ 134,044        90.4
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales increased $134 million, or 90%, to $282.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, from $148.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. As a result of our omni-channel approach and marketing strategy to drive brand awareness, sales volume increased across all channels and in particular, through our DTC channel. Growth was primarily driven by volume through the addition of new customers across all channels, increased velocity of existing products, and the launch of new products which contributed approximately $15 million to our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)    2020               2019         
       (Successor)                   (Predecessor)        $ Change      % Change  

Cost of sales

   $ 102,663            $ 31,171      $ 71,492        229.4

Gross profit

   $ 179,587            $ 117,035      $ 62,552        53.4

Our cost of sales increased $71.5 million or 229% to $102.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $31.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 due to a $6.1 million increase in the amortization of our acquired patented formulations plus a $44.7 million one-time fair value inventory adjustment due to the Acquisition in January 2020. The remaining $20.7 million was driven by increased sales volume.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our gross profit increased $62.6 million, or 53%, to $179.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, from $117.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Our gross profit margin, as a percentage of sales, decreased from 79% in the year ended December 31, 2019 to 64% in the year ended December 31, 2020 due to a one-time, non-recurring, non-cash fair value inventory adjustment plus amortization cost with regard to the fair value of our patented formulations that resulted from applying purchase accounting. Our adjusted gross profit margin (see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”) increased from 79% in the year ended December 31, 2019 to 82% in the year ended December 31, 2020 due primarily to a favorable customer mix shift to specialty retail and DTC channels and favorable product mix, including the launch of innovative, higher margin products.

Operating Expenses

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,               
(in thousands)    2020              2019               
         (Successor)                      (Predecessor)          $ Change     % Change  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

   $ 37,170           $ 56,698      $ (19,528     34.4

Amortization of other intangible assets

     39,825             —          39,825       —    

Acquisition costs

     16,499             —          16,499       —    
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 93,494           $ 56,698      $ 36,796       64.9
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our operating expenses increased $36.8 million, or 65%, from $56.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $93.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020.

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $19.5 million, or 34%, from $56.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 to $37.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Included in December 31, 2019 selling, general and administrative expenses are $22.4 million in legal costs regarding patent litigation enforcement and $16.3 million of non-recurring success payments made by the Sellers to employees upon the sale of the Olaplex business. In 2020, there were increases of $5.9 million in payroll, $3.5 million in fulfillment costs related to the increase in product sales volume, $6.4 million in professional fees, $2.9 million in dividend financing costs, and $0.8 million in other selling, general and administrative expenses pertaining to general business growth. We expect marketing, research & development, and other selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in the future as we continue to expand brand awareness, develop and introduce new products, and implement new marketing strategies.

Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition costs increased by $39.8 million and $16.5 million, respectively, in 2020 due to the Acquisition. Refer to Note 5 and Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Interest (Expense) Income, Net

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)    2020               2019                
         (Successor)                       (Predecessor)          $ Change      % Change  

Interest (expense) income, net

   $ (38,645          $ 39      $ (38,684      (99,189.7)

Prior to the Acquisition, the predecessor entity had no long-term debt. As a result, interest expense increased $38.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to interest related to borrowings under our Original Credit Agreement (as defined herein) entered into on January 8, 2020 and the Amendment to the Original Credit Agreement entered into on December 18, 2020. See “—Description of indebtedness”.

 

89


Table of Contents

Other (Expense) Income, Net

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)    2020               2019                
         (Successor)                       (Predecessor)          $ Change      % Change  

Other (expense) income, net

   $ (190          $ 503      $ (693      (137.8 )% 

In the year ended December 31, 2020, net other expense increased $0.7 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a $0.4 million reduction of income from penalty payments received from distributors for sales in violation of their distribution agreements and additional $0.3 million in foreign currency translation losses and other miscellaneous items.

Income Tax Provision

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)    2020               2019                
         (Successor)                       (Predecessor)          $ Change      % Change  

Income tax provision

   $ 7,980            $ —        $ 7,980        —    

The provision for income taxes increased to $8.0 million, or an effective tax rate of 16.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $0.0 million, or an effective tax rate of 0.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The predecessor entity was a pass-through entity and paid no income taxes. As a result of the January 2020 transaction, the successor entity is a taxable C Corporation. Our pre-tax income will be subject to tax in all future periods. Our effective tax rate of 16.9% is lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the foreign derived intangible income deduction that results in income from sales to foreign customers being taxed at a lower effective tax rate.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The information for each quarter has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results of a particular quarter or other interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. The following unaudited quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Net sales

  $ 152,124     $ 118,119     $ 93,195     $ 89,447     $ 55,260     $ 44,348  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales:

           

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

    29,324       22,073       17,375       24,569       21,186       33,481  

Amortization of patented formulations

    2,268       2,451       1,485       2,102       1,658       807  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    31,592       24,524       18,860       26,671       22,844       34,288  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    120,532       93,595       74,335       62,776       32,416       10,060  

 

90


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Operating Expenses:

           

Selling, general, and administrative

    33,787       11,280       13,879       8,215       9,621       5,455  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    10,182       10,182       10,182       10,182       10,182       9,279  

Acquisition costs

    —         —         —         488       —         16,011  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    43,969       21,462       24,061       18,885       19,803       30,745  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    76,563       72,133       50,274       43,891       12,613       (20,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

    (15,563     (15,502     (10,068     (9,794     (10,072     (8,711

Other (expense) income, net

    (157     (47     (35     (29     (93     (33
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    60,843       56,584       40,171       34,068       2,448       (29,429

Income tax provision (benefit)

    11,492       11,053       6,783       5,753       413       (4,969
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 49,351     $ 45,531     $ 33,388     $ 28,315     $ 2,035     $ (24,460
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 49,351     $ 45,531     $ 33,388     $ 28,315     $ 2,035     $ (24,460
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We prepare and present our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit), which are non-GAAP financial measures, provide investors with additional useful information in evaluating our performance.

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) are financial measures that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit), when taken together with our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP, provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our operating performance and facilitates internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations or outlook. In particular, we believe that the use of these non-GAAP measures is helpful to our investors as they are measures used by management in assessing the health of our business, determining incentive compensation and evaluating our operating performance, as well as for internal planning and forecasting purposes.

We calculate adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: (1) interest expense (income), net; (2) income tax provision; (3) amortization; (4) share-based compensation expense; (5) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization; (6) Acquisition costs and financing fees; (7) expenses associated with non-recurring success payments made upon the sale of the Olaplex business; (8) patent infringement litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters; (9) non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs; and (10) as applicable tax receivable agreement liability adjustments. We calculate adjusted EBITDA margin by dividing adjusted EBITDA by net sales.

We calculate adjusted gross profit as gross profit, adjusted to exclude: (1) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization and (2) amortization of patented formulations, pertaining to the Acquisition. We calculate adjusted gross profit margin by dividing adjusted gross profit by net sales.

 

91


Table of Contents

We calculate adjusted net income as net income (loss), adjusted to exclude: (1) amortization of intangible assets; (2) share-based compensation expense; (3) fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization; (4) Acquisition costs and financing fees; (5) expenses associated with non-recurring success payments made upon the sale of the Olaplex business; (6) patent infringement litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters; (7) non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs; (8) as applicable, tax receivable agreement liability adjustments and (9) the tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments. Adjusted net income per share (unit) is defined as adjusted net income per share (unit) using the weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding.

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, which have limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. Some of the limitations of these non-GAAP measures include that they (1) do not reflect capital commitments to be paid in the future, (2) do not reflect that, although amortization is a non-cash charge, the underlying assets may need to be replaced and non-GAAP measures do not reflect these capital expenditures and intangible asset amortization that contributes to revenue recognition will recur in future periods until fully amortized, (3) do not consider the impact of share-based compensation expense, (4) do not reflect other non-operating expenses, including, in the case of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, interest expense, (5) in the case of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin, do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us and (6) do not include certain non-ordinary cash expenses that we do not believe are representative of our business on a steady-state basis. In addition, our use of non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because they may not calculate adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income, and adjusted net income per share (unit) in the same manner, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, when evaluating our performance, you should consider these non-GAAP measures alongside other financial measures, including our gross profit, gross profit margin, net income, net income per share (unit) and other results stated in accordance with GAAP.

The following tables present a reconciliation of net income (loss) and gross profit, as the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP, to adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA margin, adjusted gross profit, adjusted gross profit margin, adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share (unit) for each of the periods presented.

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)           2021                     2020             2020              2019  
                    (Successor)                      (Predecessor)      

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 94,882     $ (22,425   $ 39,278           $ 60,879  

Interest expense (income)

    31,065       18,783       38,645             (39

Income tax provision (benefit)

    22,545       (4,556     7,980             —    

Amortization

    25,083       21,926       45,877             —    

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees (1)

    —         17,107       21,242             938  

Non-recurring success payments (2)

    —         —         —               16,347  

Litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters (3)

    14,250       —         —               22,358  

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

    —         36,775       44,721             —    

Share-based compensation

    1,174       421       1,527             —    

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs (5)

    2,267       —         —               —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment (6)

    —         —         —               —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 191,266     $ 68,031     $ 199,270           $ 100,483  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    70.8     68.3     70.6           67.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)           2021                     2020             2020              2019  
                    (Successor)                      (Predecessor)      

Reconciliation of Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit

             

Gross profit

  $ 214,127       42,476     $ 179,587           $ 117,035  

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

    —       $ 36,775       44,721             —    

Amortization of patented formulations

    4,719       2,465       6,052             —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit

    218,846       81,716     $ 230,360           $ 117,035  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit margin

    81.0     82.0     81.6           79.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)           2021                     2020             2020              2019  
                    (Successor)                      (Predecessor)      

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income

             

Net income (loss)

    94,882       (22,425   $ 39,278           $ 60,879  

Amortization of intangible assets

    25,083       21,926       45,877             —    

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees (1)

    —         17,107       21,242             938  

Non-recurring success payments (2)

    —         —         —               16,347  

Litigation and costs incurred for LIQWD Matters (3)

    14,250       —         —               22,358  

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

    —         36,775       44,721             —    

Share-based compensation

    1,174       421       1,527             —    

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs (5)

    2,267       —         —               —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment (6)

    —         —         —               —    

Tax effect of adjustments (7)

    (7,831     (14,476     (21,529           —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

    129,825       39,328     $ 131,116           $ 100,522  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Adjusted net income per share (unit):

             

Basic

  $ 135.22     $ 42.63     $ 139.29           $ 100.52  

Diluted

  $ 133.47     $ 42.63     $ 138.98           $ 100.52  

 

(1)

Includes acquisition costs related to the Acquisition of the Olaplex business and dividend financing costs.

(2)

Includes expenses for non-recurring success payments made by the Sellers to employees upon the sale of the Olaplex business.

(3)

Includes litigation costs incurred related to patent enforcement by the Predecessor and $14.3 million of costs incurred related to the resolution of the LIQWD Matters as discussed in note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

(4)

Includes the non-cash, non-recurring fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization as part of the purchase accounting on the Acquisition Date, utilizing the comparative sales method in accordance with ASC 820-10-55-21.

(5)

Represents non-capitalizable professional fees and executive severance incurred in connection with this offering and the Company’s public company transition.

(6)

As applicable, represents the income statement impacts recognized during the applicable period due to adjustments in the tax receivable agreement liability that may result from items such as changes in our estimated tax savings due to changes in the mix of earnings, U.S. federal and state tax legislation and tax rates in various jurisdictions impacting our tax savings.

 

93


Table of Contents
(7)

The tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments is calculated by applying the applicable statutory tax rate by jurisdiction to the non-GAAP adjustments listed above, taking into consideration the estimated total tax impact of the adjustments.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA

           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 49,351     $ 45,531     $ 33,388     $ 28,315     $ 2,035     $ (24,460

Interest expense (income)

    15,563       15,502       10,068       9,794       10,072       8,711  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    11,492       11,053       6,783       5,753       413       (4,969

Amortization of intangible assets

    12,450       12,633       11,667       12,284       11,840       10,086  

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees (1)

    —         —         3,120       1,015       782       16,325  

Non-recurring success payments (2)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Costs incurred for LIQWD Matters (3)

    14,250       —         —         —         —         —    

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

    —         —         202       7,744       11,803       24,972  

Share-based compensation

    547       627       590       516       404       17  

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs (5)

    1,827       440       —         —         —         —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment (6)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 105,480     $ 85,786     $ 65,818     $ 65,421     $ 37,349     $ 30,682  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

    69.3     72.6     70.6     73.1     67.6     69.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended  
     June 30,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 120,532     $ 93,595     $ 74,335     $ 62,776     $ 32,416     $ 10,060  

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

     —         —         202       7,744       11,803       24,972  

Amortization of patented formulations

     2,268       2,451       1,485       2,102       1,658       807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit

     122,800       96,046       76,022       72,622       45,877       35,839  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit margin

     80.7     81.3     81.6     81.2     83.0     80.8

 

94


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended  
     June 30,
2021
    March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    March 31,
2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income

  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 49,351     $ 45,531     $ 33,388     $ 28,315     $ 2,035     $ (24,460

Amortization of intangible assets

     12,450       12,633       11,667       12,284       11,840       10,086  

Acquisition transaction costs and financing fees (1)

     —         —         3,120       1,015       782       16,325  

Non-recurring success payments (2)

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Costs incurred for LIQWD Matters (3)

     14,250       —         —         —         —         —    

Inventory fair value adjustment (4)

     —         —         202       7,744       11,803       24,972  

Share-based compensation

     547       627       590       516       404       17  

Non-capitalizable IPO and strategic transition costs (5)

     1,827       440       —         —         —         —    

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment (6)

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Tax effect of adjustments (7)

     (5,566     (2,265     (2,959     (4,094     (4,715     (9,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 72,859     $ 56,966     $ 46,008     $ 45,780     $ 22,149     $ 17,179  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes acquisition costs related to the Acquisition of the Olaplex business and dividend financing costs.

(2)

Includes expenses for non-recurring success payments made by the Sellers to employees upon the sale of the Olaplex business.

(3)

Represents costs incurred related to the resolution of the LIQWD Matters as discussed in note 13 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

(4)

Includes the non-cash, non-recurring fair value inventory step-up adjustment amortization as part of purchase accounting on the Acquisition Date, utilizing the comparative sales method in accordance with ASC 820-10-55-21.

(5)

Represents non-capitalizable professional fees and executive severance incurred in connection with this offering and the Company’s public company transition.

(6)

As applicable, represents the income statement impacts recognized during the applicable period due to adjustments in the tax receivable agreement liability that may result from items such as changes in our estimated tax savings due to changes in the mix of earnings, U.S. federal and state tax legislation and tax rates in various jurisdictions impacting our tax savings.

(7)

The tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments is calculated by applying the applicable statutory tax rate by jurisdiction to the non-GAAP adjustments listed above, taking into consideration the estimated total tax impact of the adjustments.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary recurring source of cash is the collection of proceeds from the sale of our products to our customers, including cash periodically collected in advance of delivery or performance.

Our primary use of cash is for working capital and payment of our operating costs, which consist primarily of employee-related expenses, such as compensation and benefits, as well as general operating expenses for marketing, fulfillment costs of customer orders, overhead costs, capital expenditures, and debt servicing. We also utilize cash for strategic investments. Fluctuations in working capital are primarily caused by customer demand of our product, timing of when a retailer rearranges or restocks our products, expansion of space within our existing retailer base, expansion into new retail stores and fluctuation in warehouse and distribution costs. Capital

 

95


Table of Contents

expenditures typically vary and are currently limited, and future capital expenditure requirements depend on strategic initiatives selected for the fiscal year, including investments in infrastructure, expansion into new national retailers and expansion of our customer base.

A considerable portion of our operating income is earned outside the United States; however, we do not have bank time deposits held outside of the United States.

As of June 30, 2021, we had $76.4 million of cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had borrowing capacity of $51.0 million under our Revolver, providing us with a liquidity position of $127.4 million plus $52.4 million of working capital excluding cash and cash equivalents for a combined $179.8 million liquidity position.

Although there is no current need, we primarily examine our options with respect to terms and sources of existing and future short-term and long-term capital resources to maintain financial flexibility and may from time to time elect to raise capital through the issuance of additional equity or the incurrence of additional debt.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
(in thousands)            2021                      2020          

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 74,953      $ 33,574  

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (64      (1,381,614

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (9,423      1,446,528  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

   $ 65,466      $ 98,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities was $75.0 million. This included net income of $94.9 million, plus $25.1 million in amortization of patents and other intangibles, $1.4 million in amortization of debt issuance costs, $1.3 million in deferred taxes, and $1.2 million in share-based compensation Additionally, there was a $48.9 million increase in working capital excluding cash during the period. The increase in net working capital was largely driven by a $55.9 million increase in accounts receivable, inventory, and other current assets for customer deposits and prepaids, offset partly by an increase of $7.0 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities caused by increased inventory and other purchases to support our growth.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $33.6 million. This included net loss of $22.4 million, plus $21.9 million in amortization of patents and other intangibles, $36.8 million for fair value of acquired inventory, $0.8 million in amortization of debt issuance costs, $0.4 million in share-based compensation expense offset partly by a $2.2 million increase in deferred tax assets. Additionally, there was a $1.7 million increase in working capital excluding cash during the period. The increase in net working capital was largely driven by a $6.6 million increase in accounts receivable, inventory, and other current assets for customer deposits and prepaids, offset partly by an increase of $4.9 million in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities caused by increased sales.

Investing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash used for investing activity was $0.06 million. This was due to the purchase of property and equipment.

 

96


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 net cash used for investing activity was $1,381.6 million. This was due to the net cash outflow related to the Acquisition in January 2020.

Financing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net cash used in financing activities was $9.4 million. This was primarily driven by $10.0 million of principal payments on term debt, offset by $0.6 million of cash proceeds received from the issuance of 316.7 common shares to its sole existing shareholder.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $1,447 million. This was primarily driven by $959.4 million of cash proceeds received for the issuance of 959.4 thousand common shares to Penelope Group Holdings in connection with the Acquisition in January 2020, plus $0.5 million of cash proceeds received for the additional issuance of 500 common shares to Penelope Group Holdings in May 2020.

In connection with the Acquisition, on the Acquisition Date, we received cash proceeds of $450.0 million from the issuance by Olaplex, Inc. of term loans pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement and an additional $50.0 million from the Revolver. This was offset by $10.5 million of debt issuance costs and $2.8 million in principal payments related to the Original Credit Agreement.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2020               2019  
         (Successor)                       (Predecessor)      

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 128,975            $ 52,569  

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,381,609            3,411  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,263,598              (65,024
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 10,964            $ (9,044
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $129.0 million. This included net income, before deducting amortization and other non-cash items of $39.3 million, plus $45.9 million in amortization of patents and other intangibles, $44.7 million for fair value of acquired inventory, $1.8 million in amortization of debt issuance costs, $1.5 million in share-based compensation expense offset partly by a $4.4 million increase in deferred tax assets. Additionally, there was a $0.2 million decrease in working capital excluding cash during the period. The decrease in net working capital was largely driven by a $23.7 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities caused by increased inventory and other purchases, offset partly by a $14.3 million increase in inventory to support growth in the business, a $7.1 million increase in accounts receivable reflecting the overall growth in net sales and a $2.1 million increase in other current assets for customer deposits and prepaids.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $52.6 million. This included net income of $60.9 million offset partly by an $8.3 million increase in working capital excluding cash during the period. The increase in net working capital was largely driven by a $4.9 million increase in accounts receivable and a $3.9 million increase in inventory and 0.1 million increase in other current assets to support growth in the business, offset partly by a net increase of $0.6 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

97


Table of Contents

Investing Activities    

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used for investing activity was $1,381.6 million. This was due to the net cash outflow related to the Acquisition in January 2020.

For the year ended December 31, 2019 net cash provided by investing activity was $3.4 million. This was due to the proceeds from the sale of short-term money market investments.

Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $1,264 million. This was primarily driven by $959.4 million of cash proceeds received for the issuance of 959.4 thousand common shares to Penelope Group Holdings in connection with the Acquisition in January 2020, plus $0.5 million of cash proceeds received for the additional issuance of 500 common shares to Penelope Group Holdings in May 2020.

In connection with the Acquisition, on the Acquisition Date, we received cash proceeds of $450.0 million from the issuance by Olaplex, Inc. of term loans pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement. In addition, in December 2020, we received $350 million of proceeds from the issuance by Olaplex, Inc. of term loans pursuant to the Amendment to the Original Credit Agreement and used the proceeds to fund the payment of a $470.0 million dividend to Penelope Group Holdings, which further distributed $470.0 million to holders of all of its Class A common units. Additional offsets to the issuance of the two debt instruments include payment of $15.6 million of debt issuance costs and $10.7 million in principal repayments related to the Credit Agreement.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $65.0 million for cash distributions to the predecessor entity unitholders.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Requirements

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash, cash equivalents and cash generated from operations and draws on our Revolver will be sufficient to meet anticipated operating costs, required payments of principal and interest, working capital needs, ordinary course capital expenditures, and other commitments for at least the next 12 months.

If necessary, we may borrow funds under our Revolver to finance our liquidity requirements, subject to customary borrowing conditions. To the extent additional funds are necessary to meet our long-term liquidity needs as we continue to execute our business strategy, we anticipate that they will be obtained through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of funds; however, such financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Our ability to meet our operating, investing and financing needs depends, to a significant extent, on our future financial performance, which will be subject in part to general economic, competitive, financial, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control, including those described elsewhere in “Risk Factors”. In addition to these general economic and industry factors, the principal factors in determining whether our cash flows will be sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements will be our ability to continue providing innovative products to our customers and consumers and manage production and our supply chain.

Credit Facility

On January 8, 2020, Olaplex Inc. entered into the Original Credit Agreement consisting of a $450 million term loan (“Term Loan”) and a $50 million Revolver that includes a $10 million letter of credit sub-facility and a $5 million swingline loan facility. In addition, on December 18, 2020 Olaplex Inc. entered into the Amendment to the Original Credit Agreement to increase the Term Loan Facility by $350 million and increase the Revolver capacity by $1 million to a revised $800 million Term Loan and $51 million Revolver facility. The unused balance of the Revolver was $51 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

98


Table of Contents

The Term Loan maturity date is January 8, 2026 and the loans made under the Term Loan Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets. Installment payments on the Term Loan are required to be made in quarterly installments of $5,028,000, with the remaining balance due upon maturity. The Term Loan can be prepaid at any time subject to a 2% or 1% penalty provision (with certain exceptions) if paid prior to July 8, 2021 and July 8, 2022, respectively, and is subject to mandatory prepayments with respect to (i) excess cash flow, which is defined as adjusted EBITDA less certain customary deductions, subject to certain threshold amounts of excess cash flow during the relevant period and percentage reductions of the prepayment amount upon the attainment of certain consolidated first lien net leverage ratio levels, (ii) certain non-ordinary course asset dispositions that result in net proceeds in excess of $2.5 million during the relevant measurement period, unless reinvested in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement within twelve months (with an additional 180 days to reinvest, if committed within 12 months) of receipt of such proceeds, or (iii) issuance of additional non permitted debt or certain refinancing debt.

Both the Revolver and the Term Loan bear interest, at Olaplex Inc.’s option, at either a rate per annum equal to (i) an adjusted LIBO rate determined by reference to the cost of funds for U.S. dollar deposits (or any other applicable currency available under the Credit Agreement), as adjusted for statutory reserve requirements for the applicable interest period (with a 1.00% floor), plus an applicable margin ranging from 6.25% to 6.50% based on our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio or (ii) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (x) the Federal Funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (y) the one-month LIBO rate plus 1.0% and (z) the prime rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 5.25% to 5.50% based on our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. The interest rate on both outstanding amounts under the Revolver and the outstanding Term Loan was 7.5% per annum as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Revolver matures on January 8, 2025.

We incurred costs directly related to the Credit Facilities of $15.6 million, consisting primarily of lender fees of $13.5 million and third-party fees of $2.1 million. These fees were allocated between the Revolver and the Term Loan Facility and recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of non-current debt.

The Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to (subject to certain exceptions) pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock, incur additional indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in mergers or consolidations and sell or otherwise dispose of assets. The Credit Facilities also include reporting, financial and maintenance covenants that require us to, among other things, comply with certain consolidated secured net leverage ratios. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with our financial maintenance covenant.

Tax Receivable Agreement Obligations

Although the actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors including the amount, character and timing of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future and the tax rates then applicable to us and our subsidiaries, we expect the payments that will be required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial and to be funded out of working capital. See “Income Taxes and Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
     1 – 3 years      More than
3 years
 

Term Loan Facility debt(1)

   $ 789,347      $ 20,112      $ 60,336      $ 708,899  

Interest on Term Loan Facility debt(2)

     285,805        58,869        169,444        57,492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations(3)

   $ 1,075,152      $ 78,981      $ 229,780      $ 766,391  

 

99


Table of Contents
(1)

Long-term debt payments include scheduled principal payments only.

(2)

The Term Loan Facility is subject to variable interest rates. The weighted average interest rate of borrowings under the Term Loan Facility was 7.5% during the year ended December 31, 2020. Assumes annual interest rate of 7.5% on Term Loan Facility over the term of the loan.

(3)

Does not reflect any borrowings under the Revolver. As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver. We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on unused commitments under the Revolver.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our accounting policies, estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We evaluated the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and estimates and believe that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in the footnotes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when control of promised goods are transferred to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods. Control of the products that we sell are transferred at a point in time. Factors that determine the specific point in time a customer obtains control, and a performance obligation is satisfied, are when we have a present right to payment for the goods, whether the customer has physical possession and title to the goods, and whether significant risks and rewards of ownership have transferred. Delivery is typically considered to have occurred at the time the title and risk of loss passes to the customer. Revenue from transactions is generally recognized at a point in time based on the contractual terms with the customer.

In the normal course of business, we offer various incentives to customers such as sales discounts and other incentives and allowances, which give rise to variable consideration. The amount of variable consideration is estimated at the time of sale based on either the expected value method or the most likely amount, depending on the nature of the variability. We regularly review and revise, when deemed necessary, our estimates of variable consideration based on both customer-specific expectations as well as historical rates of realization.

Our terms of sale provide limited return rights, discounts and allowances. We record estimated sales returns, discounts, and miscellaneous customer claims as reductions to net sales at the time revenues are recorded. We base our estimates upon historical experience and trends, and upon approval of specific returns or discounts. Actual returns and discounts in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from our estimates.

 

100


Table of Contents

If actual or expected future returns and discounts were significantly greater or lower than the reserves we had established, we would record a reduction or increase to net sales in the period in which we made such determination.

Revenue from the sale of gift cards is initially deferred and recognized as a contract liability until the gift card is redeemed by the customer.

We have elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities and not as separate performance obligations. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. All fulfillment activity costs are recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses at the time the related revenue is recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted directly to government authorities are excluded from net sales and cost of goods sold.

Inventory

Inventory is comprised primarily of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost (average cost method) or estimated net realizable value. Cost is computed based on average historical costs. We allocate the amortization of our patented formulations to the carrying value of our finished goods. The carrying value of inventories is reduced for any excess and obsolete inventory. Excess and obsolete inventory reductions are determined based on assumptions about future demand and sales prices, estimates of the impact of competition, and the age of inventory. If actual conditions are less favorable than those previously estimated by management, additional inventory write-downs could be required. We realized a fair value step up adjustment of $44.7 million to finished goods inventory with respect to the Acquisition of the Olaplex business. We fair valued the inventory utilizing the comparative sales method applying historical selling prices reduced for remaining costs to sell and estimated profit on costs to complete and dispose of finished goods inventory.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of a business acquisition is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the business combination date. The excess of purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition are recorded at the acquisition date fair value. Determining fair value of identifiable assets, particularly intangibles, and liabilities acquired requires us to make estimates, which are based on all available information and in some cases assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future revenues and expenses associated with an asset.    

The estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to revision as additional information is obtained during the measurement period for an acquisition, which may last up to one year from the acquisition date. During the measurement period, we may record adjustments to the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. After the conclusion of the measurement period or the final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

Valuation of Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in an acquisition. We test for impairment of goodwill at our one reporting unit level annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. In conducting our annual impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset, or reporting unit, is less than its carrying amount. If upon performing a qualitative assessment it indicates that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative assessment.

 

101


Table of Contents

If a quantitative assessment is performed, we utilize a combination of income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of our reporting unit. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows of the reporting units, which requires assumptions for, the reporting units’ revenue growth rates, operating margins terminal growth rates, and discount rates, all of which require significant management judgment. These assumptions are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy (described in “Fair Value Measurements in Note 1, Organization and Significant Accounting Policies,”). The market approach applies market multiples derived from the historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly traded companies to our reporting units’ businesses to yield a second assumed value of each reporting unit., which requires significant management judgement. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable, but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. A change in these underlying assumptions would cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. Additionally, if actual results are not consistent with the estimates and assumptions or if there are significant changes to our planned strategy, it may cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Based on our qualitative assessment performed for our one reporting unit, we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value is higher than its carrying value; therefore, the quantitative impairment test was not required and as such we did not record a goodwill impairment charge during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020. No goodwill was recorded in the predecessor period.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Definite Lived Intangible Assets

We assess potential impairments to our long-lived assets, which include property and equipment, and our brand name, customer relationships and product formulation intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. There were no impairment charges recorded on long-lived assets during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Fair value measurements are based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, therefore represents a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value long-lived assets could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates used for impairment assessments.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company grants share-based options under the 2020 Plan to employees and non-employees. All outstanding options have been in the form of options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. with vesting based on either time or market (performance) conditions. The time-based service options are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first five anniversaries of the vesting start date, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The performance condition options are eligible to vest based on specified rates of return on invested capital of the Advent Funds. Upon a qualifying initial public offering (“Qualifying IPO”) the unvested performance condition options that would have vested had the third-party investors were to sell for cash their equity in the Company at the Qualifying IPO price will convert to time-based service options, vesting ratably on the first three anniversaries of the Qualifying IPO, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

As of June 30, 2021, prior to giving effect to the Reorganization, a total of 106,596 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2020 Plan, and 37,080 remained available to grant. As of June 30, 2021, prior to giving effect to the Reorganization, there were 69,516 options outstanding and 3,500 options forfeited under the 2020 Plan.

 

102


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020, prior to giving effect to the Reorganization, a total of 106,596 shares were authorized for issuance under the Plan, and 40,330 remained available to grant. As of December 31, 2020, prior to giving effect to the Reorganization, there were 66,266 options outstanding under the 2020 Plan.

We recognize share-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees based on the grant-date fair value of share-based awards over the requisite service period. For awards that vest based on continued time-based service, share-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the awards. The grant date fair value of share-based awards that contain time-based service conditions is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For awards with performance vesting conditions, the fair value is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which incorporates the likelihood of achieving the performance condition with compensation expense recognized over the requisite service period, which is the derived service period as determined by an independent valuator. Determining the fair value of share-based awards requires judgment. The Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo option-pricing models are respectively used to estimate the fair value of share-based options that have time-based and performance-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in these option-pricing models requires the input of subjective assumptions and are as follows:

 

   

Fair value—As our common stock is not currently publicly traded, the fair value of our underlying common stock was determined by our compensation committee based upon a number of objective factors that include comparable publicly traded peer groups plus comparable transactions. Our compensation committee will determine the fair value of our common stock until such time as our common stock commences trading on an established stock exchange or national market system.

 

   

Expected volatility—Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based option grants.

 

   

Expected term—For share-based options with only time-based service vesting conditions the expected term is determined using the simplified method, which estimates the expected term using the contractual life of the option and the vesting period. For share-based options with performance conditions, the term is estimated in consideration of the time period expected to achieve the performance condition, the contractual term of the award, and estimates of future exercise behavior.

 

   

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield of treasury bonds with a maturity that approximates the expected term of the options.

 

   

Expected dividend yield—The dividend yield is based on our current expectations of dividend payouts. Except for the 2020 dividend, we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The determination of share-based compensation cost is inherently uncertain and subjective and involves the application of valuation models and assumptions requiring the use of judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, share-based compensation expense could be significantly different.

In the event of an employee or other service provider’s termination of service for any reason or violation of any restrictive covenant obligation, we have the option to repurchase exercised shares. The repurchase price is generally the fair market value of the shares, except in the event of a termination for cause or restrictive covenant breach, in which case, the repurchase price is the lower of the fair market value of the shares and the amount paid by the employee or other service provider to acquire the shares.

Cash Settled Units

In March 2021, under the Plan, the Company granted 1,794 cash settled units to certain employees and other service providers of the Company, 115 of which have been canceled. As a result, there are currently 1,679 cash settled units outstanding (or units after giving effect to the Reorganization based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the

 

103


Table of Contents

cover page of this prospectus). The units reflect phantom interests in the Company with vesting based on either time or market (performance) conditions. The time-based service options are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first five anniversaries of the vesting start date, subject to the unit holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The performance condition options are eligible to vest based on specified rates of return on invested capital of the third-party investors. Upon a Qualifying IPO, the unvested performance condition options that would have vested had the third-party investors were to sell for cash their equity in the Company at the Qualifying IPO price will convert to time-based service options, vesting ratably on the first three anniversaries of the Qualifying IPO subject to (i) the unit holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date and (ii) the weighted average closing price per share over the thirty consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the applicable vesting date equaling or exceeding the Qualifying IPO price on each applicable vesting date. The time-based cash settled liability awards are fair valued at each reporting period and recognized as compensation expense over the five-year service period. The performance-based cash settled awards are contingent upon achieving each market condition and are not expensed until the market condition is achieved.

The determination of the fair value of share-based options and cash settled units on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes formula and Monte Carlo simulation approach for the value of time and performance-based vesting options, respectively, is affected by the fair value of the underlying common stock. It is also affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables that are complex and generally require significant judgment. See Note 10 of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information on the fair value assumptions used.

Income Taxes and Tax Receivable Agreement

We use the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance will be established for deferred tax assets where their recoverability is deemed to be uncertain, reducing the carrying amount of such deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be sustained based on all available evidence. The carrying value of the net deferred tax assets is based upon estimates and assumptions related to our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, we will be required to adjust our deferred tax valuation allowances.

As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had no federal, state or foreign net operating loss or tax credit carryforwards and did not maintain a valuation allowance against any of our deferred tax assets. On a quarterly basis, we assess the likelihood of realization of our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence, both positive and negative. While we have concluded that no valuation allowance is appropriate as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we are continually monitoring actual and forecasted earnings. If there is a change in management’s assessment of the amount of deferred income tax assets that is realizable, adjustments to the valuation allowance will be made.

In the normal course of business, Olaplex and its subsidiaries are subject to examination by various taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service in the United States. We regularly assess the likelihood of assessments by tax authorities and provide for these matters as appropriate. Audits by tax authorities typically involve examination of the deductibility of certain permanent items, intercompany arrangements and related transfer pricing, and tax credits among other items. Although we believe our tax estimates are appropriate, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could result in material changes in our estimates.

As part of the IPO, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement under which generally we will be required to pay to the Existing Stockholders 85% of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local tax that we actually realize on our taxable income following this offering (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of (i) certain existing tax attributes, including tax basis in intangible assets and capitalized transaction

 

104


Table of Contents

costs relating to taxable years ending on or before the date of this offering (calculated by assuming the taxable year of the relevant entity closes on the date of this offering), that are amortizable over a fixed period of time (including in tax periods beginning after this offering) and which are available to us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, together with interest accrued at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3% from the date the applicable tax return is due (without extension) until paid. Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, generally we will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. We expect the payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. If we were to elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement immediately after this offering, we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $216.6 million in the aggregate under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, (i) we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets could aggregate to $105 million over the next six years, which we estimate will represent approximately 45% of the total payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement and (ii) we expect material payments to occur beginning in 2022. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon the parties’ continued ownership of the company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding new accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions in the normal course of our business. Such risk is principally associated with interest rates and foreign exchange.

Interest Rate Risk

Our results are subject to risk from interest rate fluctuations on borrowings under the Credit Facilities. Our borrowings bear interest at a variable rate; therefore, we are exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes generally do not affect the market value of our Term Loan; however, they do affect the amount of our interest payments and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows. As of June 30, 2021, we had $779.3 million of outstanding variable rate loans under the Term Loan Facility. Based on our June 30, 2021, variable rate loan balances, an increase or decrease of 1% in the effective interest rate, excluding principal payments, would cause an increase or decrease in interest cost of approximately $7.8 million over the next 12 months. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency including our U.K. foreign subsidiary, Olaplex UK Limited’s functional currency, is the U.S. dollar. Gains or losses due to transactions in foreign currencies are reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income under the line-item other (expense) income, net. We have not engaged in the hedging of foreign currency transactions to date, although we may choose to do so in the future. We do not believe that an immediate 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

105


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, we will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult.

 

106


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

OLAPLEX: Our Mission to Improve Hair Health

OLAPLEX is an innovative, science-enabled, technology-driven beauty company. We are founded on the principle of delivering effective, patent-protected and proven performance in the categories where we compete. We strive to empower our consumers to look as beautiful on the outside as they feel on the inside.

We believe every person deserves to have healthy, beautiful hair, whether they are visiting a salon or caring for their hair at home. Our commitment to deliver results that are visible on first use, coupled with our strong sense of community across both professional hairstylists and consumers, has driven tremendous brand loyalty. We offer our award-winning products through a global omni-channel platform serving the professional, specialty retail, and DTC channels.

Science-Backed Brand that Attracts a Loyal and Engaged Community

We offer science-backed solutions that improve hair health and are trusted by stylists and consumers. We identify our consumers’ most relevant haircare concerns in collaboration with our passionate and highly engaged community of professional hairstylists and consumers, and strive to address them through our proprietary technology and innovation capabilities. Our deep roots in the professional haircare community and strong ties with our global network of hairstylists creates a continuous feedback loop, providing unique insight into the hair health goals and concerns of our consumers. Our hairstylists are our strongest advocates; they have grown with our business since our founding in 2014, and through mutual support, we have empowered them to connect with their clients and to champion our brand through an engaged and active social community. This community also provides insight into consumer needs and positions OLAPLEX to leverage our research and development platform to respond to consumers’ demands for improved hair health by creating high-quality products that result in healthy, beautiful hair. Results have validated our approach. We believe over 90% of our consumers think OLAPLEX products make their hair healthier, which we believe is among the highest ratings compared to competitors in this category. Moreover, we believe OLAPLEX’s professional net promoter score of 71% as of April 2021 is the highest in our brand category and well above the average score for in our category. The quality of our products, combined with our community-driven approach to engaging with both professional hairstylists and our consumers, have created a strong and loyal following for OLAPLEX that we believe provides a unique competitive advantage and foundation for growth.

High Performance Products Proven by Science

OLAPLEX disrupted and revolutionized the professional haircare industry by creating the bond building category in 2014. We have grown from an initial offering of three products sold exclusively through the professional channel to a broader suite of products offered through the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels that have been strategically developed to address three key uses: treatment, maintenance, and protection. Our unique bond building technology is able to repair disulfide bonds in human hair that are destroyed via chemical, thermal, mechanical, environmental and aging processes. We have strategically expanded our product line over time to create a self-care routine that our consumers look forward to and rely upon on a daily basis. Our current product portfolio comprises eleven unique, complementary products specifically developed to provide a holistic regimen for hair health. Our proprietary, patent-protected ingredient, Bis-amino, serves as the common thread across our products and is a key differentiator in our ability to create trusted, high-quality products. Underpinning our product range is a portfolio of more than 100 patents which protect our proprietary technology and, we believe, create both barriers to entry and a foundation for entry into adjacent categories over time, especially given our patent claims are broadly drafted and include claims covering applications across adjacent categories in haircare, and also in skin care and nail health for example.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our current hair health platform is presented below and is championed by three products that can be purchased only through professional hairstylists, No. 1, No. 2 and No. 4-1. These three products often serve as an introduction to our brand and a gateway to eight additional products that can be used both at home and in the salon.

Our Products

 

 

LOGO

 

108


Table of Contents

Synergistic Channel Strategy Underpinned by Our Omni-Channel Approach

We have developed a cohesive and synergistic distribution strategy that leverages the strength of each of our channels, including the specific attributes of each channel as depicted below, and our strong digital capabilities that we apply across our omni-channel sales platform.

 

 

LOGO

We launched our first product in 2014 through the professional channel in order to build trust and support within the hairstylist community. Our professional channel, which includes both products used by hairstylists in-salon and products sold by hairstylists to consumers for use at home, comprised 55% of our 2020 total net sales and grew 59% from 2019 to 2020. The professional channel serves as the foundation for our brand, validating the quality of our products and influencing our consumers’ purchasing decisions. We believe the leading factor that drives purchasing decisions of haircare products is the recommendation from consumers’ stylists, exceeding other factors such as celebrity endorsements, advertisements online or in traditional media. We also believe that use of a particular product by hairstylists is the #1 driver of consumer brand awareness.

In 2018, as OLAPLEX continued to grow, we established our retail presence through expansion into the DTC channel and specialty retail channel (principally Sephora), both of which have continued to grow as we have developed our omni-channel platform. Our specialty retail channel grew 75% from 2019 to 2020, representing 18% of our 2020 total net sales. Our DTC channel, comprised of OLAPLEX.com and sales through third-party e-commerce platforms, grew 260% from 2019 to 2020, and represented 27% of our 2020 total net sales. This channel also provides us with the opportunity to engage directly with our consumers to help create a feedback loop that drives our decisions around new product development.

Since our first product launch, we have focused on developing clean, technology-based beauty products and created powerful engagement between professional hairstylists and our consumers, which has driven strong organic growth.

 

109


Table of Contents

Commitment to Social and Environmental Consciousness

We are passionate about promoting wellness, starting with the integrity of your hair and extending to supporting our communities and minimizing our impact on the environment, allowing us to drive social and environmental awareness in the beauty industry.

 

   

Supporting Small Businesses. We are invested in the success of our hairstylist community as their businesses grow alongside ours. We are especially focused on providing support to the small business community and minority hairstylists; currently 98% of our salon community are small businesses and a meaningful percentage of our hairstylists are racial or ethnic minorities. During the height of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, we implemented several initiatives to support hairstylists during salon closures. One example is our Affiliate Program that allowed hairstylists to connect with their consumers and generate income by selling OLAPLEX products for at-home use. This program generated more than $300,000 in income for our professional hairstylist community during a time when their salons were closed.

 

   

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion. We believe it is important that our employees reflect the diversity of our hairstylist and consumer community. Our DEI initiatives focus on promoting a workplace of inclusion and acceptance. As a result of our efforts, we have created a diverse workplace environment with 77% of our employees identifying as female and 41% identifying as non-white, as of June 30, 2021. We are especially proud that our diverse workforce mirrors the community of professional hairstylists we serve, of which 92% identify as women and 37% identify as African American, Asian or Latino. Many of our current Olaplex employees are former stylists whose unique perspectives and insights have helped us better understand our diverse consumer base and what matters to them. We believe our shared commitment to diversity helps us better understand our professional consumer base and connect with the hairstylist community. We are also proud of the fact that an employee survey from February 2021 found that 90% of our employees agree that we have an inclusive environment that makes them feel comfortable bringing their true selves to work.

 

   

Environmental Sustainability. We continue to explore ways to reduce our carbon footprint and contribute to a more sustainable future for our planet. By taking preventative measures, we’re able to lighten our carbon footprint and do our part in making the world a better place. One of our key initiatives is to reduce the impact of packaging. We are focused on limiting the use of secondary packaging in which our products are sold. By pursuing these packaging reduction initiatives, we believe that between 2015 to 2021 we avoided the use of approximately 2.9 million pounds of paper packaging, which we believe prevented approximately 23 million pounds of greenhouse gas from being emitted into the environment, conserved approximately 37 million gallons of water and saved approximately 29,000 trees from deforestation, as compared to manufacturing, packaging and distribution alternatives. In addition, we strive to produce clean products that exclude certain harmful ingredients. These efforts are well recognized in the industry. As of July 2021, OLAPLEX is one of only 21 haircare brands (out of 52 total haircare bands sold by Sephora) accredited with the “Clean at Sephora” designation, as of July 31, 2021, which is defined as products that are free from over 50 ingredients including sulfates, parabens, phthalates, mineral oil, and formaldehyde.

Scaled and Nimble Supply Chain

We have developed a flexible and resilient supply chain, designed to support long-term growth at scale. A core tenet of this strategy is leveraging strong partnerships with our co-manufacturers and distributors to create an expansive supply network with ample capacity without significant additional capital investment. Maintaining an asset-light business model has helped us to generate strong free cash flow.

Robust Financial Performance

The strength of our business model and ability to scale have created a compelling financial profile characterized by revenue growth and very strong profitability over the past two years that we believe is among the best in our

 

110


Table of Contents

industry. Our net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020, representing a 90% increase. Our net income decreased from $60.9 million in 2019 to $39.3 million in 2020, representing a 36% decrease, primarily as a result of interest expense on debt incurred in January 2020 upon the Acquisition, and our adjusted net income increased from $100.5 million in 2019 to $131.1 million in 2020, representing a 30% increase. We have experienced robust adjusted EBITDA growth over the past year, increasing our adjusted EBITDA from $100.5 million in 2019 to $199.3 million in 2020, representing a 98% increase, and an increase in our adjusted EBITDA margins from 68% in 2019 to 71% in 2020. We have continued to see strong momentum in our business, with net sales increasing from $99.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $270.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing an increase of 171%, and net income increasing from net loss of $22.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to net income of $94.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our adjusted EBITDA margins continue to be robust, remaining at 71% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding our financial performance and non-GAAP measures, together with a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Historical Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA

(dollars in millions)

 

Net Sales   Adjusted EBITDA and Margin
LOGO   LOGO

Our Market Opportunity

Haircare Represents a Large, Growing Market

Haircare represents a large, addressable market and presents significant opportunities for growth. In 2020, the market was sized at $77 billion globally and is expected to grow at a compound annual rate of ~6% from 2020 to 2025. OLAPLEX participates in the prestige segment of the market, which is expected to be the fastest growing segment of the global haircare market from 2020 to 2025.

Consumers are Increasingly Focused on Health and Wellness

In particular, we focus on hair health, a key driver of our consumers’ purchasing decisions. Our first area of focus was damaged hair, among the most important components of hair health, which we addressed through our

proprietary bond building technology. We believe approximately 91% of U.S. women do something every day to damage their hair, such as coloring, chemical services, heat styling, washing and brushing, which we believe has driven strong demand for our bond-building products.

Several significant tailwinds support the long-term growth prospects of the haircare market. The way our consumers feel about their hair has a strong impact on how they perceive themselves; we believe that continued focus on

 

111


Table of Contents

personal appearance and wellness will drive increased spend in the category. We believe consumers are also becoming increasingly health-conscious, generating a high demand for clean, technology-backed beauty products that achieve results, and that the importance of hair health has driven increased willingness among our consumers to invest in premium-quality products. Our offerings, which are able to deliver results after the first use, position us well to meet this rising consumer demand. In addition, we have seen a shift in demand for haircare products to omni-channel retailing and online shopping, in particular. Our omni-channel strategy has positioned us well to connect with our consumers globally, however they choose to shop, and to grow our market share.

Innovative, Consumer-Connected Brands Are Taking Share

As consumers increasingly demand high-performance, innovative solutions for hair health, we believe that the haircare industry is ripe for disruption. Heritage beauty brands have lost market share to innovative, consumer-connected brands that are more agile and better equipped to meet evolving consumer needs. According to Euromonitor, the top three haircare companies globally (by retail sales) have lost over 430 basis points of market share since 2015. This dynamic has created a significant opportunity for OLAPLEX to gain market share. Increasing focus on hair health also provides significant runway for future growth as we extend our product offering to focus on providing other haircare solutions.

Whitespace in the Broader Beauty and Wellness Category

We also are well positioned to expand into the $633 billion beauty and personal care category by leveraging our differentiated technology platform, and we believe consumers would be interested in OLAPLEX product offerings in other beauty categories, such as skincare, a $140 billion global category. We intend to utilize our innovation expertise to enter adjacent categories and create clean, healthy solutions for the broader personal care needs of our consumers. Our rigorous product development process combines a deep knowledge of science with community-driven testing and feedback, as we work with professional hairstylists to develop and test new products before they launch. We are confident that our deep connection with our consumer community, which has driven significant engagement as we launch new haircare products, will allow us to expand into beauty and wellness categories in the future.

Our Strengths

Differentiated Brand Positioning Steeped in Science-Backed, Proven Products

OLAPLEX is built upon a vision of delivering scientific hair health solutions to both professional hairstylists and our consumers. We believe that demand for OLAPLEX products is driven by the visible results of our products, and that our ability to provide scientifically supported hair health solutions has engendered trust, loyalty, and advocacy among our consumers across channels. This has enabled OLAPLEX to become the #1 bond-building haircare brand in the professional channel, and a top ranked haircare brand within our specialty retail channel. Furthermore, we believe that over 70% of consumers consider OLAPLEX to be both a brand they trust and a brand that helps them take care of their hair. OLAPLEX also has a loyal customer base at BSG, a network of stores and direct sales consultants selling professional salon brands to professional hairstylists, with over 170,000 returning customers between 2020 and 2021 alone. We believe we have continued to rank as a top selling brand, including Company estimates that we are the #1 Haircare Brand and top 25 Beauty brand in all classes of beauty at Amazon in the United States and #1 Haircare brand on Look Fantastic in the U.K. as of July, 31 2021.

Beloved Brand with Passionate and Loyal Consumer Following

Our dedication to providing science-driven-solutions has created an engaged consumer base that we believe advocates authentically for the quality of our products. Our unique relationship with stylists and active involvement with them through digital forums, OLAPLEX Pro App and as brand ambassadors has driven community engagement that has fostered loyalty among the consumer community as well. We continue to build

 

112


Table of Contents

loyal relationships with elite hairstylists and brand ambassadors who educate our consumers, test our products, participate in our brand campaigns and introduce our products to their clientele. Our brand ambassadors also have leadership influence and reach throughout the hairstylist community which reinforces our brand positioning. We believe our products’ quality and ability to deliver visible results after first use, coupled with our solutions-based product system, has led to deep penetration within the purchasing habits of our consumers. We believe consumers who purchase at least one OLAPLEX product on average have purchased over 3.5 other products from our product suite in the last twelve months. We believe this broad cross-purchasing activity demonstrates that consumers are using our products as part of a broader haircare regimen.

Furthermore, our consumers have continued to engage with the OLAPLEX brand online. As of August 31, 2021, the OLAPLEX hashtag has been used over 12.3 million times across social media platforms by our community of professional hairstylists and consumers who create their own content about their haircare regimen. In the past year, we had exceptional engagement with our Instagram community of over 2 million followers as of July 31, 2021, which generated over 2.4 million likes and an average of approximately 13,000 story views a day. Our passionate consumer base is also demonstrated by our presence on TikTok where our videos have been viewed over 1.5 million times between April and September 2021, and, as of September 2021, videos using the OLAPLEX hashtag have been viewed over 350 million times since the hashtag first appeared on the platform.

Positioned in Compelling Sub-Verticals

We believe our focus on large, high-growth segments of the haircare industry separates us from our competitors. Our products address the most relevant categories within haircare: treatment, maintenance and protection. Maintenance is one of the largest haircare subcategories and consists of products such as shampoos and conditioners. Our shampoo and conditioner products are key areas of focus and have experienced growth of approximately 93% from 2019 to 2020 . We believe that treatment and protection are two areas that consumers are most concerned about, and therefore are categories that deliver strong loyalty where consumers are less likely to switch brands and products. We believe over 70% of consumers have experienced one of the following: hair loss, damage, coarseness, thinness, frizz, or dryness. We help consumers address many of these haircare concerns with our patented and proven Bond Building Hair Treatment, Hair Perfector and Bond Intense Moisture Mask.

Powerful Product Portfolio Supported by Proven Innovation Capabilities

Our innovation capabilities and unique approach to product development have allowed us to develop a portfolio of powerful, patent-protected and proven hair health solutions. In seeking to address the most important concerns in hair health, we incorporate feedback from our community of professional hairstylists and consumers into solution-oriented products that speak to our consumers’ needs. These consumer insights inform the efforts of our in-house research and development team, dedicated OLAPLEX laboratory, independent lab testing, and real-world salon testing, creating a virtuous feedback loop. Bis-amino is an example of science-enabled technology. This molecule is the formulating ingredient in all of our products and addresses a root cause of damage by repairing broken hair bonds.

We have a strong track-record of successful product launches. The launch of our No. 0 Intense Bond Building Treatment created exceptional social media engagement, which resulted in our product ranking as the #1 selling SKU at Sephora during the first weeks following its launch, according to Sephora’s internal reporting. Similarly, the launch of our No. 8 Bond Intense Moisture Mask was the biggest haircare launch in 2021, through July 2021, at Sephora based on sales. No. 8 has also performed well within our professional hairstylist community, resulting in it becoming the number one product at BSG in April 2021. In addition, No. 8 generated over $7 million in sales and sold over 400,000 units within the first three weeks of launching in March 2021 at our top U.S. accounts and represented the largest launch in our history by net sales. We are supporting our future innovation pipeline through the development of new technology that seeks to address other key components of hair health.

 

113


Table of Contents

Synergistic Omni-channel Strategy and Market Leadership Across Channels

Our integrated channel strategy across the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels creates a powerful feedback loop that reinforces consumer spending across channels. Our digital capabilities support each of our channels and provide us with direct touchpoints with our consumers. We believe that our professional channel provides credibility as a trusted source of product recommendation to our consumers, thereby supporting our specialty retail and DTC channels by serving as an introduction to our brand. We believe that approximately 35% of our consumers purchase OLAPLEX products after being introduced to the product by their hairstylist. Once this introduction is made, our consumers often begin purchasing our products through our specialty retail and DTC channels. We offer our retail partners a curated portfolio of highly productive products with incremental benefits, which contrasts starkly with many brands’ broad assortments. Our specialty retail and DTC presence allows us to reach our consumers everywhere they shop, and drives revenue to professional hairstylists when clients seek professional-strength OLAPLEX treatments in the salon to complement at-home use. This cycle has driven significant cross-channel shopping opportunities and is supported by our digital initiatives: for example, we believe nearly 50% of our customers that purchase product on OLAPLEX.com have also purchased OLAPLEX products in retail locations and 40% have also purchased in a salon. This integrated channel approach has also driven strong growth across channels and geographies as we have expanded. Our recent expansion in the U.K. illustrates the success of our approach. In 2019, we improved our professional distribution network in the U.K, which expanded our salon presence. We then focused on developing our DTC and specialty retail channels in 2020. As a result, from 2019 to 2020, net sales in our professional channel grew 59% and in our specialty retail channel grew 75%, highlighting the additive relationship between our channels. Our ability to succeed across channels is a hallmark of our business model. For example, in 2020, OLAPLEX was the #1 haircare brand at Sephora based on sales and 5 of our products were the best selling in their respective categories at BSG. In addition, we believe that during July 2021 our No. 0 + No. 3 kit and No. 5 solutions were two of the top ten haircare products sold on Amazon. Our global brand resonance and community of stylists allows us to leverage this integrated channel strategy internationally as well, with strong footholds within professional communities supported by presence in key specialty retailers and recent expansion into DTC.

Experienced and Visionary Management Team and Board

Our strategic vision and culture are directed by our skilled management team, who collectively have decades of strategic and operating experience in the beauty and luxury fashion industries. Our leadership is further augmented by a board of directors with expertise in beauty, innovation, digital and operations. Our Board members have experience across world-class companies such as Chanel, Conde Nast, Stitch Fix, Instagram, Facebook, Lululemon and Sonos.

Robust Organic Growth and Margin Profile

The strength of our business model and ability to scale have created a compelling financial profile characterized by revenue growth and very strong profitability over the past two years that we believe is among the best in our industry. Our net sales increased from $148.2 million in 2019 to $282.3 million in 2020, representing a 90% increase. Our net income decreased from $60.9 million in 2019 to $39.3 million in 2020, representing a 36% decrease, and our adjusted net income increased from $100.5 million in 2019 to $131.1 million in 2020, representing a 30% increase. We have also experienced robust adjusted EBITDA growth over the past year, increasing our adjusted EBITDA from $100.5 million in 2019 to $199.3 million in 2020, representing a 98% increase, and an increase in our adjusted EBITDA margins from 68% in 2019 to 71% in 2020. We have continued to see strong momentum in our business, with net sales increasing from $99.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $270.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing an increase of 171%, and net income increasing from net loss of $22.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to net income of $94.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our adjusted EBITDA margins continue to be robust, remaining at 71% for the six months ended June 30, 2021. We have a proven track record of strong financial performance as we continue to build out our global omni-channel platform. Our attractive financial profile gives us significant flexibility as we pursue new growth initiatives.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

Grow Brand Awareness and Household Penetration

There is significant opportunity to continue to grow brand awareness and educate consumers about OLAPLEX and the benefits of our solution-based regimen. We believe that only 45% of prestige haircare consumers have aided awareness of OLAPLEX compared to a competitor peer median of 69%. At Sephora, a key retail account, approximately only 7% of shoppers purchased an OLAPLEX product in 2020 despite the fact that we believe we were the #1 haircare brand sold at Sephora in 2020. Additionally, we believe only 11% of overall beauty consumers surveyed at Sephora have aided awareness of the Olaplex brand. We further believe our powerful and highly-engaged digital community and network of brand advocates will allow us to reach new consumers rapidly. As of July 31, 2021, our powerful digital community includes more than 100 brand advocates, including licensed cosmetologists supporting our content creation, two professional-dedicated communities on social media consisting of over 230,000 hairstylists and several company-operated accounts including on Instagram, TikTok, Facebook and other social media platforms, where we have demonstrated robust followership and engagement. Our recent digital engagement efforts have been instrumental in attracting a younger consumer demographic to our brand. We believe that 56% of our consumers, as of April 2021, are between the ages of 18 and 34, compared to 39% in 2019. We plan to continue to grow our social media engagement by increasing our digital marketing spend and expanding our capabilities to interact with our consumers through OLAPLEX.com and other digital channels. We also plan to grow our brand awareness by continuing to deepen our relationships within the professional community. As our total product portfolio grows, we also expect our brand visibility to increase as more consumers are introduced to our brand through new product offerings. We believe these efforts to expand awareness and household penetration will enable the OLAPLEX brand to continue growing in the future.

Continue to Grow OLAPLEX Through Existing Points of Distribution

We plan to drive sustained growth in our core channels by increasing repeat purchase rates and brand awareness. As we have expanded, we have demonstrated our ability to drive continued growth in with existing customers, as evidenced by our products generating a compound annual growth rate of 134% in sell-through sales from 2018 to 2020 in Sephora, which we believe to be well in excess of our competitors. In addition, our core products represented four of the top ten selling products at Sephora during June 2021. Within the professional channel, we intend to expand our consumer base of professional hairstylists by growing our brand ambassador community and increasing adoption of our professional-only offerings. Similarly, within specialty retail, our low penetration levels among Sephora customers and relatively limited brand awareness provide us with strong growth opportunities in their existing locations and our products were curated by Sephora and Kohl’s as a prestige beauty brand that will be available as part of the upcoming Sephora at Kohl’s partnership that is expected to roll out to 200 Kohl’s locations in the Fall of 2021 and to at least 850 stores by 2023. Furthermore, within our DTC channel, we continue to see opportunities to enhance OLAPLEX.com, including our recently developed hair diagnostic platform to engage and educate our consumers. Since we began offering our online diagnostic platform in October 2020, over one million unique consumers have taken the OLAPLEX hair diagnostic test and shared their haircare needs with us.

Expand Distribution to New Geographies and Retailers

We plan to pursue large and meaningful opportunities across specialty retail, travel retail, specialty pharmacy, and international markets. We expect to grow our retail distribution by establishing commercial relationships with new customers, where we see many untapped opportunities.

Internationally, we intend to capitalize on growing brand awareness to deepen our reach in existing markets throughout Europe and Asia. In Europe, we particularly see an opportunity to attract more consumers by partnering with specialty pharmacies to expand our points of distribution. In Asia, key areas of focus include accelerating our partnership with Tmall Global in China and broadening our existing distribution channels in Japan. Furthermore, we also plan to focus on growth opportunities in new markets in Latin America where we have a smaller presence compared to other geographies.

 

115


Table of Contents

Expand our Product Offerings by Utilizing Innovation Capabilities

We plan to continue to leverage our product-solution brand mindset, consumer relevance and brand strategy to expand into new categories. Our dedicated R&D department’s unique approach to innovation supplies us with a meaningful pipeline of haircare opportunities that we believe resonate with the concerns faced by in-house OLAPLEX hairstylists and our consumers. We internally develop our products in our lab and in partnership with national co-manufacturers, universities, and biotech companies to be on the cutting edge of haircare technology. Our large and expanding community of professional hairstylists helps us selectively test our products in real world scenarios, which enables us to gain rapid consumer insights and product feedback. We see opportunities to extend our product technology to new areas of hair health and treatment, such as scalp care, as well as other haircare categories in which we have yet to participate. We are also developing other potentially patentable technologies to support extension into non-haircare beauty and wellness categories that provide us with long-term growth opportunities. For example, we believe that approximately 82% of consumers familiar with OLAPLEX would like to see an OLAPLEX skin care line, and 51% of these consumers would switch out their current skin care for an OLAPLEX product. We plan to continue to leverage our powerful research and development strategy to create new products and provide technology-based beauty solutions for our consumers.

Leverage OLAPLEX.com to Strengthen our Direct-To-Consumer Channel

We plan to continue to invest in our digital marketing capabilities and online platform to increase our DTC presence and attract more consumers to our brand. We expect to grow our DTC channel by creating new tools and programs available on our website that interact with our consumers and help them use our products. Specifically, we believe we have an opportunity to gain greater insights from our consumers and enhance connectivity by offering customized feedback for each of their haircare needs. We recently launched an online hair diagnostic tool on OLAPLEX.com that enables us to better engage with our consumers and listen to the most important haircare concerns they face. We envision expanding our omni-channel platform to offer multiple hair health solutions to our consumers based on the feedback they provide us. Our DTC capabilities and omni-channel platform are critical to achieving future revenue growth and further developing and nurturing the strong connection we have with our consumers. Key areas of focus in our DTC channel strategy include creating new revenue opportunities, increasing the cross-product purchasing patterns of our online consumers and highlighting our DTC channel when expanding in new international geographies.

 

116


Table of Contents

LOGO

BOND EXPERTS: POWER TOGETHER OLAPLEX Our Hair stylist community is our most powerful advocate. Their support of us registers a 71% NPS. Their artistry, emotional intelligence and their sense of community inspires OLAPLEX to stand by them as they stand with us.


Table of Contents

LOGO

BOND LOVERS:BETTER TOGETHER OLAPLEX Our Consumers connect and engage with us on our social platforms while converting with us on channels from salons, retail and on-line. Because of them we are the No. 1 IG Prestige Haircare brand, the No. 1 EMV Haircare brand and the No. 1 Prestige Haircare brand1, making us the "hottest product in the hottest category" (WWD). 1 Tribe Dynamics.


Table of Contents

LOGO

BOND BUILDERS: STRONGER TOGETHER OLAPLEX Our Team puts OLAPLEX before themselves. And this is captured in our enviable per headcount productivity of $4mm.1 We are diverse like our customers, inclusive as a community and we apply our reach and influence to increase equity. We are indeed Stronger Together.


Table of Contents

Our Synergistic Omni-Channel Sales Platform

Our products are sold through our global omni-channel platform in more than 60 countries across the world. In 2020, approximately 53% of our net sales were generated in the United States and approximately 47% of our net sales were international. We sell our products through distributors, retailers, and directly to consumers.

Professional Channel Rooted in our Hairstylist Community

In our professional channel, our products are sold primarily through wholesale beauty supply distributors who sell to professional beauty industry outlets, such as salons and licensed cosmetologists, for use in the salon or for hairstylists to sell to consumers for use at home. In 2020, we sold our products through over 100 professional distributors. Our international distributors are generally only permitted to sell our products to professional beauty industry outlets in specific territories, with some having the exclusive right to sell our products in the territory. Our agreements with professional beauty distributors also typically contain minimum purchase and sell-through requirements and prohibit the distributor from selling products deemed competitive with ours.

Specialty Retail Channel Focused on Reaching Consumers

Our specialty retail customers include specialty retailers, as well as luxury department stores with online and/or brick and mortar presences. In 2020, we sold our products through approximately 30 retailers in more than 61 countries throughout the world. Our biggest global retail partner is Sephora, where we are in more than 1,800 doors globally as well as through Sephora’s own e-commerce sites.

Direct-to-Consumer Channel Leveraging our Digital Capabilities

We sell our products directly to consumers through our branded website, olaplex.com, and to industry leading pure play beauty and wellness partners. We have dedicated resources to implement creative, coordinated, brand-building strategies across our online activities to increase our direct access to consumer insights, engagement and conversion, which further enhances our innovation and branding performance.

Marketing and Engagement with Our Customer and Consumer Community

Our strategy to market and showcase our products begins with our omni-channel platform across the professional, specialty retail and DTC channels.

In our professional channel, we market our products using educational seminars on our products’ application methods and consumer benefits. We have a dedicated portal on our website for professional customers to purchase and learn more about our products and have developed a mobile app for our professional community that serves as a resource on our brand and products and offers us the opportunity to more directly engage with hairstylists about our products. In addition, we use professional trade advertising, social media and other digital marketing to communicate to professionals and consumers the quality and performance characteristics of our products. We believe that our presence in professional salons benefits the marketing and sale of our products sold through our specialty retail and DTC channels as it introduces consumers to our products who may start shopping through our other channels in addition to shopping at the salon.

In our specialty retail channel, we support our authorized retailers to drive in-store and e-commerce sales of our products, and work with them to ensure the optimal presentation of our products in their stores or on their e-commerce sites. Advertising activities, in-store displays, and online navigation are designed to attract new consumers, build demand and loyalty and introduce existing consumers to other product offerings. Our marketing efforts also benefit from cooperative advertising programs with some retailers. We typically do not use promotional activities in our marketing efforts but may occasionally offer limited-time product kits to help introduce our products to consumers.

 

120


Table of Contents

Our digital first approach to performance marketing is designed to offer best-in-class customer experience on Olaplex.com, from load times, navigation to a more intuitive check-out experience. All of which is designed to increase brand awareness, site traffic and conversion.

We continue to increase our brand awareness and sales through our strategic emphasis on performance marketing and by leveraging technology. We see opportunities to further enhance our online presence and consumer engagement through our digital properties, especially as the COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on consumer behaviors and has accelerated the trend for a digital-first consumer journey and e-commerce, and we continue to elevate our digital presence encompassing e-commerce and m-commerce, as well as digital, social media and influencer marketing and engagement. We have top celebrity hairstylists and colorists from around the world as Olaplex brand ambassadors. These brand ambassadors help market our brand through educational events, social media and other publicity. We also are investing in new analytical capabilities to promote a more predictive and personalized experience across our sales channels. For example, we developed an online hair diagnostic quiz that allows consumers to discover our products to predict and personalize their hair health needs. We continue to innovate to better meet consumer shopping preferences, support e-commerce and m-commerce via digital and social marketing activities designed to build brand equity and consumer connection, engagement and conversion.

Our Innovative Products

 

 

LOGO

Fueled by our focus on providing solutions to improve our consumers’ hair health, we have created a holistic product line employing our unique bond building technology that repairs and relinks disulfide bonds in human hair that are destroyed via chemical, thermal, mechanical, environmental and aging processes, as well as hair that is compromised by environmental and the aging process. Our proprietary, patent-protected ingredient, Bis-amino, serves as the common thread across our products and is a key differentiator in our ability to create trusted and high-performing products. Underpinning our product range is a portfolio of more than 100 patents, which protect our proprietary technology and, we believe, create both barriers to entry and a foundation for entry into adjacent categories over time.

Our current product portfolio comprises eleven unique, complementary products specifically developed to provide a holistic regimen for hair health. The quality of our products drives consumer enthusiasm, strong repurchase trends and basket building behavior. Because our products augment each other, our consumers often utilize multiple products within our offering that work together to lead to consistently healthy hair—we believe this additive phenomenon drives exceptional consumer loyalty.

Our current product suite is championed by three professional use-only products: OLAPLEX Bond Multiplier (No. 1), OLAPLEX Bond Perfector (No. 2) and OLAPLEX Moisture Mask (No. 4-1). These three products often serve as an introduction to our brand, and a gateway to eight additional products that can be used at home, including a bond building treatment (No. 0), Hair Perfector (No. 3), shampoo and conditioner (No. 4 / 5 / 4-P), Bond Smoother (No. 6), Bonding Oil (No. 7) and Bonding Moisture Mask (No.8). Each product is created with our consumer in mind and with high-quality ingredients backed by scientifically proven formulas and independent validated claims. We also offer combination kits comprising related products to drive new customer acquisitions and trial.

 

121


Table of Contents

Customers

Our customers in the professional channel include SalonCentric, Beauty Systems Group, New Flag, Sally U.K., and Aston and Fincher. Our specialty retail customers include specialized retailers such as Sephora, Douglas and Space NK, and our DTC customers include e-commerce retailers such as Amazon, ASOS, Cult Beauty and The Hut Group.

In 2020, Sephora, SalonCentric and Beauty Systems Group each accounted for greater than 10% of our net sales. While we have over 170 customers across our omni-channel sales platform, we expect Sephora, SalonCentric, Beauty Systems Group and a small number of other customers will continue to account for a large portion of our net sales.

Supply Chain and Global Distribution Network

Our finished products are manufactured in the United States and Europe by three manufacturers, two in the United States with multiple facilities and one in Europe. Cosway Company Inc. manufactures products that accounted for more than 70% of our net sales in 2020 and we continue to rely upon Cosway to manufacture a majority of our current product offerings. Our agreement with Cosway expires on January 1, 2023 and automatically renews for subsequent periods of two years each, unless terminated by either party upon 180 days’ notice. Either party also may terminate the agreement upon the event of breach, default, or bankruptcy. Upon termination of our relationship, Cosway will return or destroy all confidential information and provide us with all formulas that were developed exclusively for us under the agreement along with any related manufacturing know-how. We utilize third parties with key operational facilities located inside and outside the United States to warehouse and distribute our products for sale throughout the world. We believe that our manufacturing and distribution network is sufficient to meet current and reasonably anticipated increased requirements. In addition, we have disaster recovery programs in place under some of our agreements with suppliers that allow for shifting of manufacturing capacity if necessary to account for disruptions due to natural disasters and other events outside of our or their control. We continue to implement improvements in capacity, technology, and productivity and to align our manufacturing and distribution capabilities with anticipated regional sales demand and expansion of our customer base in targeted geographies.

Our products rely on a single or limited number of suppliers. For example, a principal raw material for our products is Bis-amino, which is manufactured using our patented process by a contract manufacturing organization in the United States. Other raw materials used in our products include specialty chemicals and essential oils. Despite our use of a limited number of suppliers, we believe our suppliers have adequate resources and facilities to overcome most unforeseen interruptions of supply, and we are often able to leverage our relationships with suppliers to obtain raw materials directly while bypassing intermediaries. In the past, we have been able to obtain an adequate supply of essential raw materials and currently believe we have adequate sources of supply for virtually all components of our products, including by maintaining a supply of Bis-amino.

Seasonality

Our results of operations typically are slightly higher in the second half of the fiscal year due to increased levels of purchasing by consumers for special and holiday events and by retailers for the holiday selling seasons. However, fluctuations in net sales in any fiscal quarter may be attributable to the level and scope of new product introductions or the particular retail calendars followed by our customers that are retailers, which may impact their order placement and receipt of goods.

Competition

Competition in the haircare industry is based on a variety of factors, including innovation, effectiveness of beneficial attributes, accessible pricing, service to the consumer, promotional activities, advertising, special

 

122


Table of Contents

events, new product introductions, e-commerce initiatives and other activities. Our competitors include Henkel AG & Co. KGaA, Kao Corporation, L’Oreal S.A. and Unilever. We also face competition from a number of independent brands. Certain of our competitors also have ownership interests in retailers that are customers of ours.

The continued strength of our brand and products is based on our ability to compete with other companies in our industry. We compete primarily by:

 

   

developing quality products with innovative performance features;

 

   

educating consumers, retail customers and salon professionals about the benefits of our products;

 

   

anticipating and responding to changing consumer, retail customer and salon professional demands in a timely manner, including the timing of new product introductions and line extensions;

 

   

offering products at compelling and accessible price points across channels and geographies;

 

   

maintaining favorable brand recognition;

 

   

developing and sustaining our relationships with our key customers;

 

   

ensuring product availability through effective planning and replenishment collaboration with our customers;

 

   

leveraging e-commerce, social media and the influence of our brand ambassadors and developing an effective omni-channel strategy to optimize the opportunity for consumers to interact with and purchase our products both on-line and in brick and mortar outlets;

 

   

attracting and retaining key personnel;

 

   

maintaining and protecting our intellectual property;

 

   

maintaining an effective manufacturing and distributor network; and

 

   

obtaining and retaining sufficient retail display and floor space, optimal in-store positioning and effective presentation of our products on retailer’s shelves.

We believe we have a well-recognized and strong reputation in our core markets and that the quality and performance of our products, our emphasis on innovation, and engagement with our professional and consumer community position us to compete effectively.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and assignment of inventions agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property.

As of June 30, 2021, we owned over 275 trademark registrations and applications globally. Our flagship trademark is OLAPLEX. We seek to register our OLAPLEX mark in all jurisdictions where we do business. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we owned over 100 issued patents worldwide, including 13 U.S. patents, and over 55 pending patent applications worldwide.

Our patent portfolio includes a family of patents that includes approximately 80 granted patents with claims that cover Olaplex’s commercial formulations Nos. 0-8, as well as their uses, and patents with claims that cover other haircare and skincare products and/or their uses. The patents issued in this family have been granted in the United States, Australia, throughout Europe, Brazil, Canada, Israel, New Zealand, and Japan. The patents in this family are generally expected to expire in 2034. Any additional patents that grant from pending applications in this patent family would also be expected to expire in 2034.

 

123


Table of Contents

Our patent portfolio also includes a patent family of patents with claims to defend against the use of competitors’ products that do not contain our Bis-amino ingredient. This patent family includes approximately 40 patents that have been granted in the United States, throughout Europe, Brazil, Canada, Israel, and Japan. The patents in this family are generally expected to expire in 2035. Any additional patents that grant from pending applications in this patent family would also be expected to expire in 2035.

For more information, see “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Intellectual Property Matters.”

Information Technology

Information technology supports all aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales, order processing, production and distribution networks, customer and consumer experiences finance, business intelligence, and product development. We continue to maintain and enhance our information technology systems and customer experiences in alignment with our long-term strategy. An increasing portion of our global information technology infrastructure is cloud-based and in partnership with industry-leading service providers. This approach allows for a more scalable platform to support current and future requirements and improves our agility and flexibility to respond to the demands of the business by leveraging advanced and leading edge technologies.

We recognize that technology presents opportunities for competitive advantage, and we continue to invest in new capabilities across various aspects of our business. During 2020, we improved our business-to-business and business-to-consumer integration, cybersecurity and technology infrastructure, supply chain integration, business resilience capabilities and analytics. In addition, we redesigned our e-commerce experience, developed new marketing capabilities to drive deeper consumer insight and engagement and created an app for our professional hairstylist and consumer community.

We have developed a cybersecurity profile to align with industry standard cybersecurity frameworks. We review our cybersecurity profile on an ongoing basis, and our policies and procedures establish processes for risk assessment, risk management, risk oversight, end user training, third-party reviews and general cybersecurity. We have assessed, and will continue to assess, the adequacy of our policies, procedures, and internal controls for ensuring we meet defined cyber security standards.

Properties

We do not own any real property or have a physical headquarters. We lease one facility in New York that we use for research and development. This lease expires in 2024. Our employees work remotely, from home or at shared co-working office spaces. We believe these arrangements support our current needs.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, Olaplex employed 82 employees, 80 of which are based in the United States and two of which are based in the U.K. We also leverage contractors to supplement work in areas that are quickly growing such as technology, operations and accounting. We do not have any employees governed by a union. We utilize a PEO to administer our human resources, payroll and employee benefits functions for our U.S. employees, who are co-employed by the PEO.

Since the Acquisition in January 2020, we have hired 53 employees, focusing primarily on building key capabilities at the executive level, organizational capabilities such as human resources, information technology, legal, finance and accounting, sales and marketing.

 

124


Table of Contents

Culture

We believe our commitment to our heritage in the haircare space and encouragement of our employees to bring their whole self to work has created a culture that is paramount to our success. We embrace our employees’ families as our own, one another as friends and celebrate life events as if we were together. We are passionate about what we do, how our products impact lives and what our brand means to our community.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

DEI remains a key differentiator in both our consumer strategy and internal culture. We remain committed to supporting and standing up for our community with our talent, content, message and product offering. As of June 30, 2021, 77% of our employees identify as female and 41% identify as a race other than Caucasian. We know through experience that different ideas, perspectives and backgrounds create a stronger and more creative work environment that can deliver better results.

In January 2021, we established DEI Champions who reinforce our collective commitment to foster a diverse, equitable and inclusive culture. Their roles are to identify opportunities to further engage our teammates through training and education, encouraging candidate conversations and leading by example. The team is led by five individual volunteers across different departments and have a strong representation of race and sexual orientation.

Compensation and Benefits

The core objective of our compensation program is to provide a package that will attract, motivate and reward exceptional employees. Through our “Healthy Hair ~ Healthy Body ~ Healthy Mind” wellness strategy, we are committed to providing comprehensive benefit options that will allow our employees and their families to live healthier and more secure lives. We leverage both formal and informal programs to identify, foster and retain top talent.

Government Regulation

Our cosmetic products are subject to regulation by the FDA and the FTC in the U.S., as well as various other local and foreign regulatory authorities, including those in the European Union (“E.U.”), and other countries in which we operate. These laws and regulations principally relate to the ingredients, proper labeling, advertising, packaging, marketing, manufacture, safety, shipment and disposal of our products.

The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”), defines cosmetics as articles or components of articles intended for application to the human body to cleanse, beautify, promote attractiveness, or alter the appearance, with the exception of soap. The labeling of cosmetic products is subject to the requirements of the FDCA, the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, the Poison Prevention Packaging Act and other FDA regulations. Cosmetics are not subject to pre-market approval by the FDA; however, certain ingredients, such as color additives, must be pre-approved for the specific intended use of the product and are subject to certain restrictions on their use. If a company has not adequately substantiated the safety of its products or ingredients by, for example, performing appropriate toxicological tests or relying on already available toxicological test data, then a specific warning label is required. The FDA may, by regulation, require other warning statements on certain cosmetic products for specified hazards associated with such products. FDA regulations also prohibit or otherwise restrict the use of certain types of ingredients in cosmetic products.

In addition, the FDA requires that cosmetic labeling and claims be truthful and not misleading. Moreover, cosmetics may not be marketed or labeled for their use in treating, preventing, mitigating, or curing disease or other conditions or in affecting the structure or function of the body, as such claims would render the products to be a drug and subject to regulation as a drug. The FDA has issued warning letters to cosmetic companies alleging

 

125


Table of Contents

improper drug claims regarding their cosmetic products, including, for example, product claims regarding hair growth or preventing hair loss. In addition to FDA requirements, the FTC as well as state consumer protection laws and regulations can subject a cosmetics company to a range of requirements and theories of liability, including similar standards regarding false and misleading product claims, under which FTC or state enforcement or class-action lawsuits may be brought.

In the United States, the FDA has not promulgated regulations establishing GMPs for cosmetics. However, FDA’s draft guidance on cosmetic GMPs, most recently updated in June 2013, provides recommendations related to process documentation, recordkeeping, building and facility design, equipment maintenance and personnel, and compliance with these recommendations can reduce the risk that FDA finds such products have been rendered adulterated or misbranded in violation of applicable law. FDA also recommends that manufacturers maintain product complaint and recall files and voluntarily report adverse events to the agency. The FDA monitors compliance of cosmetic products through market surveillance and inspection of cosmetic manufacturers and distributors to ensure that the products are not manufactured under unsanitary conditions, or labeled in a false or misleading manner. Inspections also may arise from consumer or competitor complaints filed with the FDA. In the event the FDA identifies unsanitary conditions, false or misleading labeling, or any other violation of FDA regulation, FDA may request or a manufacturer may independently decide to conduct a recall or market withdrawal of product or to make changes to its manufacturing processes or product formulations or labels.

The FTC also regulates and can bring enforcement action against cosmetic companies for deceptive advertising and lack of adequate scientific substantiation for claims. The FTC requires that companies have a reasonable basis to support marketing claims. What constitutes a reasonable basis can vary depending on the strength or type of claim made, or the market in which the claim is made, but objective evidence substantiating the claim is generally required.

The FTC also has specialized requirements for certain types of claims. For example, the FTC’s “Green Guides” regulate how “free-of,” “non-toxic” and similar claims must be framed and substantiated. In addition, the FTC regulates the use of endorsements and testimonials in advertising as well as relationships between advertisers and social media influencers pursuant to principles described in the FTC’s Endorsement Guides. The Endorsement Guides provide that an endorsement must reflect the honest opinion of the endorser, based on “bona fide” use of the product, and cannot be used to make a claim about a product that the product’s marketer could not itself legally make. Additionally, companies marketing a product must disclose any material connection between an endorser and the company that consumers would not expect that would affect how consumers evaluate the endorsement. If an advertisement features endorsements from people who achieved exceptional, or even above average, results from using a product, the advertiser must have proof that the endorser’s experience can generally be achieved using the product as described; otherwise, an advertiser must clearly communicate the generally expected results of a product and have a reasonable basis for such representations.

Although the Green Guides and Endorsement Guides do not operate directly with the force of law, they provide guidance about what the FTC generally believes the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act, requires in the context using of “green” claims and endorsements and testimonials in advertising. Any practices inconsistent with the Green Guides and Endorsement Guides can result in violations of the FTC Act’s proscription against unfair and deceptive practices.

In the E.U., the sale of cosmetic products is regulated under the E.U. Cosmetics Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009 setting out the general regulatory framework for finished cosmetic products placed on the E.U. market. The overarching requirement is that a cosmetic product made available on the E.U. market must be safe for human health when used under normal or reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, taking account, in particular, of the following: (a) presentation including conformity with Directive 87/357/EEC regarding health and safety of consumers; (b) labelling; (c) instructions for use and disposal; (d) any other indication or information provided by the responsible person.

 

126


Table of Contents

Generally, there is no requirement for pre-market approval of cosmetic products in the E.U. However, centralized notification of all cosmetic products placed on the E.U. market is required. Manufacturers are required to notify their products via the E.U. cosmetic products notification portal (“CPNP”). Manufacturers are responsible for safety of their marketed finished cosmetic products, and must ensure that they undergo an appropriate scientific safety assessment before cosmetic products are sold. A special database with information on cosmetic substances and ingredients, known as CosIng, enables easy access to data on cosmetic ingredients, including legal requirements and restrictions. We rely on expert consultants, Obelis, for our E.U. product registrations and review of our labelling for compliance with E.U. regulation.

The E.U. Cosmetics Regulation requires the manufacture of cosmetic products to comply with GMPs, which is presumed where the manufacture is in accordance with the relevant harmonized standards. In addition, in the labelling, making available on the market and advertising of cosmetic products, text, names, trademarks, pictures and figurative or other signs must not be used to imply that these products have characteristics or functions they do not have; any product claims in labelling must be capable of being substantiated.

The U.K. has left the E.U. and will no longer be required to comply with E.U. law. However, the European Union (Withdrawal) Act provides that EU-derived domestic legislation, as it had effect in domestic law immediately before exit day, continues to have effect in domestic law on and after exit day. The E.U. Cosmetics Regulation continues to be applicable to Great Britain (England, Scotland and Wales). Northern Ireland will continue to be subject to E.U. law under the Northern Ireland Protocol annexed to the E.U.-U.K. Withdrawal Agreement.

We are also subject to a number of U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the Internet, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Many of these laws and regulations are still evolving and being tested in courts, and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. These may involve user privacy, data protection, content, intellectual property, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, competition, protection of minors, consumer protection, telecommunications, product liability, taxation, economic or other trade prohibitions or sanctions and online payment services. We are subject to federal, state, local and international laws regarding privacy and protection of people’s data. U.S. federal, state and foreign laws and regulations are evolving and can be subject to significant change. In addition, the application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current policies and practices. In the E.U., the GDPR is a law instrument seeking to strengthen individuals’ fundamental rights and facilitate business by clarifying rules for companies and public bodies by setting a high standard for personal data protection throughout the E.U., imposing a strict data protection compliance regime and providing for stricter punitive enforcement regime. The GDPR applies to the processing and transfer of personal data. The term ‘processing’ is broadly defined to include collection, recording, organization, structuring, storage, adaptation or alteration, retrieval, consultation, use, disclosure by transmission, dissemination or otherwise making available, alignment or combination, restriction, erasure or destruction. From 1 January 2021, the GDPR has been retained in U.K. national law by virtue of the U.K. GDPR and U.K. DPA. Additionally, a recent decision from the CJEU and related regulatory guidance may impact our ability to transfer personal data from the EEA or U.K. to the United States and other jurisdictions. The CCPA requires many companies that process information about California residents, including us, to make disclosures to consumers about their data collection, use and sharing practices, and, in some instances, allows California residents to request access to or the erasure of their personal information as well as to opt out of the sale of such information to third parties. It also creates a private right of action and statutory damages where the failure to adopt certain security measures results in a data breach compromising specific data elements related to California residents. In addition, in November 2020, California voters approved the CPRA, the most material provisions of which go into operation on January 1, 2023. The CPRA would, among other things, give California residents the ability to limit the use of their sensitive information, provide for penalties for CPRA violations concerning California residents under the age of 16, and establish a new California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the law. There are also a number

 

127


Table of Contents

of legislative proposals pending before the U.S. Congress, various state legislative bodies and foreign governments concerning privacy and data protection, which could affect us. Some observers have noted that the CCPA, CPRA and the newly passed VCDPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with applicable current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to change the way we use personal data or our marketing practices, fines or other liabilities, as well as negative publicity and a potential loss of business.

Environmental Matters

Compliance with environmental laws and regulations impacting our global operations has not had, and currently is not anticipated to have, a material adverse effect on our financial position, capital expenditures or competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings incidental to our business, including, litigation related to intellectual property, regulatory matters, contract, advertising and other consumer claims. We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceeding that, in the opinion of our management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, management’s assessment of our current litigation and other legal proceedings could change in light of the discovery of facts with respect to legal actions or other proceedings pending against us not presently known to us or determinations by judges, juries or other finders of fact that are not in accord with management’s evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation or proceedings. Reasonably possible losses in addition to the amounts accrued for such litigation and legal proceedings are not material to our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that protecting our intellectual property is essential to our business and we have in the past, and may in the future, become involved in proceedings to enforce our rights. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our reputation, financial condition and business, including by utilizing our resources and potentially diverting the attention of our management from the operation of our business.

 

128


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Below is a list of the names, ages as of August 31, 2021, and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

JuE Wong

     58      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Tiffany Walden

     34      Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary and Director

Eric Tiziani

     44      Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Christine Dagousset(2)

     56      Chair of the Board of Directors

Tricia Glynn(2)(3)

     41      Lead Director

Deirdre Findlay(3)

     47      Director

Janet Gurwitch(3)

     68      Director

Martha Morfitt(1)

     64      Director

David Mussafer(2)

     58      Director

Emily White(3)

     43      Director

Michael White(1)

     33      Director

Paula Zusi(1)

     60      Director

 

(1)

Member of audit committee.

(2)

Member of compensation committee.

(3)

Member of nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

JuE Wong has been a member of the board of managers of Penelope Group GP (the “Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP”)—the general partner of Penelope Group Holdings—since February 2020, has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021, has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 8, 2020 and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Ms. Wong has extensive experience in scaling business and financial performance for all classes of business from emerging businesses, middle market growth organizations and established/ legacy companies. She has strategic and operating expertise in digital and technology-driven platforms of growth. Prior to joining Olaplex, Ms. Wong served as the Global Chief Executive Officer of Moroccanoil Inc. from 2017 to 2019, the President of Elizabeth Arden from 2015 to 2017, and the Chief Executive Officer of StriVectin from 2012 to 2015. Ms. Wong currently serves as a director for Cosmetics Executive Women and Committee of 200 (C200). Ms. Wong earned a B.A. (Honors) in Political Science from the Australian National University.

Tiffany Walden has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since January 2020, has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021 and currently serves as our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Ms. Walden has deep knowledge of Olaplex, having joined the company in 2016 as our General Counsel, a position she held until 2018, and has since held a variety of roles, including Chief Administrative Officer from 2018 to 2019, Chief Legal Officer from 2018 to present, Chief Operating Officer from 2020 to present and has served as Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Ms. Walden is an integral part of the management team. Prior to her role at Olaplex, Ms. Walden served as Director of Intellectual Property and Senior Counsel at Tory Burch from 2011 to 2016, where she oversaw all intellectual property and brand protection matters for the company. Ms. Walden holds a J.D. from William & Mary School of Law and a B.A. in Individualized Study with a concentration in Journalism & Business from New York University.

 

129


Table of Contents

Eric Tiziani has been our Chief Financial Officer since June 2021 and has served as Chief Financial Officer of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Prior to joining Olaplex, Mr. Tiziani served as a finance leader for over 21 years at Unilever, a global consumer products company, where he held 11 roles in four countries. Mr. Tiziani has extensive expertise in finance leadership roles, M&A and the beauty industry. Mr. Tiziani served as Chief Financial Officer of Unilever North America from 2018 to 2021, Vice President Finance Unilever Global Beauty & Personal Care and Global R&D in London from 2016 to 2018, Vice President Finance Global Mergers & Acquisitions in London from 2013 to 2016 and Vice President Finance Unilever Canada in Toronto from 2010 to 2013. Mr. Tiziani earned an M.B.A. from Columbia University and a B.A. in Economics from Colgate University.

Non-Employee Directors

Christine Dagousset has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since May 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Ms. Dagousset has worked at Chanel since 1998, holding various roles including Senior Vice President from 1998 to 2005, Executive Vice President from 2005 to 2014, Global President of Fragrance and Beauty from 2015 to 2018 and, most recently, Global Long Term Development Officer. Ms. Dagousset’s current directorships include Capsum, Developer of Cosmetic Innovation Technologies, 2016 to present and Detox Market, a Clean Beauty Marketplace, 2018 to present. Ms. Dagousset earned a Marketing Degree from Institut Supérieur de Gestion ISG. We believe Ms. Dagousset is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because her extensive experience in the beauty industry enables her to provide valuable and current insights to the Board of Directors.

Tricia Glynn has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since January 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. In addition, Ms. Glynn is a member of our compensation committee. Ms. Glynn has worked at Advent International Corporation since 2016 as a managing director, focusing on buyouts and growth equity investments in the retail, consumer and leisure sector. Advent International Corporation is affiliated with the Advent Funds that acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020. Prior to Advent, Ms. Glynn spent 15 years investing across both Bain Capital Private Equity and the Private Equity Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. She has closed transactions across the retail, healthcare, business services, real estate and media sectors, both domestically and internationally. From 2012 to 2018, Ms. Glynn served on the board of Burlington Stores Inc. and from 2017 until June 2021, Ms. Glynn served on the board of lululemon athletica inc. Her current directorships include First Watch Restaurants Inc. and SavageXFenty. Ms. Glynn earned a B.A. in Biochemical Sciences cum laude from Harvard College and an M.B.A., with high distinction, as a Baker Scholar from Harvard Business School. We believe Ms. Glynn is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because her experience advising and investing in retail and consumer companies enables her to provide valuable and current insights to our Board of Directors.

Deirdre Findlay has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since September 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Ms. Findlay is currently the Chief Marketing Officer of Condé Nast, a global media company, a position she has held since January 2020. She was the Chief Marketing Officer of Stitch Fix, a personal style service company, from May 2018 to January 2020. Prior to Stitch Fix, she served as Senior Director of Global Hardware Marketing with Google, a global internet services and products company, from May 2013 to May 2018, Senior Director of Consumer Marketing at eBay, a global ecommerce company, from July 2011 to April 2013, and as Senior Vice President of Digitas, a marketing agency, from July 2000 to June 2011. Ms. Findlay currently serves as a director for Sonos. Ms. Findlay holds a B.A. in Economics from Williams College and an M.B.A. from The Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Ms. Findlay is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her extensive experience in digital marketing and consumer insights leadership.

Janet Gurwitch has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since May 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. Ms. Gurwitch has worked with Advent International Corporation since April 2020 as an operating partner focusing on the beauty

 

130


Table of Contents

and wellness sector. Advent International Corporation is affiliated with the Advent Funds that acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020. Prior to Advent, Ms. Gurwitch served as an operating partner for Castanea Partners, a Boston-based private equity firm, from 2009 to 2019. In addition, Ms. Gurwitch founded Laura Mercier Cosmetics & Skincare in 1995, where she served as Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 2008. Prior to founding Laura Mercier, Ms. Gurwitch served as the Executive Vice President of Neiman Marucs from 1992 to 1995. Ms. Gurwitch currently serves on the board of directors of Drybar and the Houston Astros baseball team. She formerly served on the of Tatcha from 2017 to 2019, First Aid Beauty from 2015 to 2018, Dollar Shave Club from 2013 to 2016, and Urban Decay Cosmetics from 2009 to 2012. Ms. Gurwitch earned a B.A. in Retail from the University of Alabama. We believe Ms. Gurwitch is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her expertise in the beauty consumer industry and her experience founding, advising and investing in beauty and retail companies.

Martha (Marti) Morfitt has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since April 2021 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. In addition, she is a member of our audit committee. Ms. Morfitt is a principal of River Rock Partners, Inc., a business and cultural transformation consulting firm, where she has served since 2008. Previously, Ms. Morfitt served as the Chief Executive Officer of Airborne, Inc. from 2009 to 2012. Ms. Morfitt also held various positions at CNS, Inc., including President and Chief Executive Officer from 2001 to 2007 and Chief Operating Officer from 1998 to 2001. Prior to that, Ms. Morfitt worked for The Pillsbury Company in a succession of marketing and leadership roles beginning in 1982. Ms. Morfitt currently serves on the board of directors of Graco, Inc. and Lululemon Athletica, Inc. She previously served on the Board of Mercer International, Inc. from 2017 to 2020 and Life Time Fitness, Inc. from 2008 to 2015. She earned her H.B.A.in Marketing & Strategy from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario, and an M.B.A. from the Schulich School of Business at York University. We believe Ms. Morfitt is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her exceptional knowledge of business and strategy and her vast management experience.

David Mussafer has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since January 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. In addition, Mr. Mussafer is a member of our compensation committee. Mr. Mussafer is Chairman and Managing Partner of Advent International Corporation, which he joined in 1990. Advent International Corporation is affiliated with the Advent Funds that acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020. Prior to Advent, Mr. Mussafer worked at Chemical Bank from 1985 to 1988. Mr. Mussafer has led or co-led more than 30 buyout investments at Advent across a range of industries. Mr. Mussafer’s current directorships include Aimbridge Hospitality, First Watch Restaurant Group, Inc., lululemon athletica inc. and Thrasio. Mr. Mussafer holds a B.S.M., cum laude, from Tulane University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Mussafer is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because his extensive experience enables him to provide valuable insights regarding board processes and operations as well as the relationship between our Board of Directors and shareholders.

Emily White has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since January 2020 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. She has served as President of Anthos Capital, a Los Angeles-based investment firm since 2018. She spent the last two decades helping build and operate some of technology’s most notable companies including Google, Facebook, Instagram and Snapchat. Ms. White served as Snapchat’s Chief Operating Officer from 2014 to 2015. Prior to joining Snapchat, Ms. White held several leadership roles at Facebook Inc., a social networking company, from 2010 to 2013 including Director of Local Business Operations, Director of Mobile Business Operations and Head of Business Operations at Instagram. From 2001 to 2010, Ms. White worked at Google where she ran North American Online Sales and Operations, Asia Pacific & Latin America business and the Emerging Business channel. Ms. White is also a board member to companies including lululemon, a public athletic apparel retailer, and Graco, a publicly traded fluid handling systems and components company, and private companies including Railsbank and Guayaki. She has also served on the boards of the National Center for Women in I.T., a non-profit coalition working to increase the participation of girls and women in computing and technology, X-Prize,

 

131


Table of Contents

a non-profit focused on creating breakthroughs that pull the future forward. She received a BA in Art History from Vanderbilt University. We believe Ms. White is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her extensive experience with social networking and technology companies, her understanding of the demographics in which our principal customers reside and the diversity in background and experience she provides to our Board of Directors.

Michael White has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since January 2020 and has

served as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. In addition, Mr. White is a member of our audit committee. Mr. White is a principal at Advent International Corporation and has focused on buyouts and growth equity investments in the retail, consumer and leisure sector since joining Advent in 2019. Advent International Corporation is affiliated with the Advent Funds that acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020. Prior to Advent, Mr. White worked at TPG Capital from 2012 to 2018 and Bain & Company from 2009 to 2012. He is currently a director at First Watch Restaurant Group, Inc. Mr. White earned an H.B.A. with distinction and an Ivey Scholar designation, from Ivey Business School at Western University, and an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. White is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience advising and investing in retail and consumer companies.

Paula Zusi has been a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP since July 2020 and has served

as a member of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. since August 2021. In addition, she is a member of our audit committee. In 2015, Ms. Zusi founded Global Retail Advisors, LLC, which provides consulting on supply chain and operational capabilities to companies and investment firms, including Advent International Corporation and some of its portfolio companies. Advent International Corporation is affiliated with the Advent Funds that acquired the Olaplex business in January 2020. Ms. Zusi specializes in driving gross margin improvement, as well as building supply chain and operational capabilities for high growth companies. Previously, Ms. Zusi was the Executive Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer at Ann Inc., parent company of the Ann Taylor and Loft brands from 2008 to 2014. Prior to joining Ann Inc., Ms. Zusi was the Corporate Vice President at Liz Claiborne, Inc. from 1999 to 2008. Prior to joining Liz Claiborne Inc., Ms. Zusi held leadership roles in various apparel and retail related companies. Ms. Zusi is currently a Board member and former Chairman of the American Apparel and Footwear Association and serves on the Advisory Board of the University of Delaware college of Fashion and Apparel studies. Ms. Zusi earned a B.S. in Fashion and Apparel Studies from the University of Delaware. We believe Ms. Zusi is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of her more than 30 years of experience in supply chain and operations.

Controlled Company Status

After the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the              corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or other company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our Board of Directors have a compensation committee that consists entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (3) that our director nominations be made, or recommended to our full Board of Directors, by our independent directors or by a nominations committee that consists entirely of independent directors and that we adopt a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Board Structure and Committee Composition

Upon consummation of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of at least three but not more than 15 directors and that the number of directors may be

 

132


Table of Contents

fixed from time to time by resolution of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors will initially consist of 11 members. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible. The initial division of the three classes is as follows:

 

   

Class I, which will initially consist of Paula Zusi, Michael White, Deirdre Findlay and Tiffany Walden, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

Class II, which will initially consist of Emily White, Janet Gurwitch, Martha Morfitt and David Mussafer, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

Class III, which will initially consist of JuE Wong, Tricia Glynn and Christine Dagousset, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Upon the expiration of the initial term of office for each class of directors, each director in such class shall be elected for a term of three years and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified and until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

In addition, upon consummation of this offering, we will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board of Directors. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the consummation of this offering. The members of each committee are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the Board of Directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Our Board of Directors evaluates any relationship of each director with the company and makes an affirmative determination whether or not such director meets the qualification requirements for being an independent director under applicable laws and the corporate governance listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Our Board of Directors reviews any transaction or relationship between each non-employee director or any member of his or her immediate family and the company. The purpose of this review is to determine whether there were any such relationships or transactions and, if so, whether they were inconsistent with a determination that the director was independent. As a result of this review, our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that Martha Morfitt and Paula Zusi are independent directors under the governance and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

Because we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will not be composed entirely of independent directors as defined under such standards. The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee and we intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the corporate governance standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Pursuant to such requirements, the audit committee must be composed of at least three members, one of whom must be independent at the time of this offering, a majority of whom must be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom must be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

The purpose of the audit committee will be set forth in the audit committee charter. The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities will be to:

appoint or replace, compensate and oversee the outside auditors, who will report directly to the audit committee, for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work or performing other audit, review or attest services for us;

 

133


Table of Contents

pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for us by our outside auditors, subject to de minimis exceptions that are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit;

review and discuss with management and the outside auditors the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements, our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the selection, application and disclosure of critical accounting policies and practices used in such financial statements; and

discuss with management and the outside auditors any significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, including any significant changes in our selection or application of accounting principles, any major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies.

Upon completion of this offering, the audit committee will consist of Martha Mortiff, Michael White and Paula Zusi, with Martha Morfitt serving as the chairperson of the committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Martha Morfitt and Paula Zusi meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the governance and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the governance and listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Pursuant to such requirements, the audit committee must be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom must be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom must be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our Board of Directors has determined that all members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and that Martha Morfitt is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC regulations. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which the audit committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee

The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to oversight of the compensation of our directors, executive officers and other employees and the administration of our benefits and equity-based compensation programs. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to our Board of Directors compensation plans, policies and programs and approves specific compensation levels for all executive officers. Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee will consist of Christine Dagousset, Tricia Glynn and David Mussafer, with Tricia Glynn serving as the chairperson of the committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which the compensation committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, will be available on our website.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The purpose of the nominating and corporate governance committee is to identify individuals qualified to become members of the Board of Directors, recommend to the Board of Directors director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders, develop and recommend to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the company, oversee the evaluation of the Board of Directors and its dealings with management as well as appropriate committees of the Board of Directors and review and approve all related party transactions. Upon completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Deirdre Findlay, Janet Gurwitch, Tricia Glynn and Emily White, with Deirdre Findlay serving as the chairperson of the committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, will be available on our website.

 

134


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board of Directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be available on our website.

 

135


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following tables and discussion relate to the compensation paid to the individuals collectively referred to in this information statement as our “named executive officers” for the period beginning on the Acquisition Date, and ending on the last day of fiscal year 2020. They include (1) JuE Wong, who served as our Chief Executive Officer for the full reporting period and continues to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer, (2) Tiffany Walden, who served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer for the full reporting period and continues to serve in such roles, as well as serving as Secretary, and (3) James MacPherson, who joined the Company on May 4, 2020 and served as our Chief Financial Officer from such date until June 7, 2021, when he transitioned to the role of senior advisor to the Company. Ms. Walden and Mr. MacPherson were our two most highly compensated executive officers (other than Ms. Wong) who were serving as executive officers of Olaplex, Inc. on the last day of fiscal year 2020.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information about certain compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers from the Acquisition Date through the last day of fiscal year 2020:

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
     Option
awards
($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 
     (a)      (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)         

JuE Wong,
President and Chief Executive Officer

     2020        966,279        500,000        5,721,531        10,000        7,197,810  

Tiffany Walden,
Chief Operating Officer Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

     2020        627,496        1,675,000        2,041,512        110,000        4,454,008  

James MacPherson,
Chief Financial Officer

     2020        248,471        133,333        715,282           1,097,086  

 

(a)

Mr. MacPherson commenced employment with us on May 4, 2020.

(b)

Reflects the base salary earned by the named executive officers during fiscal year 2020 prior to any elective deferrals made by the executives to the Company’s 401(k) plan.

(c)

Amounts shown above for Ms. Wong and Mr. MacPherson, and $425,000 of the amount shown above for Ms. Walden, reflect the bonuses earned by the executives under our annual bonus program for fiscal year 2020, which were paid on June 11, 2021. Bonus amounts were determined by the Compensation Committee based on overall Company and individual performance. Mr. MacPherson’s fiscal year 2020 bonus amount was pro-rated to reflect his service from his start date of May 4, 2020 through the last day of fiscal year 2020. Amount shown above for Ms. Walden also reflects a transaction bonus of $1,250,000 paid to her in connection with the Acquisition.

(d)

Reflects the grant date fair value of non-qualified options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. granted to the named executive officers in fiscal year 2020, in each case, computed in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Standards Board (“FASB ASC”), Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used to calculate these amounts are disclosed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, including the assumed probability that an exit event or other liquidity event will occur.

(e)

Amount shown for Ms. Wong reflects a monthly cash payment of $2,500 made to Ms. Wong for four months during fiscal year 2020 to cover her private health coverage until the Company established a benefits program. Amount shown for Ms. Walden reflects a payment made to her in September 2020 related to certain tax obligations arising in connection with her transaction bonus.

 

136


Table of Contents

Base Salaries

Base salaries provide our named executive officers with a fixed amount of compensation each year. Base salary levels reflect the executive’s title, experience, level of responsibility, and performance. The base salaries for our named executive officers were set forth in their employment letters, as described below under “Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

Annual Bonuses

The target annual bonus for each named executive officer is fifty percent (50%) of the executive’s base salary and is set forth in the executive’s offer letter, as described below under “Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”

Each named executive officer was eligible to earn an annual bonus for fiscal year 2020. Bonus amounts were equal to each named executive officer’s target annual bonus amount, except in the case of Ms. Walden who received an additional discretionary amount of $100,000 for her performance in fiscal year 2020. The annual bonus amounts paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020 are shown in the Summary Compensation Table above in the column titled “Bonus”.

Equity-Based Compensation

Penelope Holdings Corp. has adopted the 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan to provide for grants of equity-based awards to employees and directors of Penelope Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries. Each named executive officer was granted under the plan an award of options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. in fiscal year 2020. Each option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of Penelope Holdings Corp. common stock on the grant date. As described in more detail in the footnotes to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, a portion of each award is subject to time-based vesting and is eligible to vest in equal annual installments over five years and will vest in full upon a change of control, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The remaining portion of each award is subject to performance-based vesting and is eligible to vest based on vest upon the achievement by the Advent Funds of certain returns on their investment in Penelope Group Holdings.

Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, any unvested options held by the executives that are subject to time-based vesting will be exchanged for options to purchase common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. and remain outstanding and eligible to vest on the same time-based vesting schedule in accordance with the terms of the awards. Any unvested options held by the executives that are subject to performance-based award and that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their equity in Penelope Group Holdings at a per share price equal to the initial public offering price will be exchanged for options to purchase common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. with time-based vesting and will be eligible to vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the initial public offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

Employee Benefits

Our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in health and welfare benefit plans sponsored by Insperity Business Services, L.P. (“Insperity”), a professional employer organization engaged by Olaplex, Inc., which include medical, dental, vision, life and accidental death and dismemberment and short-term and long-term disability insurance, flexible spending accounts, adoption assistance, an employee assistance program and commuter benefits. Our named executive officers participate in these plans on the same basis as our other eligible employees.

In fiscal year 2020, our named executive officers participated in a 401(k) plan sponsored by Insperity, a broad-based defined contribution plan offered to eligible employees immediately upon hire. Participants may elect to defer up to 80% of their annual eligible compensation, subject to annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Olaplex, Inc. did not make any employer contributions to the plan in fiscal year 2020. We do not sponsor or maintain any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement plans for our employees.

 

137


Table of Contents

Other than broad-based benefits offered by Olaplex, Inc., directly or indirectly through Insperity, or as otherwise described herein, none of our named executive officers received perquisites of any nature in fiscal year 2020.

Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Olaplex, Inc. has entered into an offer letter, a severance or transition agreement, and agreements providing for restrictive covenants with each of our named executive officers. The terms of the agreements are reflected below.

Offer Letters

Under her offer letter, dated January 28, 2020, Ms. Wong is entitled to an annual base salary of $1,000,000. She is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus targeted at fifty percent (50%) of her annual base salary, with the actual amount of the bonus payable based upon the achievement of individual and Company performance criteria established by the Board of Managers of Penelope Group Holdings GP, LLC. Ms. Wong’s offer letter also provides for the grant of an option to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp., which award was granted to Ms. Wong in 2020 and is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above and further described in the Outstanding Equity at Fiscal Year End Table below. Her offer letter also states that Ms. Wong will be eligible to invest up to $500,000 in Class A Non-Voting Common Units of Penelope Group Holdings. In addition, Ms. Wong’s offer letter provides for a housing and transportation allowance of up to $10,000 per month should the Company establish its corporate headquarters in the greater Los Angeles, California area. No such housing and transportation benefits were paid to Ms. Wong in fiscal year 2020.

Under her offer letter, dated January 8, 2020, Ms. Walden is entitled to an annual base salary of $650,000. She is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus targeted at fifty percent (50%) of her annual base salary, with the actual amount of the bonus payable based upon the achievement of individual and Company performance criteria established by Olaplex, Inc. Ms. Walden’s offer letter also provides that, for so long as Ms. Walden serves as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer, she will also serve as a member of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group Holdings GP, LLC. In addition, Ms. Walden’s offer letter provides for relocation benefits in the event that Olaplex, Inc. requires her to relocate more than forty (40) miles from her place of residence as of the date of the offer letter in the form of (i) reimbursement for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs, excluding housing costs, incurred in connection with such relocation and (ii) a monthly housing allowance of up to $7,500 for at least twelve (12) months following such relocation. No such relocation amounts were paid to Ms. Walden in fiscal year 2020.

Under his offer letter, dated April 28, 2020, Mr. MacPherson is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000. He is also eligible for an annual incentive bonus targeted at fifty percent (50%) of his annual base salary, with the actual amount of the bonus payable based upon the achievement of individual and company performance criteria established by Olaplex, Inc.

Severance and Transition Agreements

Each of Ms. Wong and Ms. Walden has entered into a Termination Protection Agreement with Olaplex, Inc., providing for severance payments and benefits under certain qualifying terminations, subject to each signing a separation agreement containing a release of claims and continuing to comply with his or her restrictive covenants. If we terminate Ms. Wong’s employment without cause, she is entitled under her severance agreement, dated January 28, 2020, to twelve (12) months of continued base salary. If we terminate Ms. Walden’s employment without cause or she resigns for good reason, she is entitled under her severance agreement, dated January 5, 2020, to eighteen (18) months of continued base salary.

Mr. MacPherson and Olaplex, Inc. have entered into a transition letter agreement, dated April 5, 2021, providing for the terms of Mr. MacPherson’s transition from his role as Chief Financial Officer and his continued service as senior advisor. His separation from Olaplex, Inc. occured on August 31, 2021. As of April 5, 2021, all of Mr. MacPherson’s outstanding options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. (whether vested or unvested) were terminated and forfeited for no consideration.

 

138


Table of Contents

Restrictive Covenant Agreements

Each named executive officer has entered into an Employee Agreement with Olaplex, Inc. under which each executive is subject to confidentiality covenants (perpetual, in the case of Mr. MacPherson and Ms. Walden, and during and for five (5) years following her termination of employment with us, in the case of Ms. Wong), as well as intellectual property assignment obligations. These covenants are also set forth in Ms. Walden’s Termination Protection Agreement.

In addition, as a condition to receiving their Olaplex, Inc. option awards, Ms. Wong, Ms. Walden and Mr. MacPherson entered into restrictive covenant agreements that include confidentiality covenants (perpetual, in the case of Mr. MacPherson and Ms. Walden, and during and for five (5) years following her termination of employment with us, in the case of Ms. Wong) and intellectual property assignment obligations. The agreements also provide for non-competition obligations and non-solicitation obligations with respect to customers, vendors, suppliers, manufacturers or other business partners during their employment with us and, in the case of Mr. MacPherson and Ms. Walden for twenty-four (24) months following their termination of employment with us, and, in the case of Ms. Wong, for twelve (12) months following her termination of employment with us. In addition, the agreements include non-solicitation obligations with respect to our employees and independent contractors during and for twenty-four (24) months following the executives’ termination of employment with us.

Mr. MacPherson’s transition letter agreement modifies the duration of his post-termination non-competition obligations to six (6) months following his separation date and the duration of his post-termination non-solicitation obligations with respect to our employees and independent contractors for twelve (12) months following his separation date. The separation letter agreement also provides for certain other changes to his non-solicitation obligations with respect to our customers, vendors, suppliers, manufacturers or other business partners, as well as with respect to our employees and independent contractors.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of the last day of fiscal year 2020:

 

     OPTION AWARDS  

Name

   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
     Equity
incentive plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options
(#)
     Option
exercise
price
($)
     Option
expiration
date
 
            (a)      (b)             (c)  

JuE Wong

     —          8,360,550        18,567,225        0.76        03/26/2030  

Tiffany Walden

     —          2,979,450        6,671,700        0.76        05/02/2030  

James MacPherson

     —          1,156,275        868,725        0.76        07/08/2030  

 

(a)

All non-qualified stock options shown in this column are eligible to vest 20% per year on the each of the first five anniversaries of January 8, 2020, in the case of Mses. Wong and Walden, and May 4, 2020, in the case of Mr. MacPherson, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. All of the time-vested options vest in full upon a change of control, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the change of control.

(b)

All non-qualified stock options shown in this column are eligible to vest upon the Advent Funds’ achievement of certain returns on their investment in Penelope Group Holdings, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(c)

The expiration date of the executives’ non-qualified stock option grants is ten years from the date of grant.

 

139


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our directors from the Acquisition Date, through the last day of fiscal year 2020. Mses. Wong and Walden did not receive any compensation for their respective service as a director during fiscal year 2020. The compensation Mses. Wong and Walden received in respect of their employment is included in the Summary Compensation Table above. During fiscal year 2020, Mses. Glynn and White and Messrs. White and Mussafer were not paid any fees by Penelope Group Holdings or its subsidiaries for their services as directors.

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)
     Option awards
($)
     Total
($)
 
     (a)      (b)         

Christine Dagousset

     66,666        179,000        245,666  

Deirdre Findlay

     25,833        242,812        268,645  

Janet Gurwitch

     233,333        476,854        710,187  

Paula Zusi

     69,565        242,812        312,377  

 

(a)

Amounts shown in this column reflect annual cash retainers earned by certain of our directors in fiscal year 2020 at a rate of $100,000 per year for Mses. Dagousset, Findlay, and Zusi, and a rate of $350,000 per year for Ms. Gurwitch, with each amount reflecting pro ration for their partial year of service in fiscal year 2020.

(b)

Amounts shown in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of non-qualified stock options granted to certain of our directors in fiscal year 2020, in each case, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used to calculate these amounts are disclosed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, including the assumed probability that an exit event or other liquidity event will occur. Each of Mses. Dagousset, Findlay and Zusi was granted 750 non-qualified options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp., 429 of which are eligible to vest in equal installments on each of the first five (5) anniversaries of a specified vesting commencement date, and the remaining 321 of which are eligible to vest upon the achievement by the Advent Funds of certain returns on their investment in Penelope Group Holdings. The dates of grant of Mses. Dagousset’s, Findlay’s and Zusi’s options was May 23, 2020, September 28, 2020 and July 29, 2020, respectively, and their vesting commencement dates are May 1, 2020, September 28, 2020 and July 21, 2020, respectively. On May 3, Ms. Gurwitch was granted 2,000 non-qualified options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp., 1,142 of which are eligible to vest in equal installments on each of the first five (5) anniversaries of May 1, 2020, and the remaining 858 of which are eligible to vest upon the achievement by the Advent Funds of certain returns on their investment in Penelope Group Holdings. The options that are subject to time-based vesting will vest in full upon a change of control. The vesting of the directors’ options is subject, in each case, to their continued service through the applicable vesting date. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, any unvested options held by the directors that are subject to time-based vesting will be exchanged for options to purchase common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. and remain outstanding and eligible to vest on the same time-based vesting schedule in accordance with the terms of the awards. Any unvested options held by the directors that are subject to performance-based award and that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their equity in Penelope Group Holdings at a per share price equal to the initial public offering price will be exchanged for options to purchase common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. with time-based vesting and will be eligible to vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the initial public offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. All of the 750 non-qualified stock options granted to each of Mses. Dagousset, Findlay and Zusi and the 2,000 non-qualified stock options granted to Ms. Gurwitch will be converted into options to purchase shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Reorganization. See “The Reorganization.”

In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy covering non-employee directors, which policy will become effective upon the completion of this offering. The following summary describes the material terms of our non-employee director compensation policy.

 

140


Table of Contents

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer for service to our board of directors and an additional annual cash retainer for service on any committee of our board of directors or for serving as the chair of our Board of Directors or any of its committees, in each case, pro-rated for partial years of service, as follows:

 

   

each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $100,000 ($150,000 for the chair of our Board of Directors and $120,000 for the lead independent director);

 

   

each non-employee director who is a member of the audit committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000 ($30,000 for the audit committee chair);

 

   

each non-employee director who is a member of the compensation committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 ($20,000 for the compensation committee chair); and

 

   

each non-employee director who is a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 ($15,000 for the nominating and corporate governance committee chair).

On the date of the first Board of Directors meeting following each annual meeting of our stockholders, each non-employee director will be granted an award of restricted stock units of the Company with an aggregate value of approximately $150,000 (or $250,000 in the case of the Board chair). Each annual award will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service as a director through such date.

All cash retainers will be paid quarterly, in arrears, or upon the earlier resignation or removal of the non-employee director. For the calendar quarter during which this offer occurs, all annual cash retainers will be prorated based on the number of calendar days the non-employee director was a member of the Board of Directors following this offering.

Each non-employee director is entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our Board of Directors and any committee on which he or she serves.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors intends to adopt the 2021 Plan, and, in connection with and following this offering, all equity-based awards will be granted under our 2021 Plan. The following summary describes what we expect to be the material terms of our 2021 Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of our 2021 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our 2021 Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration

Our 2021 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, which will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret our 2021 Plan and any awards granted under it, determine eligibility for and grant awards, determine the exercise price, base value from which appreciation is measured or purchase price, if any, applicable to any award, determine, modify, accelerate and waive the terms and conditions of any award, determine the form of settlement of awards, prescribe forms, rules and procedures relating to our 2021 Plan and awards and otherwise do all things necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of our 2021 Plan or any award. Our Board of Directors may at any time act in the capacity of the administrator of our 2021 Plan (including with respect to such matters that are not delegated to our compensation committee). Our compensation committee (or our Board of Directors) may delegate such of its duties, powers and responsibilities as it may determine to one or more of its members (or one or more other members of our Board of Directors) and, to the extent permitted by law, our officers, and may delegate to employees and other persons such ministerial tasks as it deems appropriate. As used in this summary, the term “Administrator” refers to our compensation committee, our Board of Directors or any authorized delegates, as applicable. Determinations of the Administrator made with respect to our 2021 Plan or any award under our 2021 Plan will be conclusive and will bind all persons.

 

141


Table of Contents

Eligibility

Our employees, directors and consultants selected by the Administrator are eligible to participate in our 2021 Plan. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (“ISOs”) is limited to our employees or employees of certain affiliates. Eligibility for stock options, other than ISOs, and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is limited to individuals who are providing direct services to us or certain affiliates on the date of grant of the award.

Authorized Shares

Subject to adjustment as described below, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under our 2021 Plan is (a) 45,368,725 shares, plus (b)(i) the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2020 Plan as of the date we adopt our 2021 Plan, plus (ii) the number of shares of our common stock underlying awards under the 2020 Plan that on or after the date we adopt our 2021 Plan expire or become unexercisable without the delivery of shares, are forfeited to, or repurchased for cash by, us, are settled in cash, or otherwise become available again for grant under the 2020 Plan, in each case, in accordance with its terms. The share pool will automatically increase on January 1st of each year beginning in 2023 and continuing through and including 2031 by the lesser of (x) three percent of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of such date and (y) the number of shares of our common stock determined by our Board of Directors on or prior to such date for such year. Up to the total number of shares comprising the share pool may be delivered in satisfaction of ISOs. The number of shares of our common stock delivered in satisfaction of awards under our 2021 Plan will not be reduced by (A) any shares of stock withheld by us in payment of the exercise price or purchase price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements or (B) any shares underlying any portion of an award that is settled in cash or that expires, becomes unexercisable, terminates or is forfeited to or repurchased by us without the delivery (or retention, in the case of restricted or unrestricted stock) of shares of our common stock. The number of shares available for delivery under our 2021 Plan will not be increased by any shares that have been delivered under our 2021 Plan that are subsequently repurchased using proceeds directly attributable to stock option exercises.

Shares that may be delivered under our 2021 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or previously issued shares acquired by us. No fractional shares will be delivered under our 2021 Plan.

Director Limits

Our 2021 Plan provides that the aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year for his or her services as a director, including awards granted under our 2021 Plan and cash fees or other compensation paid by us to a director outside of our 2021 Plan for the director’s services as a director during such calendar year, may not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate. The value of any equity awards for this purpose, granted under our 2021 Plan or otherwise, will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with applicable accounting rules, assuming a maximum payout. This limitation does not apply to any compensation granted or paid for services other than as a director, including as a consultant or advisor to us or one of our subsidiaries.

Types of Awards

Our 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, SARs, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards and other awards that are convertible into or otherwise based on our common stock. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with awards under our 2021 Plan.

 

   

Stock options and SARs. The Administrator may grant stock options, including ISOs, and SARs. A stock option is a right entitling the holder to acquire shares of our common stock upon payment of the applicable exercise price. A SAR is a right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or shares of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares

 

142


Table of Contents
 

subject to the right over the base value from which appreciation is measured. The exercise price per share of each stock option, and the base value of each SAR, granted under our 2021 Plan will be no less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant (110% in the case of certain ISOs). Other than in connection with certain corporate transactions or changes to our capital structure, stock options and SARs granted under our 2021 Plan may not be repriced, amended or substituted for with new stock options or SARs having a lower exercise price or base value, nor may any consideration be paid upon the cancellation of any stock options or SARs that have a per share exercise or base price greater than the fair market value of a share on the date of such cancellation, in each case, without shareholder approval. Each stock option and SAR will have a maximum term of not more than ten years from the date of grant (or five years, in the case of certain ISOs).

 

   

Restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units. The Administrator may grant awards of stock, stock units, restricted stock and restricted stock units. A stock unit is an unfunded and unsecured promise, denominated in shares, to deliver shares or cash measured by the value of shares in the future, and a restricted stock unit is a stock unit that is subject to the satisfaction of specified performance or other vesting conditions. Restricted stock are shares subject to restrictions requiring that they be forfeited, redelivered or offered for sale to us if specified performance or other vesting conditions are not satisfied.

 

   

Performance awards. The Administrator may grant performance awards, which are awards subject to the achievement of performance criteria.

 

   

Other share-based awards. The Administrator may grant other awards that are convertible into or otherwise based on shares of our common stock, subject to such terms and conditions as it determines.

 

   

Substitute awards. The Administrator may grant substitute awards in connection with certain corporate transactions, which may have terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of our 2021 Plan.

Vesting; Terms of Awards

The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of all awards granted under our 2021 Plan, including the time or times an award vests or becomes exercisable, the terms and conditions on which an award remains exercisable and the effect of termination of a participant’s employment or service on an award. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an award. No term of an award will provide for automatic “reload” grants of additional awards upon the exercise of a stock option or SAR.

Transferability of Awards

Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine, awards may not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Effect of Certain Transactions

In the event of certain covered transactions (including the consummation of a consolidation, merger or similar transaction, the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or shares of our common stock, our dissolution or liquidation or such other corporate transaction as is determined by the Administrator), the Administrator may, with respect to outstanding awards, provide for (in each case, on such terms and subject to such conditions as it deems appropriate):

 

   

The assumption, substitution or continuation of some or all awards (or any portion thereof) by the acquiror or surviving entity;

 

   

The acceleration of exercisability or delivery of shares in respect of any award, in full or in part; and/or

 

143


Table of Contents
   

A cash payment in respect of some or all awards (or any portion thereof) equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares subject to the award and its exercise or base price, if any.

Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine, each award will automatically terminate or be forfeited immediately upon the consummation of the covered transaction, other than awards that are substituted for, assumed or that continue following the covered transaction.

Adjustment Provisions

In the event of certain corporate transactions, including a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in our capital structure, the Administrator will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under our 2021 Plan and the number and kind of securities subject to, and, if applicable, the exercise or purchase prices (or base values) of, outstanding awards and any other provisions affected by such event.

Clawback

The Administrator may provide that any outstanding award, the proceeds of any award or shares acquired under any award and any other amounts received in respect of any award or shares acquired under any award will be subject to forfeiture and disgorgement to us, with interest and other related earnings, if the participant to whom the award was granted is not in compliance with any provision of our 2021 Plan or any award or any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, non-disparagement, confidentiality, invention assignment or other restrictive covenant, or any company policy that relates to shares of our common stock, including any limitations on hedging or pledging, or that provides for forfeiture, disgorgement, or clawback with respect to incentive compensation, including any awards under our 2021 Plan, or as otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards.

Amendments and Termination

The Administrator may at any time amend our 2021 Plan or any outstanding award and may at any time terminate our 2021 Plan as to future grants. However, except as expressly provided in our 2021 Plan or in an award, the Administrator may not alter the terms of an award so as to materially and adversely affect a participant’s rights without the participant’s consent (unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so in our 2021 Plan or at the time the award was granted). Any amendments to our 2021 Plan will be conditioned on shareholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or stock exchange requirements.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors adopted a clawback policy covering our Section 16 officers and other employees at the vice president level and above. The clawback policy permits us in the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial statements due to material non-compliance with financial reporting requirements under applicable securities laws, subject to certain conditions, to recoup and/or cancel certain cash-based and equity-based compensation granted, paid, earned or that becomes vested in whole or in part based upon the attainment of any financial reporting measure. The clawback policy also provides for the recoupment or cancellation of certain compensation in the event of a covered employee’s termination of employment for cause or breach of a restrictive covenant.

 

144


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of August 31, 2021 by:

 

   

each individual or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each selling stockholder in this offering;

 

   

each member of our Board of Directors and each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all members of our Board of Directors and our executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting or investment power and any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after August 31, 2021 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2021 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. The inclusion in the following table of those shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner. To our knowledge, except under applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned. For more information regarding the terms of our common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.” For more information regarding our relationship with certain of the persons named below, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The beneficial ownership of shares prior to this offering provided in the table below are based on 648,124,639 shares of our common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2021, after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on that date and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The actual number of shares of common stock to be received in the Reorganization by each holder of units of Penelope Group Holdings is subject to change based on the initial public offering price. See “The Reorganization.”

The percentages of shares beneficially owned after this offering provided in the table below are based on              shares of our common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Reorganization and sale of 67,000,000 shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering.

 

145


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Olaplex Holdings, 1187 Coast Village Rd, Suite 1-520, Santa Barbara, CA 93108.

 

                      Shares Beneficially Owned Following this Offering  
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
    Shares Offered
Hereby
    No Exercise of Greenshoe     Full Exercise of Greenshoe  
    Number    

Percentage

    Number     Number    

Percentage

    Number    

Percentage

 

Greater than 5% Stockholders

             

Advent Funds (1)

    578,478,435       89.3     62,464,635       516,013,800       79.6     506,644,104       78.2

Mousse Partners (2)

    43,872,871       6.8     4,535,365       39,337,506       6.1     38,657,202       6.0

Named Executive Officers and Directors

             

JuE Wong (3)

    2,099,977       *         2,099,977       *       2,099,977       *  

Tiffany Walden (4)

    1,338,808       *         1,338,808       *       1,338,808       *  

Eric Tiziani

             

Christine Dagousset (5)

    57,915       *         57,915       *       57,915       *  

Deirdre Findlay (6)

    57,915       *         57,915       *       57,915       *  

Tricia Glynn (7)

             

Janet Gurwitch (8)

    491,652       *         491,652       *       491,652       *  

Martha Morfitt

             

David Mussafer (9)

             

Emily White (10)

    23,623,852       3.6       23,623,852       3.6     23,623,852       3.6

Michael White (7)

             

Paula Zusi (11)

    327,901       *         327,901       *       327,901       *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) (12)

    27,998,020       4.3       27,998,020       4.3     27,998,020       4.3

 

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Consists of 206,909,899 shares held by Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership, 17,020,473 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership, 12,950,433 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp, 58,760,722 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership, 37,525,201 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership, 1,093,272 shares held by Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership, 1,586,017 shares held by Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership, 1,427,024 shares held by Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp, 17,615,852 shares held by Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership, 62,065,922 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp, 41,922,735 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership, 26,826,372 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp, 18,202,249 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership, 67,527,567 shares held by Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership, 6,382,443 shares held by Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership, and 662,254 shares held by Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership. GPE IX GP Limited Partnership is the general partner of Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership, and Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership. GPE IX GP S.à r.l. is the general partner and Advent International GPE IX, LLC is the manager of, Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp, Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp, Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp, and Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp. AP GPE IX GP Limited Partnership is the general partner of Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership, and Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership. Advent International GPE IX, LLC is the general partner of GPE IX GP Limited Partnership and AP GPE IX GP

 

146


Table of Contents
  Limited Partnership, and Advent International Corporation is the manager of Advent International GPE IX, LLC. Voting and investment decisions by Advent International Corporation are made by a number of individuals including David M. Mussafer, one of our directors. Mr. Mussafer disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by the Advent Funds. In this offering: Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership will sell 22,342,320 shares (or 25,693,670 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership will sell 1,837,886 shares (or 2,113,569 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp will sell 1,398,400 shares (or 1,608,160 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership will sell 6,345,037 shares (or 7,296,793 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership will sell 4,052,006 shares (or 4,659,807 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership will sell 118,053 shares (or 135,761 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership will sell 171,260 shares (or 196,949 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp will sell 154,091 shares (or 177,205 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership will sell 1,902,176 shares (or 2,187,502 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp will sell 6,701,936 shares (or 7,707,226 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership will sell 4,526,856 shares (or 5,205,884 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp will sell 2,896,736 shares (or 3,331,246 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership will sell 1,965,496 shares (or 2,260,320 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership will sell 7,291,689 shares (or 8,385,442 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership will sell 689,182 shares (or 792,559 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership will sell 71,511 shares (or 82,238 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). The address of each of the entities and individuals named in this footnote is c/o Advent International Corporation, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston St., Suite 3300, Boston, MA 02199.
(2)

Consists of 43,872,871 shares held by Mousserena, L.P. over which Mousserena, L.P. and Charles Heilbronn have shared voting and dispositive power. The address of Mousserena, L.P. is Ugland House, 135 South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104 Cayman Islands. The address of Mr. Heilbronn is c/o Mousse Partners Limited, LLC, 9 West 57th St, New York, NY 10019.

(3)

Includes 1,672,110 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(4)

Includes 595,890 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(5)

Includes 57,915 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(6)

Includes 57,915 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(7)

The address for Ms. Glynn and Mr. White is c/o Advent International Corporation, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston St., Suite 3300, Boston, MA 02199.

(8)

Includes 154,170 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(9)

Excludes shares held by the Advent Funds. See Footnote 1 above. Mr. Mussafer’s address is c/o Advent International Corporation, Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston St., Suite 3300, Boston, MA 02199.

 

147


Table of Contents
(10)

Consists of (i) 23,475,791 shares of common stock held by Anthos Capital IV, L.P. (“Anthos Capital IV”) and (ii) 148,061 shares of common stock held by Anthos Tribe, L.P. (“Anthos Tribe”). Anthos Associates IV, L.P. (“Anthos Associates IV”) is the general partner of Anthos Capital IV and Anthos Associates GP IV, LLC (“Anthos Associates GP IV”) is the general partner of Anthos Associates IV. Anthos Tribe GP, LLC (“Anthos Tribe GP”) is the general partner of Anthos Tribe. Paul Farr and Bryan Kelly are the sole managers of Anthos Associates GP IV and Anthos Tribe GP. Ms. White is the spouse of Mr. Kelly and as a result also may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held directly by Anthos Capital IV and Anthos Tribe. Ms. White disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Anthos Capital IV and Anthos Tribe except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

(11)

Includes 57,915 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

(12)

Includes 2,595,915 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable by our current officers and directors as a group within 60 days of August 31, 2021.

 

148


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization and prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the shareholders of Olaplex Holdings as of immediately following the Reorganization, including the Advent Funds, other investors and certain of our directors and officers. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide the stockholders party thereto certain registration rights as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, the Advent Funds, will have the right to demand that we file registration statements. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we will be required to use reasonable best efforts to promptly effect the registration.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any shares of our equity securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of any other person, then all holders party to the Registration Rights Agreement will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances.

Shelf Registration Rights

At any time after the consummation of this offering, our Advent Funds will be entitled to have their shares of common stock registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense. These shelf registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Expenses and Indemnification

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or shelf registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, subject to specified conditions and limitations. The Registration Rights Agreement will include customary indemnification provisions, including indemnification of the participating holders of shares of common stock and their directors, officers and employees by us for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities in respect thereof and expenses to which such holders may become subject under the Securities Act, state law or otherwise.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Following our initial public offering, we expect to be able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, which arose (or are attributable to transactions occurring) prior to the completion of this offering. These Pre-IPO Tax Assets will reduce the amount of tax that we and our subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

 

149


Table of Contents

Prior to the completion of this offering and in connection with the Pre-IPO Reorganization, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement, which provides the right to receive future payments from us to our Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets and the making of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Consequently, stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will only be entitled to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in those assets.

These payment obligations will be our obligations and not obligations of any of our subsidiaries and are not conditioned upon the Existing Stockholders maintaining a continued direct or indirect ownership interest in us. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the amount of cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be computed by comparing our actual U.S. federal, state and local income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, taking into account several assumptions and adjustments, including, for example, that:

 

   

we will pay state and local income taxes at a blended rate based on our nexus to applicable jurisdictions, even though our actual effective state and local income tax rate may be materially different;

 

   

tax benefits existing at the time of the offering are deemed to be utilized before certain tax attributes acquired after this offering; and

 

   

a non-taxable transfer of assets by us to a non-consolidated entity is treated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a taxable sale at the greater of (i) tax basis and (ii) fair market value subject to certain adjustments.

The actual amount and utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets, as well as the timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount, character and timing of our and our subsidiaries’ taxable income in the future and the rates then applicable to us and our subsidiaries. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are expected to give rise to certain additional tax benefits. Any such tax benefits that we are deemed to realize under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement are covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and will increase the amounts due thereunder.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that interest, at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%, will accrue from the due date (without extensions) of the tax return to which the applicable tax benefits relate to the date of payment specified by the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, where we fail to make payment by the date so specified, the Tax Receivable Agreement generally provides for interest to accrue on the unpaid amount from the date so specified until the date of actual payment, at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 5%, except under certain circumstances specified in the Tax Receivable Agreement where we are unable to make payment by such date, in which case interest will accrue at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%.

We expect that the payments we make under this Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. As described above, the Tax Receivable Agreement will make certain simplifying assumptions and adjustments regarding the determination of the cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax that we or our subsidiaries realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets and the making of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result in payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement significantly greater than the benefits we realize in respect of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets.

Based on current tax laws and assuming that we and our subsidiaries earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets could aggregate to approximately $233 million. The

 

150


Table of Contents

aggregate amount payable pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent in large part on the reduction in taxes that we would have been required to pay absent the existence of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. As a result, changes in tax law, and in particular the tax rate applicable to U.S. corporations and the tax rules on the amortization and depreciation of assets, may materially impact the timing and amounts of payments by us to the Existing Stockholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The Biden Administration has proposed a significant number of changes to U.S. tax laws, including an increase in the maximum tax rate applicable to U.S. corporations, which may materially increase our payment obligations to Existing Stockholders under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Upon the effective date of the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect to recognize a liability of $233 million for the payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which will be accounted for as a reduction of additional paid-in capital on our consolidated balance sheet.

Changes in the utilization of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will impact the amount of the liability that will be paid pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Changes in the utilization of these Pre-IPO Tax Assets are recorded in income tax expense (benefit) and any changes in the obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is recorded in other income (expense).

In addition, the Tax Receivable Agreement provides that (i) upon certain mergers, stock and asset sales, other forms of business combinations, (ii) upon certain sales or other divestitures, (iii) upon certain proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, event of default under certain of our indebtedness for borrowed money, or other Credit Event (as defined therein), (iv) upon a breach of any of our material obligations (that is not timely cured) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, or (v) or other Changes of Control (as defined therein) or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate and may significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We will be required to make a payment intended to be equal to the present value of future payments (calculated using a discount rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 1%, which may differ from our, or a potential acquirer’s, then-current cost of capital) under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including the assumption that we and our subsidiaries have sufficient taxable income and tax liabilities to fully utilize anticipated future tax benefits. In these situations, our, or a potential acquirer’s, obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our, or a potential acquirer’s, liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, modifying or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other Changes of Control. These provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreement may result in situations where the Existing Stockholders have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our other stockholders. In addition, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantial, significantly in advance of any potential actual realization of such further tax benefits, and in excess of our, or a potential acquirer’s, actual cash savings in U.S. federal, state or local income tax.

Different timing rules will apply to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to Award Holders. Such payments will generally be deemed invested in a notional account rather than made on the scheduled payment dates, and the account will be distributed on the fifth anniversary of the initial public offering, together with an amount equal to the net present value of such Award Holder’s future expected payments, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Moreover, payments to holders of stock options that are unvested prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to vesting on the same schedule as such holder’s unvested stock options.

The Tax Receivable Agreement contains a Change of Control definition that includes, among other things, a Continuing Directors Provision. Delaware case law has stressed that such Continuing Directors Provisions could have a potential adverse effect on shareholders’ right to elect a company’s directors. In this regard, decisions of the Delaware Chancery Court (not involving us or our securities) have considered change of control provisions and noted that a board of directors may “approve” a dissident shareholders’ nominees solely to avoid triggering

 

151


Table of Contents

the change of control provisions, without supporting their election, if the board determines in good faith that the election of the dissident nominees would not be materially adverse to the interests of the corporation or its stockholders. Further, according to these decisions, the directors’ duty of loyalty to shareholders under Delaware law may, in certain circumstances, require them to give such approval. However, there can be no assurance that the Board of Directors would vote in approval of such new board members and that, as a result, the election of such new board members could give rise to a Change of Control and accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based in part on our reporting positions. The Existing Stockholders (or their transferees or assignees) will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed, although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance and any excess payments made to any Existing Stockholder (or such Existing Stockholder’s transferees or assignees) will be netted against future payments that would otherwise be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances, the payments we are required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could exceed the cash tax savings we actually realize in respect of the attributes in respect of which the Tax Receivable Agreement required us to make payment.

Certain transactions by us could cause us to recognize taxable income (possibly material amounts of income) without a current receipt of cash. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such taxable income would cause a net reduction in our available cash. For example, internal restructurings or reorganizations involving the intercompany sale or license of intellectual property rights, transactions giving rise to cancellation of debt income, the accrual of income from original issue discount or deferred payments, a “triggering event” requiring the recapture of dual consolidated losses, or “Subpart F” income would each produce income with no corresponding increase in cash. In these cases, we may use some of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to offset income from these transactions and, under the Tax Receivable Agreement, would be required to make a payment to our Existing Stockholders even though we receive no cash corresponding to such income.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for specified reasons, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR (or if LIBOR ceases to be published, a replacement rate with similar characteristics) plus 3%, which could negatively impact our results of operations and could also affect our liquidity in periods in which such payments are made. Among other reasons, we may be unable to timely make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement due to limitations on distributions under the terms of the credit agreement to which one or more our subsidiaries are a party.

If we did not enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement, we would be entitled to realize the full economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. Stockholders purchasing shares in this offering will not be entitled, indirectly by holding such shares, to the economic benefit of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets that would have been available if the Tax Receivable Agreement were not in effect (except to the extent of our continuing 15% interest in the Pre-IPO Tax Assets).

In the event that any determinations must be made under or any dispute arises involving the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Existing Stockholders will be represented by a shareholder representative that initially will be an entity controlled by the Advent Funds. For so long as any Advent Funds retain an interest in the Tax Receivable Agreement, should any representatives of the Advent Funds then be serving on our Board of Directors, such directors will be excluded from decisions of the board related to the relevant determination or dispute.

The Tax Receivable Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

 

152


Table of Contents

Equity Investments by Directors and Officers

In January 2020, we sold 500 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to JuE Wong, our President, and Chief Executive Officer, one of the members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP and one of the directors of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.5 million. In February 2021, we sold 116.7362 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to Ms. Wong, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.2 million.

In January 2020, we sold 871.25 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to Tiffany Walden, our Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary, one of the members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP and one of the directors of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.9 million. In February 2021, we sold 200 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to Ms. Walden for an aggregate purchase price of $0.4 million.

In January 2020, we sold 400 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to Paula Zusi, one of the members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP and one of the directors of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.4 million.

In May 2020, we sold 500 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to Janet Gurwitch, one of the members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP and one of the directors of the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, for an aggregate purchase price of $0.5 million.

Technology Services Agreement

In July 2020, we entered into an agreement with CI&T, an information technology and software company, pursuant to which CI&T developed the Olaplex professional application. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we paid CI&T $25,000 and $159,305 respectively, for services related to the development, maintenance and enhancement of the application, all of which were negotiated on an arm’s length basis and on market terms. Certain investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation hold a greater than 10% equity interest in CI&T. CI&T continues to provide services to us for the maintenance and enhancement of the professional application.

Arrangements with our Directors and Officers

In addition, we have certain agreements with our directors and officers which are described in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation—Agreements with our Named Executive Officers” and “Executive Compensation—Director Compensation.”

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors. These agreements and our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. The indemnification provided under the indemnification agreements will not be exclusive of any other indemnity rights. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Related Persons Transaction Policy

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. The policy will apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which the aggregate amount involved will, or may be expected to, exceed $120,000 with respect to any fiscal year, and where we (or one of our subsidiaries) are a participant and in which a related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. In the course of reviewing potential related party transactions, the audit

 

153


Table of Contents

committee will consider the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction; the presence of standard prices, rates or charges or terms otherwise consistent with arms-length dealings with unrelated third parties; the materiality of the transaction to each party; the reasons for the company entering into the transaction with the related party; the potential effect of the transaction on the status of a director as an independent, outside or disinterested director or committee member; and any other factors the audit committee may deem relevant.

 

154


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of certain of our indebtedness that is currently outstanding. The following descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements and related documents referred to herein, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and may be obtained as described under “Where You Can Find More Information” in this prospectus.

Senior Secured First Lien Credit Facilities

Overview

In connection with the Acquisition, on the Acquisition Date, Olaplex, Inc., as borrower, entered into a credit agreement (the “Original Credit Agreement”) with MidCap Financial Trust, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”), the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other parties party thereto providing for (a) a $450.0 million initial term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan Facility”) and (b) a $50.0 million initial revolving facility (the “Initial Revolver”). On December 18, 2020, Olaplex, Inc. entered into an incremental amendment to the Original Credit Agreement (the “Amendment,” and the Original Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment and as otherwise modified or supplemented prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), which among other things provided for (x) incremental term loans (as a fungible increase to the outstanding term loans under the Initial Term Loan Facility) in the amount of $350.0 million (together with the outstanding term loans under the Initial Term Loan Facility, the “Term Loan Facility”) and (y) an increase to the Initial Revolver in the amount of $1.0 million (together with the commitments under the Initial Revolver, the “Revolver”, and the Revolver, together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Credit Facilities”), the proceeds of which were used to, among other things, fund the 2020 Distribution.

Credit Facilities

The Credit Agreement provides that Olaplex, Inc. may at any time, on one or more occasions (a) add one or more new classes of term facilities and/or increase the principal amount of any existing class of term facilities by requesting new commitments to provide such term loans and/or (b) increase the aggregate amount of the revolving commitments of any existing class, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (w) the greater of $50.0 million and 50.0% of consolidated EBITDA as of the last day of the most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are internally available and/or have been delivered (or required to have been delivered) to the lenders under the Credit Agreement (the “Shared Incremental Amount”), less any other commitments or borrowings incurred or issued in reliance on the Shared Incremental Amount, plus (x) in the case of any incremental facilities that serve to effectively extend the maturity of any existing term loans or revolving commitments or effectively replace any revolving commitment previously or contemporaneously terminated, an amount equal to the term loans or revolving commitments to be extended or replaced thereby, plus (y) the amount of any voluntary prepayment, redemption, repurchase or other retirement of indebtedness, or permanent reduction of revolving credit commitments, incurred under the Credit Facilities or any other indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness) secured by the collateral on a pari passu basis with the liens on such collateral securing the Credit Facilities (“First Lien Debt”), plus (z) an unlimited amount so long as (1) if such incremental indebtedness constitutes First Lien Debt, Olaplex, Inc. is in compliance on a pro forma basis with a first lien leverage ratio no greater than 4.50:1.00, (2) if such incremental indebtedness is secured by a lien on the collateral that is junior to the liens securing the Credit Facilities, Olaplex, Inc. is in compliance on a pro forma basis with a secured leverage ratio no greater than 5.50:1.00, or (3) if such incremental indebtedness is unsecured, Olaplex, Inc. is in compliance on a pro forma basis with a total leverage ratio no greater than 6.00:1.00. The lenders under the Credit Facilities are not obligated to provide such incremental commitments, and the incurrence of any incremental indebtedness is subject to customary terms and conditions precedent.

 

155


Table of Contents

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (A) the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%, (B) to the extent ascertainable, the one-month LIBOR rate, plus 1.00% and (C) the “Prime Rate” last quoted by the Wall Street Journal or (2) a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.00%) determined by reference to the cost of funds for deposits denominated in U.S. dollars or any other applicable currency available under the Credit Agreement, as adjusted for certain statutory reserve requirements for interest periods of one, two, three or six months (or, if available to all applicable lenders, twelve months or a shorter period, as applicable), plus, in each case, a spread based upon the first lien leverage ratio, tested and adjusted quarterly, of (w) 6.50% for LIBOR based borrowings if the first lien leverage ratio exceeds 3.50:1.00, (x) 6.25% for LIBOR based borrowings if the first lien leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.50:1.00, (y) 5.50% for base rate based borrowings if the first lien leverage ratio exceeds 3.50:1.00 or (z) 5.25% for base rate based borrowings if the first lien leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.50:1.00.

In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Credit Facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on unused commitments under the Revolver. We are also required to pay (i) letter of credit fees on the maximum amount that is available to be drawn and/or which is unreimbursed under all outstanding letters of credit, at a rate equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR-based loans under the Revolver on a per annum basis and (ii) customary fronting fees and other customary documentary fees in connection with the issuance of letters of credit.

Mandatory Prepayments

Term Loan Facility. Subject to certain exceptions, Olaplex, Inc. is required to prepay outstanding term loans under the Term Loan Facility in a principal amount equivalent to:

 

   

75% of annual excess cash flow (subject to certain customary deductions including, without limitation, any optional prepayments or permanent reductions of revolving commitments constituting indebtedness under the Credit Facilities or other First Lien Debt), which percentage is subject to (i) a step-down to 50% if our first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.50:1.00, but greater than 3.00:1.00, and (ii) a step-down to 25% if our first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00; provided that such prepayment is required only in the amount (if any) by which such prepayment would exceed $2.5 million for the relevant measurement period;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness, subject to customary exceptions; and

 

   

100% of (i) net cash proceeds with respect to certain asset sales and (ii) certain net insurance / condemnation proceeds, in each case, only and to the extent the aggregate amount of such proceeds in any fiscal year exceeds $2.5 million and subject, in each case, to reinvestment rights and certain other customary exceptions.

Voluntary Prepayment

We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans under the Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty other than (i) customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR borrowings and (ii) with respect to certain prepayments of term loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility made prior to July 8, 2022, a premium of (x) 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans so prepaid, repaid or refinanced prior to July 8, 2021 and (ii) 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans so prepaid, repaid, or refinanced on or after July 8, 2021, but prior to July 8, 2022.

Amortization and Final Maturity

All outstanding loans under the Term Loan Facility and the Revolver are due and payable in full upon the six- and five-year anniversaries of the Acquisition Date, respectively. With respect to the term loans borrowed

 

156


Table of Contents

under the Term Loan Facility, Olaplex, Inc. is required to make scheduled quarterly amortization payments of $5,028,000 (which amount is subject to increase or reduction in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) through and including December 31, 2025, with the remaining outstanding principal amount to be paid at maturity on January 8, 2026.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations of Olaplex, Inc., as borrower under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Penelope Intermediate Corp., as parent guarantor, and, subject to certain customary exceptions (including, without limitation, immaterial subsidiaries) the wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of Olaplex, Inc. Such obligations are also secured, subject to certain exceptions, by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Olaplex, Inc. and the guarantors.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that, subject to certain thresholds, qualifications and exceptions, restrict the ability of Olaplex, Inc. and its subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or grant liens;

 

   

transfer material intellectual property outside of the credit group;

 

   

pay dividends and distributions on, or purchase, redeem, defease, or otherwise acquire or retire for value, our capital stock;

 

   

make prepayments or repurchases of any debt above a certain threshold amount that is contractually subordinated with respect to right of payment or security, unsecured or secured on a junior basis to the Credit Facilities (“Restricted Debt”);

 

   

create negative pledge or other restrictions on the payment of dividends, the making of certain intercompany loan arrangements or the creation of liens in support of the Credit Facilities;

 

   

make investments, acquisitions, loans and advances;

 

   

engage in consolidations, amalgamations, mergers, liquidations, dissolutions, or dispositions;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

materially alter the conduct of the business;

 

   

modify the terms of Restricted Debt; and

 

   

change the fiscal year.

In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant requiring Olaplex, Inc. to maintain a secured leverage ratio, tested quarterly and subject to cure rights, of (x) 6.90:1.00 through the quarter ending September 30, 2021, (y) 5.90:1.00, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2021 through the quarter ending September 30, 2022 and (z) 5.50:1.00, beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2022 through maturity.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and a passive holding company covenant with respect to Penelope Intermediate Corp. In addition, the lenders under the Credit Agreement are permitted to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder or exercise other specified remedies available to secured creditors upon the occurrence of certain events of default, subject to certain grace periods and exceptions, which events of default include, without limitation, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, material judgments and changes of control.

 

157


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering. Copies of these documents are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The description of our common stock reflects the completion of the Pre-IPO Reorganization, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering. See “Reorganization” for more information concerning the Reorganization.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock par value $0.001 per share.

As of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on such date and the closing of this offering, there were 648,124,639 shares of our common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we had 26 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

Voting Rights

Each outstanding share of our common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Except as otherwise required under the DGCL or provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation, all matters other than the election of directors will be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter and all elections of directors will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing, including by electronic transmission, to the Company. Vacancies and newly-created directorships shall be filled exclusively by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, except that any vacancy created by the removal of a director by the stockholders for cause shall be filled by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Preemptive Rights

Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights

Our common stock will not have any conversion rights and there will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

 

158


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OLPX.”

Preferred Stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Once effective, our Board of Directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to the Reorganization as if it had occurred on such date, options to purchase 46,923,300 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2020 Plan, of which 2,538,000 options were vested as of that date, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Because the number of shares of our common stock underlying stock options to be outstanding as of the consummation of this offering will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the number of shares of our common stock underlying stock options after giving effect to this offering. See “The Reorganization Treatment of Performance—Based Options and Cash-Settled Units.”

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the Company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the Board of Directors.

These provisions include:

Classified Board.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result,

 

159


Table of Contents

approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors. Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have 11 members.

Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only (i) by our chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) by a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board of Directors, or (iii) by our Secretary at the request of the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock so long as the Advent Funds beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

Removal of Directors.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, so long as the Advent Funds beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Following the date on which the Advent Funds no longer beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, no member of our Board of Directors may be removed from office except for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting following the date on which the Advent Funds no longer beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

Advance Notice Procedures.    Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the amended and restated bylaws will not give the Board of Directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Authorized but Unissued Shares.    Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.    We will elect in our restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the Company’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in

 

160


Table of Contents

which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that the Advent Funds and their respective successors, transferees and affiliates will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Choice of Forum.    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if, and only if, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses a Covered Claim (as defined above) for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, any other state or federal court in the State of Delaware that does have subject matter jurisdiction) will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for Covered Claims. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the shares of capital stock of the Company will be deemed to have notice of and consented to these choice-of-forum provisions and waived any argument relating to the inconvenience of the forums in connection with any Covered Claim.

The choice of forum provisions to be contained in our restated certificate of incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, it is possible that a court of law in another jurisdiction could rule that the choice of forum provisions to be contained in our restated certificate of incorporation are inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise, which could cause us to incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

Amendment of Charter Provisions and Bylaws.    The amendment of any of the above provisions, following the date on which the Advent Funds no longer beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, except for the provision making it possible for our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock, would require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our Board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Corporate Opportunities

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of the Advent Funds and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as directors of the Company, or the business opportunities presented to Ms. Dagousset in her capacity as an officer or employee of Chanel, and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities.

 

161


Table of Contents

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other law of the state of Delaware and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify our directors and our officers that are appointed by the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into similar agreements with any new directors or executive officers. We expect to increase our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage prior to the completion of this offering.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. Its telephone number is 1-800-937-5449.

 

162


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of 648,124,639 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares of common stock, the 67,000,000 shares sold in this offering by us or the selling stockholders (or 77,050,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or Rule 144, including our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (including the Advent Funds ), may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below.

The 541,415,905 shares of common stock held by the Advent Funds and by certain of our directors and executive officers after this offering (or 532,046,209 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, representing 83.5% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock following this offering (or 82.1% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering), will be deemed “restricted securities” under the meaning of Rule 144 and may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which we summarize below.

In addition, 45,368,725 shares of our common stock will be authorized and reserved for issuance in relation to potential future awards under the 2021 Plan to be adopted in connection with this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.”

Our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue additional shares of common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers, and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted

 

163


Table of Contents

shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 6,481,246 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who received shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering are entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, in the case of affiliates, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice filing requirements of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders and substantially all holders of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain exceptions, restrict the disposition of, or hedging with respect to, the shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, each held by them, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

Subject to certain exceptions, following the consummation of this offering, holders of 581,124,639 shares of our common stock (or 571,074,639 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares in this offering) will be entitled to the registration rights described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and the shares of common stock subject to issuance under the 2020 Plan and the 2021 Plan to be adopted in connection with this offering. We expect to file these registration statements as promptly as possible after the completion of this offering. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the outstanding rollover options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units issued under the 2020 Plan and the 2021 Plan will cover 92,292,025 shares.

 

164


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below).

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative pronouncements, and rulings and judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing, in each case as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax, U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income or estate tax laws, or any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or status. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, foreign pension fund, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” financial institution, broker-dealer, insurance company, tax-exempt entity, a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a person subject to special tax accounting as a result of any item of gross income taken into account in an applicable financial statement under Section 451(b) of the Code, a person in a special situation such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold shares of common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or synthetic security or a partnership or other pass-through entity (or beneficial owner thereof) for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

A modified definition of “non-U.S. holder” applies for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (as discussed below).

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

 

165


Table of Contents

If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, and the application of any tax treaties.

Distributions on Common Stock

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock) in respect of shares of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted tax basis of a non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of shares of our common stock (the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock”).

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, as discussed further below. Even if our current or accumulated earnings and profits are less than the amount of the distribution, the applicable withholding agent may elect to treat the entire distribution as a dividend for U.S. federal withholding tax purposes. Dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment, or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with a valid IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed, valid IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may be entitled to a refund of any excess amounts withheld if the non-U.S. holder timely files an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements.”

 

166


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”) below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base of the non-U.S. holder);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the applicable period specified in the Code, and certain other conditions are met.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may in certain cases be offset by United States source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident (as specifically determined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) on the date of the individual’s death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Distributions made to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement for the exchange of information.

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends received if such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock made within the United States or conducted through

 

167


Table of Contents

certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Provision of an IRS Form W-8 appropriate to the non-U.S. holder’s circumstances will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the additional information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under FATCA, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on and (subject to the proposed U.S. Treasury regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and the entity’s jurisdiction may modify these requirements. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Distributions on Common Stock,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax upon filing a U.S. federal income tax return containing the required information (which may entail significant administrative burden).

Under the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed U.S. Treasury regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed U.S. Treasury regulations until final U.S. Treasury regulations are issued.

You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

168


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                           

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Truist Securities, Inc.

  

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

  

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

  

Loop Capital Markets LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     67,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 10,050,000 shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 10,050,000 additional shares.

 

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We have agreed with the underwriters that during the period beginning on the date of this prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, we will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, hedge, make

 

169


Table of Contents

any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any securities that are substantially similar to common stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase common stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any such substantially similar securities, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (A) the common stock to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of common stock issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, (C) the issuance of common stock, options to purchase common stock, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options, and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock or restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and stock-based awards, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to equity plans or as described in this prospectus, (D) any common stock issued upon the exercise of options, the settlement of restricted stock units, or other equity-based compensation pursuant to equity plans or as described in this prospectus; (E) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 in connection with certain equity compensation plans described in this prospectus; (F) the distribution of common stock in connection with the Reorganization; and (G) the issuance of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture, license or collaboration or a merger with another company, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be sold or issued pursuant to this clause (G) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, and that we shall cause the recipient of any shares sold or issued pursuant to this clause (G) to agree in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreements described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions, if (i) we have publicly furnished at least one earnings release or filed at least one quarterly report or one annual report (the date of such release or filing, the “First Filing Date”), and (ii) the last reported closing price of common stock on the exchange on which the common stock is listed is at least 30% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for five out of the 10 consecutive full days on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities ending on the First Filing Date (the “Measurement Period”), then immediately prior to the opening of trading on the exchange on which the common stock is listed on the second full trading day following the end of the Measurement Period, we shall be automatically released from the foregoing restrictions with respect to a number of shares of our common stock equal to 15% of the outstanding shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following this offering.

Our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our shares of common stock (the “Lock-Up Parties”), including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, during the period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”) not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common stock (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such common stock or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the Lock-Up Parties, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the Lock-Up Party or someone other than the Lock-Up Party), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any common stock or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder)

 

170


Table of Contents

would be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or file or confidentially submit, or cause to be filed or confidentially submitted, any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act or (iv) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) and (iii) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers, equity holders or option holders with respect to transfers of common stock:

 

  i.

as a bona fide gift or gifts, including to charitable organizations or non-profit educational institutions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes; provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs);

 

  ii.

to an immediate family member or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Lock-Up Party or an immediate family member of the Lock-Up Party, or if the Lock-Up Party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust (including such beneficiary’s estate) of the Lock-Up Party; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs);

 

  iii.

upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall indicate by footnote disclosure the nature of the transfer);

 

  iv.

to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (ii) above; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  v.

in connection with a sale of a Lock-Up Party’s shares of common stock acquired (A) from the underwriters in this offering or (B) in open market transactions after this offering; provided that this clause (v) shall not apply if the Lock-Up Party is an officer or director of the Company; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  vi.

in connection with the disposition of common stock to us, or the withholding of common stock by us, in connection with the exercise of options, including “net” or “cashless” exercises, or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or other rights to purchase common stock, for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the exercise of any such options or vesting or settlement of such restricted stock units or other rights to purchase common stock, in all such cases, pursuant to equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan described in this prospectus; provided that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or any other public filing or disclosure of such

 

171


Table of Contents
  transfer by or on behalf of the Lock-Up Party, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer; and provided further that any common stock received upon the exercise or settlement of the option, restricted stock units or other equity awards shall be subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

  vii.

if the Lock-Up Party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act) of the Lock-Up Party, (B) to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the Lock-Up Party or affiliates of the Lock-Up Party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the Lock-Up Party is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership) or (C) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition by the Lock-Up Party to its stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or equityholders; provided that it shall be a condition to such transfer that the transferee or distributee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  viii.

by operation of law or court order, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the Lock-Up Party, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement; and provided further that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement;

 

  ix.

to us, in connection with the repurchase of common stock issued pursuant to equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan, which plan is described in this prospectus, or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, as described in this prospectus, in each case, upon termination of the Lock-Up Party’s relationship with us; provided that any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the Lock-Up Party, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was to us in connection with the repurchase of common stock;

 

  x.

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock and approved by our board of directors, and the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least 50% of total voting power of our voting stock or the surviving entity (a “Change of Control Transaction”); provided that in the event that the Change of Control Transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Party’s shares shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement;

 

  xi.

to establish or modify a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act that does not provide for the sale or transfer of common stock during the Lock-Up Period; provided that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required to be made by or on behalf of the Lock-Up Party regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period; and provided further that no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  xii.

if the Lock-Up Party is a corporation, in connection with the corporation’s transfer of our capital stock to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided that it shall be a condition to the transfer

 

172


Table of Contents
  that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period; and

 

  xiii.

in connection with or pursuant to the Reorganization described in this prospectus.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain shares may automatically be released pursuant to the following conditions:

 

   

If (i) we have publicly furnished at least one earnings release or filed at least one quarterly report or one annual report, and (ii) the last reported closing price of common stock on the exchange on which the common stock is listed is at least 30% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for five out of the 10 consecutive full days on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities ending on the First Filing Date, then 15% of the Lock-Up Party’s shares of common stock and Derivative Instruments that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, will be automatically released from such restrictions immediately prior to the opening of trading on the exchange on which the common stock is listed on the second full trading day following the end of the Measurement Period.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and our representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OLPX.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 450 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

173


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us will be approximately $5.6 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. incurred by them in connection with this offering in an aggregate amount of up to $40,000 and expenses incurred in connection with the directed share program. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain of our expenses in connection with this offering.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price per share, to certain individuals in our stylist community through a directed share program. If purchased by these persons, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the reserved shares. The directed share program will be arranged through Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC.

 

174


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the EEA, each a “Relevant State”, no offer of securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant State, other than:

 

   

at any time to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

at any time to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

   

at any time in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of securities referred to above shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the U.K., or (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”), or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iv) persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or be caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

No offer of securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be made to the public in the U.K., other than:

 

   

at any time to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

at any time to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) in the U.K. subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

   

at any time in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of securities referred to above shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “an offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities and the expression “U.K. Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

 

175


Table of Contents

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are “accredited investors,” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are “permitted clients,” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “Securities and Futures Ordinance”), (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a “relevant person” (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an “accredited investor” (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of

 

176


Table of Contents

which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the “securities” (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a “relevant person” (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased) under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an “accredited investor” (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a “relevant person” (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEA”). The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”), and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (“CISO”), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information

 

177


Table of Contents

presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Mexico

The shares have not been registered with the National Securities Registry (Registro Nacional de Valores) or reviewed or authorized by the National Banking and Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores) of Mexico or listed in any Mexican securities exchange. Any Mexican investor who acquires shares does so at his or her own risk. The shares will be initially placed with less than 100 persons in Mexico. Once placed, the shares can be resold exclusively to persons that qualify as qualified investors or institutional investors pursuant to applicable provisions of Mexican law.

 

178


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham  & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp. as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheet of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. as of June 30, 2021, included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheet has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You may inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended, and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

179


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENT OF OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021

     F-3  

Notes to Financial Statement

     F-4  

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PENELOPE HOLDINGS CORP.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and 2019 (Predecessor):

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-7  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-9  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

     F-10  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-11  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-12  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-13  

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PENELOPE HOLDINGS CORP.

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2021 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020:

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-33  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss)

     F-34  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-35  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-36  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-37  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholder and the Board of Directors of Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, CA

August 6, 2021 (September 20, 2021, as to the subsequent events described in Note 5)

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

Balance sheet

As of June 30, 2021

(In dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

     June 30,
2021
 

Assets

  

Total assets

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

  

Total liabilities

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 3)

  

Stockholders’ equity

  

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder equity

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

AS OF JUNE 30, 2021

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 8, 2021. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries. Prior to the consummation of the public offering, the Company will be the indirect parent of Penelope Holdings Corp. and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries. Through its control of the operating entities of Penelope Holdings Corp., principally Olaplex Inc., the Company will continue to conduct the business now conducted by those entities.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The Balance Sheet is presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Separate statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss), changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no activities in this entity from the date of inception through June 30, 2021.

The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement. The Company’s year-end is December 31.

The Balance Sheet has been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates, among other things, the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

Income Taxes

The Company is treated as a subchapter C corporation, and therefore, is subject to both federal and state income taxes.

NOTE 3 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has no commitments and contingencies.

NOTE 4 - COMMON STOCK

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which have been issued or are outstanding.

NOTE 5 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 20, 2021, the date this financial statement was available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Restated Certificate of Incorporation

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors and the Company’s sole stockholder approved a restated certificate of incorporation of the Company (the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which increases the number of shares the Company has the authority to issue to 2,025,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of (i) 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. The effectiveness of the restated certificate of incorporation is contingent on the determination by the pricing committee of the Company’s Board of Directors of the price per share (the “IPO Price”) of the Company’s Common Stock to be offered in the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”).

Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s entry into a Contribution and Exchange Agreement, by and among the Company, Penelope Group Holdings, L.P. (“Penelope Group Holdings”), Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., Advent International GPE IX, LP (“Fund IX”) and the limited partners of Penelope Group Holdings party thereto, to be entered into immediately following the effectiveness of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement, the existing equity holders of Penelope Group Holdings will contribute 100% of their respective economic equity interests in Penelope Group Holdings, and Advent International GPE IX, LP will further contribute 100% of the equity interests in Penelope Group GP II, LLC to the Company in exchange for (1) shares of Common Stock and (2) certain rights to payments under an income tax receivable agreement to be entered into at the time of the contribution.

Tax Receivable Agreement

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s entry into an income tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) to be entered into concurrently with the Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement, under which generally the Company will be required to pay to the existing equity holders of Penelope Group Holdings and the equity award holders Penelope Holdings Corp. (“Holdings Corp.”) prior to the effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by the Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement who become equity awards of the Company) 85% of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state or local tax that the Company actually realizes on its taxable income following the IPO (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) as a result of (i) certain existing tax attributes, including tax basis in intangible assets and capitalized transaction costs relating to taxable years ending on or before the date of the IPO (calculated by assuming the taxable year of the relevant entity closes on the date of this offering), that are amortizable over a fixed period of time (including in tax periods beginning after the IPO) and which are available to the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, together with interest accrued at a specified rate. Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, generally the Company will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted and its sole stockholder approved the Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which became effective on that same date. The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units, including restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan (subject to adjustment as provided in the 2021 Plan) is 45,368,725 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock underlying awards under the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan that on or after September 17, 2021 expire or become unexercisable without the delivery of shares, are forfeited to, or repurchased for cash by, the Company, are settled in cash, or otherwise become available again for grant under

 

F-5


Table of Contents

the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. The total number of shares of Common Stock available under the 2021 Plan is to increase automatically on January 1 of each year beginning in 2023 and continuing through and including 2031 by the lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of such date and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by the Board of Directors on or prior to such date for such year. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will not be increased by any shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan that are subsequently repurchased using proceeds directly attributable to Stock Option exercises.

Conversion of Options and Cash Settled Units

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved, effective as of and contingent on the effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by the Pre-IPO Contribution and Exchange Agreement, the following:

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding vested option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. into a vested option to purchase 675 shares of Common Stock of the Company, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding unvested time-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. into an unvested time-based option to purchase 675 shares of Common Stock, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding unvested performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. that would vest if the investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation (the “Advent Funds”) were to sell for cash their shares of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the IPO Price into an unvested option to purchase 675 shares of Common Stock, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price; and each outstanding performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the IPO Price will be forfeited;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding time-based cash-settled unit of Holdings Corp. into 675 outstanding cash-settled units of the Company, with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding performance-based cash-settled unit of Holdings Corp. that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the IPO Price into 675 outstanding time-based cash-settled units of the Company, with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit; and each outstanding performance-based cash settled unit of Holdings Corp. that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of Common Stock at a per share price equal to the IPO Price will be forfeited.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 (Successor) and 2019 (Predecessor) (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements), and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 (Successor) and 2019 (Predecessor), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years in the periods ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and 2019 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standard Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Explanatory paragraph

As discussed in Note 1 and Note 5 to the financial statements, the Company acquired Olaplex, LLC and the intellectual property operations of an affiliated business, LIQWD, Inc. (collectively the “Olaplex business”), on January 8, 2020 (the “Acquisition”). As a result, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company as part of the Acquisition have been recorded at fair value as of January 8, 2020. Due to the change in the basis of

 

F-7


Table of Contents

accounting resulting from the application of the acquisition method of accounting, the predecessor period includes the financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex business.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

June 25, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

As of December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)

(In thousands, except shares)

 

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
    (Successor)     (Predecessor)  

Assets

   

Current Assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,964     $ 3,155  

Accounts receivable, net

    14,377       8,350  

Inventory

    33,596       15,892  

Other current assets

    2,422       404  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    61,359       27,801  

Property and equipment, net

    34       24  

Intangible assets, net

    1,092,310       256  

Goodwill

    168,300       —    

Deferred taxes

    10,830       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,332,833     $ 28,081  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholder’s and members’ equity

   

Current Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 16,815     $ 935  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    9,862       2,140  

Current portion of long-term debt

    20,112       —    

Due to affiliate

    —         6,597  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    46,789       9,672  

Long-term debt

    755,371       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    802,160       9,672  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contingencies (Note 13)

   
 

Stockholder’s and Members’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized, 959,868 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 (Successor)

    960       —    

Members’ equity (Predecessor)

    —         18,409  

Additional paid-in capital

    529,713       —    

Retained earnings

    —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s and members’ equity

    530,673       18,409  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s and members’ equity

  $ 1,332,833     $ 28,081  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income

For the years ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)

(In thousands)

 

 

    Year ended
December 31,
2020
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 
    (Successor)     (Predecessor)  

Net sales

  $ 282,250     $ 148,206  

Cost of sales:

   

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

    96,611       31,171  

Amortization of patented formulations

    6,052       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    102,663       31,171  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    179,587       117,035  
 

Operating expenses:

   

Selling, general, and administrative

    37,170       56,698  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    39,825       —    

Acquisition costs

    16,499       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    93,494       56,698  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    86,093       60,337  

Interest (expense) income, net

    (38,645     39  

Other (expense) income, net

    (190     503  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    47,258       60,879  

Income tax provision

    7,980       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 39,278     $ 60,879  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $ 39,278     $ 60,879  
 

Net income per share (unit):

   

Basic

  $ 41.73     $ 60.88  

Diluted

  $ 41.63     $ 60.88  

Weighted average common shares (units) outstanding:

   

Basic

    941,313       1,000,000  

Diluted

    943,437       1,000,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

For the years ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)

(In thousands)

 

     Common Stock                           
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
(SUCCESSOR)
   Shares      Amount      Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Members’
Equity
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Equity
 

Issuance of common stock

     959,868      $ 960      $ 958,908     $ —       $ —       $ 959,868  

Net income

     —          —          —         —         39,278       39,278  

Share-based compensation expense

     —          —          1,527       —         —         1,527  

Dividend payments

     —          —          (430,722     —         (39,278     (470,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2020

     959,868      $ 960      $ 529,713     $ —       $ —       $ 530,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                                                    

MEMBERS’ EQUITY (PREDECESSOR)

              

Balance - January 1, 2019

     —          —          —       $ 21,576     $ 2,341     $ 23,917  

Adoption of ASC 606

     —          —          —         —         (1,363     (1,363

Net income

     —          —          —         —         60,879       60,879  

Distributions

     —          —          —         (3,167     (61,857     (65,024
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - December 31, 2019

     —        $ —        $ —       $ 18,409     $ —       $ 18,409  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flow

For the years ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 
    (Successor)     (Predecessor)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income

  $ 39,278     $ 60,879  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operations provided by operating activities:

   

Amortization of patent formulations

    6,052       —    

Amortization of other intangibles

    39,825       —    

Amortization of fair value of acquired inventory

    44,721       —    

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    1,752    

Deferred taxes

    (4,428     —    

Share-based compensation expense

    1,527       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:

   

Accounts receivable, net

    (7,118     (4,877

Inventory

    (14,242     (3,852

Other current assets

    (2,094     (157

Accounts payable

    14,865       (2,227

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    8,837       2,803  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    128,975       52,569  
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (27     (7

Business acquisition, net of acquired cash

    (1,381,582     —    

Proceeds from sale of investments

    —         3,418  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (1,381,609     3,411  
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Dividend / distribution payments

    (470,000     (65,024

Proceeds from the issuance of stock

    959,868       —    

Proceeds from Revolver

    50,000       —    

Principal payments of Term Loan

    (10,653     —    

Payments of Revolver

    (50,000     —    

Proceeds from the issuance of Term Loan

    800,000       —    

Payments of debt issuance costs

    (15,617     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,263,598       (65,024
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    10,964       (9,044

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year

    —         12,199  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of year

  $ 10,964     $ 3,155  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

   

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 9,914     $ —    

Cash paid during the year for interest

    34,566       —    

Cash received for interest on investments

    —         58  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PENELOPE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 (SUCCESSOR) AND 2019 (PREDECESSOR)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES (UNITS) AND PER SHARE (UNIT) AMOUNTS)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Penelope Holdings Corp. (“Penelope” together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “we”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Penelope Group Holdings, L.P. (the “Parent”). Penelope was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 13, 2019. Penelope is organized as a holding company and operates through its wholly owned subsidiary, Olaplex, Inc., which conducts business under the name “Olaplex”. Olaplex develops and manufactures shampoos, conditioners and specialty products that are used to protect, strengthen, and rebuild broken bonds in damaged hair caused by damage from chemical, thermal, and mechanical processes.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP” or “U.S. GAAP”) with all intercompany balances and transactions eliminated. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).

On January 8, 2020 (the “Acquisition Date”), a group of third-party investors, through Penelope, acquired 100% of the Olaplex LLC business, including the intellectual property operations of another affiliated business, LIQWD, Inc. (“LIQWD IP”) (collectively, the “Olaplex business”), from the owners of the Olaplex Business (the “Sellers”) for $1,381,582 (the “Acquisition”). Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, all of the operations of Olaplex are comprised of the operations of Olaplex, Inc.

The Company has presented the financial statements in a format with a 2020 successor fiscal year from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and 2019 predecessor fiscal year. Given the insignificance of the operations of the acquired Olaplex business between, January 1, 2020 and the Acquisition Date, separate financial statements have not been prepared and the associated acquisition accounting has been reflected as occurring as of January 1, 2020.

The predecessor period includes the consolidated financial position and results of operations of the Olaplex LLC entity and the intellectual property operations of LIQWD, Inc. during the comparable 2019 predecessor fiscal year applying the Company’s US generally accepted accounting principles. The primary business of LIQWD, Inc. was to develop intellectual property of hair and cosmetic products. Prior to the Acquisition, the Company had a worldwide exclusive right and license to exploit the LIQWD, Inc. patent under a specified royalty arrangement with LIQWD, Inc. The intellectual property operations of LIQWD, Inc. during the 2019 year were separately identified from the other operations of the LIQWD, Inc. entity with $134 of cash, $30,542 of royalty receivables, $256 of intangible assets, $284 of liabilities, $86,767 of royalty revenues, and $24,578 of expenses associated with such intellectual property business included in the predecessor period of the Company. All royalty amounts under the royalty agreement charged between LIQWD, Inc. and the Company were eliminated in combining the LIQWD, Inc. intellectual operations with the Company’s operations in the predecessor period.

The comparable predecessor period does not include an income tax provision due to the Sellers operating the Olaplex business through pass through entities subject to tax at the unitholder level.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the financial statement amounts of the intellectual property operations of LIQWD, Inc., the associated eliminations in combining those amounts with those of the Company, and the resulting balances included in the Predecessor period:

 

     LIQWD, Inc.      LIQWD, Inc.
Eliminations
     Included in
Predecessor
 

Cash

   $ 134      $ —        $ 134  

Royalty receivables

     30,542        (30,542      —    

Intangible assets

     256        —          256  

Total assets

     30,932        (30,542      390  

Total liabilities

     284        —          284  

Royalty revenues

     86,767        (86,767      —    

Expenses

     24,578        —          24,578  

In these financial statements, the term “Olaplex” is used to refer to either the operations of the business prior to or after the Acquisition depending on the respective period discussed.

COVID-19 — On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread and unprecedented impact of COVID-19 continues to create significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. The Company’s operations and its financial results including net sales, gross profit, and selling, general, and administrative expenses were impacted by COVID-19 in 2020, however the Company is unable to estimate the impact of COVID-19 on its operations.

The extent of COVID-19’s effect on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the ultimate duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic (including any resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variants and the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, and the level of social and economic restrictions imposed in the United States and abroad in an effort to curb the spread of the virus, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could differ from estimates or forecasts.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The 2020 consolidated financial statements cover Olaplex, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Olaplex UK Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales. The accompanying 2020 consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and comprehensive income, and cash flows of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary on a consolidated basis. All intercompany account balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The accompanying 2019 financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and comprehensive loss, and cash flows of Olaplex, LLC and LIQWD IP on a combined basis due to common ownership. All activity and account balances between the combined entities have been eliminated. The 2020 and 2019 financial statements are referred to as the “consolidated financial statements” herein.

Estimates and Assumptions

Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples of estimates and assumptions include: for revenue recognition, determining the nature and timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, variable consideration, and other obligations such as product returns and refunds; loss contingencies; the fair value of share-based

 

F-14


Table of Contents

options; the fair value of and/or potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets for our reporting unit; useful lives of our tangible and intangible assets; allowances for doubtful accounts; the net realizable value of, and demand for our inventory. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions due to risks and uncertainties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash balances at several high credit quality financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). At times, such cash balances may be in excess of the $250 FDIC insurance limit. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has cash equivalents of $10,964 and $3,155, respectively. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Accounts Receivable – net

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company has recorded an allowance for reductions to prices for agreed-upon deductions, including allowances for advertising, damages, promotions, and returns. As of both December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, this promotional allowance was $1,362. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts. In arriving at this conclusion, the Company evaluated historical losses, age of receivables, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to repay and prevailing economic conditions. The Company has generally not experienced difficulties collecting from customers in a timely manner.

Inventory

Inventory includes inventory that is saleable or usable in future periods and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the average cost method. Cost components include raw materials and finished goods. The finished goods are produced at third-party contract manufacturers. The Company allocates the amortized cost of its patented formulation to finished goods inventory. Management estimates an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory based on a calculation of excess on hand quantities of slow-moving inventory. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there was no allowance for excess and obsolete inventory.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total consideration transferred in connection with the acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree based on their fair values. Goodwill acquired in connection with business combinations represents the excess of consideration transferred over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. The acquired goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. Certain assumptions and estimates are employed in evaluating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These estimates may be affected by factors such as changing market conditions, or changes in regulations governing the industry. The most significant assumptions requiring judgment involve identifying and estimating the fair value of intangible assets and the associated useful lives for establishing amortization periods. To finalize purchase accounting for significant acquisitions, the Company utilizes the services of independent valuation specialists to assist in the determination of the fair value of acquired tangible and intangible assets.

The purchase price allocations for business combinations completed are prepared on a preliminary basis and changes to those allocations may occur as additional information becomes available about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date during the respective measurement period (up to one year from the respective acquisition date). Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities recognized at fair value on

 

F-15


Table of Contents

the acquisition date that result from events that occur after the acquisition date are re-measured to fair value at future reporting dates with changes recognized in earnings. The Company includes the results of operations of the businesses acquired as of the acquisition dates.

Costs that are incurred to complete the business combination such as legal and other professional fees are not considered part of consideration transferred and are charged to operating expenses as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the purchase consideration paid in the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is reviewed annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter for impairment, at the reporting unit level, or when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the Company’s carrying amount may not be recovered. A reporting unit is an operating segment or a component of an operating segment. When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company will perform a quantitative test by determining the fair value of the reporting unit. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is based on a projected discounted cash flow model that includes significant assumptions and estimates, including discount rate, growth rate, and future financial performance. Valuations of similar public companies may also be evaluated when assessing the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, then an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The Company has identified one reporting unit for purposes of impairment testing.

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which represents the period over which the Company expects to realize economic value from the acquired assets, using the economic consumption method if anticipated future net sales can be reasonably estimated. The straight-line method is used when future net sales cannot be reasonably estimated. The following provides a summary of the estimated useful lives by category of asset.

 

Brand name

   25 years

Customer relationships

   20 years

Patented formulations

   15 years

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived tangible and intangible assets with definite lives for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of such events include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related asset, a significant decrease in the benefits realized from an acquired business, difficulties or delays in integrating the business, and a significant change in the operations of an acquired business. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. Assets are grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of impairment. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value, generally measured by discounting expected future cash flows at the rate it utilizes to evaluate potential investments. No intangible asset impairment was recorded for fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Fair value measurements are based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and therefore represent a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value long-lived assets could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates used for impairment assessments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Debt Issuance Costs

Original issue discount costs and third-party issue costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt are deferred and amortized over the life of the associated debt instrument on a straight-line basis, in a manner that approximates the effective interest method. To the extent that the debt is outstanding, these amounts are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as direct deductions from the long-term debt. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $13,864 of unamortized deferred financing costs related to its credit facilities.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost net of accumulated depreciation. The cost of assets sold or retired, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts at the time of disposition, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating results for the period.

Estimated useful lives of the Company’s assets are as follows:

 

Molds

   3-5 years

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3-7 years

Deferred Revenue

Amounts received from international customers in the form of cash pre-payments to purchase goods are recorded as deferred revenue for contract liabilities until the goods are shipped. Unredeemed gift cards are recorded as deferred revenue. Customer pre-payments and gift cards are included as accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Customer pre-payments and unredeemed gift cards were $1,759 and $1,100 as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are converted to the functional currency at the applicable current rates, including the Company’s subsidiary, Olaplex UK, whose functional currency is in US dollars. All revenues and expenses associated with foreign currencies are converted at the rates of exchange prevailing when such transactions occur. The resulting exchange loss or gain is reflected in foreign currency exchange loss or gain in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Foreign exchange (losses) gains were ($129) and $18 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. The Company’s Level 1 assets consist of its marketable securities.

Level 2—Observable quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and observable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are reflected at carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity. The Company’s long-term debt is recorded at its carrying value in the consolidated balance sheets, which may differ from fair value.

The gross carrying amount of the Company’s bank debt, before reduction of the debt issuance costs, approximates its fair values as the stated rate approximates market rates for loans with similar terms as of December 31, 2020. The predecessor entity had no long-term debt as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of amounts due to affiliates are not determinable due to the related party nature of the balances.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Utilizing these criteria, the Company manages its business on the basis of one operating segment and one reportable segment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue through the sale of its specialty hair care products. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides a five-step model for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers as follows:

 

   

Identify the contract with a customer

 

   

Identify the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determine the transaction price

 

   

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied

The Company recognizes revenue in the amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects that it will be entitled to in exchange for transferring goods to its customers. Net sales are comprised of the transaction price from sales of products less expected allowances, including allowances for advertising, damages, promotions, discounts, and return rights. These provisions are estimated based on agreed-upon terms and the Company’s historical experience and are recorded as a reduction to sales and accounts receivable in the same period the related sales are recorded. The Company experienced immaterial returns during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of control of promised goods to the customers based on the terms of sale. The transfer of control typically occurs at a point in time based on consideration of when the customer has an obligation to pay for the goods, and physical possession of, legal title to, and the risks and rewards of ownership of the goods has been transferred to the customer. Generally, revenue from sales of merchandise to customers are recognized at a point in time, based on customer agreements and is recorded in the period the product is shipped or delivered in accordance with the shipping terms. For the Company’s Olaplex.com website transactions, revenue is recognized upon delivery to customers. The Company’s professional and retail distributors consist of local and international customers. Payments from international customers are due in advance. The Company records deferred revenue for contract liabilities from contracts with customers in which the customer prepays for the order. Payments from US-based customers are invoiced and typically due within 30-60 days.

The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities and not as a separate performance obligation. As of December 31, 2020, other than accounts receivable, the Company has no material contract assets. The Company has contract liabilities of $2,314 consisting of customer transit orders, deposits, and unredeemed gift cards with opening contract liabilities of $1,181 recognized as net sales in 2020.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Sales tax, when applicable, that is collected in connection with revenue transactions is withheld and remitted to the respective taxing authorities. Shipping and fulfillment costs charged to customers are included as revenue in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company to ship between third-party manufacturers and warehouses are capitalized to inventory and included in cost of sales. Shipping and fulfillment costs incurred by the Company to ship to customers are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Practical Expedients

The Company elected to record revenue net of sales and excise taxes collected by customers, all of which the Company has the primary responsibility to pay and remit to taxing authorities. Taxes are excluded from the transaction price.

The Company elected not to disclose revenue related to remaining performance obligations for partially completed or unfulfilled contracts that are expected to be fulfilled within one year as such amounts are deemed to be insignificant.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the aggregate costs to procure the Company’s products, including the amounts invoiced by third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers for finished goods, as well as costs related to transportation to distribution centers, amortization of the patented formulations, and amortization of the fair value step-up of inventory.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and share-based compensation expense, marketing and digital expenses, warehousing, fulfillment, and distribution costs, costs related to merchandising, product development costs, and depreciation of property and equipment.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. The provision for income taxes includes Federal, and state income taxes currently payable or receivable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent it believes the assets are more likely than not to be realized. Valuation allowances are established when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and the results of recent operations. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. There were no Uncertain Tax Provisions (“UTPs”) identified at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, associated with tax matters (including UTPs) as part of the income tax provision and includes accrued interest and penalties with the related tax liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Concentrations of Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. Although the Company deposits its cash with creditworthy financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on it cash deposits.

The Company extends credit to customers in certain industries, such as retail, which may be affected by changes in economic or other external conditions. Three of the Company’s customers represented 31% and 41% of total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Three of the Company’s customers represented 45% and 53% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company has not experienced any bad debt losses due to this concentration. No other customers individually have greater than 10% of total net sales or accounts receivable.

The Company purchases its inventories for certain product categories from a small number of vendors. Three of the Company’s vendors, of which one is also one of their contract manufacturers, represented 79% and 55% of the Company’s inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. These same vendors represented 52% and 65% of accounts payable as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. No other vendor individually has greater than 10% of total inventory purchases or accounts payable.

Marketing and Advertising

The Company expenses marketing and advertising costs as incurred. Selling, general, and administrative expenses include marketing and advertising expenses of $2,521 and $1,500 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Shipping and Fulfillment

Shipping and fulfillment costs incurred by the Company to ship to customers are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Shipping and fulfillments costs are $4,126 and $777 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-based compensation options granted to employees, non-employees and directors are measured at fair value at the respective grant dates and recognized as share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense equal to the fair value of time-based service options that are expected to vest is estimated using the Black-Scholes model and recorded over the period the grants are earned, which is the requisite service period.

The Company uses a Monte Carlo option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of its performance-based options. This model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions including volatility, and expected option life. The costs relating to share-based compensation expense are recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, and forfeitures are recognized and accounted for as they occur.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

If the Company or its prospective parent company becomes public or is public, the Company expects such public company to be an “emerging growth company.” The JOBS Act allows the Company to delay adoption of new or

 

F-20


Table of Contents

revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective date for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606—Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), which amended the accounting standards for revenue recognition and expanded the Company’s disclosure requirements. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. This standard also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments. The predecessor entity adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2019 under the modified retrospective method. As a result of applying the modified retrospective method to adopt the new revenue guidance, the predecessor entity recognized a $1,363 decrease to retained earnings.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which provides guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 requires entities to use a screen test to determine when an integrated set of assets and activities is not a business or if the integrated set of assets and activities needs to be further evaluated against the framework. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. ASU 2017-01 must be applied prospectively with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. ASU 2017-04 simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairments by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company early adopted this standard on January 1, 2020. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement—Disclosure Framework (Topic 820). The updated guidance improves the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the standard for disclosures modified or removed with a delay of adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The adoption of this standard was early adopted for the 2019 predecessor period and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, (“ASU 2019-04”). ASU 2019-04 clarifies and improves areas of guidance related to the recently issued standards on credit losses (ASU 2016-13), hedging (ASU 2017-12), and recognition and measurement of financial instruments (ASU 2016-01). The amendments generally have the same effective dates as their related standards. The amendments of ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019; early adoption is permitted. ASU 2017-02 is not relevant to the Company as the Company does not engage in hedging activities. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”). The standard largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment options issued to employees and non-employees by expanding the scope of ASC 718 to apply to non-employee share-based transactions, as long as the transaction is not effectively a form of financing. For public entities, ASU 2018-07 was required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, ASU 2018-07 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities but no earlier than the Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-07. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of the required effective date of January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-07 adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12—Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This standard removes certain exceptions for investments, intra-period allocations and interim tax calculations and adds guidance to reduce complexity in accounting for income taxes. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2019-12. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this ASU supersedes the leasing guidance in Topic 840, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company does not believe this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The FASB has issued multiple updates to ASU 2016-13 as codified in Topic 326, including ASUs 2019-04, 2019-05, 2019-10, 2019-11, 2020-02, and 2020-03. These ASUs have provided for various minor technical corrections and improvements to the codification as well as other transition matters. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the amendments is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides an optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (“IBORs”) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the LIBOR, regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1,

 

F-22


Table of Contents

2022 (fiscal year 2023) with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

NOTE 3 - INVENTORY

Inventory as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consisted of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended  
     December 31, 2020

(Successor)
     December 31, 2019
(Predecessor)
 

Raw materials

   $ 7,773      $ 4,230  

Finished goods

     25,823        11,662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 33,596      $ 15,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – NET SALES

The Company distributes products through national and international professional distributors and retailers as well as direct-to-consumers (“DTC”) through e-commerce channels. The marketing and consumer engagement benefits that the direct channels provide are integral to the Company’s brand and product development strategy and drives sales across channels. As such, the Company’s three business channels consist of professional, specialty retail and DTC as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended  
     December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     December 31, 2019
(Predecessor)
 

Net sales by Channel:

     

Professional

   $ 156,199      $ 98,333  

Specialty retail

     50,718        28,946  

DTC

     75,333        20,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 282,250      $ 148,206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue by major geographic region is based upon the geographic location of customers who purchase our products. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, our Net sales to consumers in the United States and International regions were as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended  
     December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     December 31, 2019
(Predecessor)
 

Net sales by Geography:

     

United States

   $ 149,272      $ 83,083  

International

     132,978        65,123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 282,250      $ 148,206  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

United Kingdom net sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were 17% and 10% of total net sales, respectively. No other International country exceeds 10% of total net sales.

NOTE 5 - BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On January 8, 2020, the Company completed an acquisition to acquire the net assets of the Olaplex business. The purchase price was $1,381,582 in net cash paid.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Information regarding the net cash consideration paid and fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Fair value of assets acquired

   $ 1,216,259  

Goodwill

     168,300  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     (2,977
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisition

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Purchase price is comprised of:

 

Cash, net of acquired cash

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisition

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

 

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Net tangible assets (liabilities):

  

Inventory

   $ 61,262  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

     7,595  

Deferred tax assets

     6,402  

Liabilities

     (2,977
  

 

 

 

Net tangible assets

     72,282  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Brand name

     952,000  

Patented formulations

     136,000  

Customer relationships

     53,000  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     1,141,000  

Goodwill

     168,300  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Our brand name, patented formulations, and customer relationship and intangibles were assigned estimated useful lives of 25 years, 15 years, and 20 years, respectively, the weighted average of which is approximately 23.6 years. The estimated useful life of intangible assets have been determined to be the period over which an asset is expected to contribute directly to future cash flows. Factors used in determining such periods include consideration of the nature of the asset, the expected use of the related asset and consideration of the lives determined for comparable assets by the Company’s industry peers. Additionally, for the patent intangible the remaining legally enforceable term of the patent was used in determining the estimated useful life.

The Company employed the Multi-period Excess Earnings Method (“MPEEM”) valuation method to determine the fair value of the Company’s brand name intangible based on the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable to the brand name. The patented formulations intangible employed the relief from royalty method of the income approach to value the developed technology which is based on the present value of the after-tax royalty savings attributable to owning the intangible asset. The Company valued the customer relationship intangible using the distributor method, a version of the MPEEM based on the present value of after-tax cash flows attributable to the asset.

Costs related to the Acquisition are expensed as incurred. In connection with the Acquisition, the Company recorded transaction expenses totaling $16,499 for the year ended December 31, 2020 within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets include the following:

 

     December 31, 2020 (Successor)  
     Estimated
Useful Life
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 

Brand name

     25 years      $ 952,000      $ (37,234   $ 914,766  

Patented formulations

     15 years        136,000        (8,865     127,135  

Customer relationships

     20 years        53,000        (2,591     50,409  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangibles

        1,141,000        (48,690     1,092,310  

Goodwill

     Indefinite        168,300        —         168,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangibles

      $ 1,309,300      $ (48,690   $ 1,260,610  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has not recognized any impairment charges on its goodwill or intangible assets, as the anticipated future cash flows generated by each of these assets remain substantially in excess of their carrying values.

Amortization expense on the finite-lived intangible assets was $48,690 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The amortization of brand name and customer relationships of $39,825 is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The amortization for patented formulations is $8,865, of which $2,813 is allocated to finished goods inventory and $6,052 to cost of sales, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The 2019 predecessor period includes unamortized patent costs of $256, which was fair valued as part of the Acquisition and included in patented formulations.

The estimated future amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2020, is as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2021

   $ 49,797  

2022

     49,797  

2023

     49,797  

2024

     49,797  

2025

     49,797  

Thereafter

     843,325  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,092,310  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 consisted of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended  
     December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     December 31, 2019
(Predecessor)
 

Deferred revenue

   $ 2,314      $ 1,100  

Accrued sales and income taxes

     3,100        537  

Accrued other

     2,931        400  

Payroll liabilities

     1,517        103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 9,862      $ 2,140  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT

Debt consisted of the following on December 31, 2020 (Successor):

 

     January 2020
Credit
Agreement
     December 2020
Amendment
     Total  

Long-term debt

        

Original term loan borrowing

   $ 441,562      $ 347,785      $ 789,347  

Debt issuance costs

     (8,810      (5,054      (13,864
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total term loan debt

     432,752        342,731        775,483  

Less: Current portion

     (11,250      (8,862      (20,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   $ 421,502      $ 333,869      $ 755,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Agreement, as amended

On January 8, 2020, the Company entered into a secured credit agreement (the “Original Credit Agreement”), consisting of a $450,000 term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and a $50,000 revolving facility (the “Revolver”), which includes a $10,000 letter of credit sub-facility and a $5,000 swingline loan facility. In addition, on December 18, 2020 the Company entered into a First Incremental Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Amendment,” and the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment, and as otherwise amended, modified or supplemented prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”) to increase the Term Loan Facility by $350,000 and increase the Revolver capacity by $1,000 to a revised $800,000 Term Loan Facility and $51,000 Revolver. The unused balance of the Revolver as of December 31, 2020 was $51,000.

Under the Credit Agreement, the Company incurred original issue discount (“OID”) costs of $10,000, and $527 of third-party issue costs. In connection with the incremental borrowing pursuant to the Amendment, the Company incurred OID costs of $3,500 and $1,590 of third-party issue costs.

OID costs and debt issue costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, over the Term Loan period maturing on January 8, 2026. The Revolver is amortized over the term of the Revolver facility that matures on January 8, 2025. The amortization is recorded in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

The interest rate on outstanding debt under the Term Loan Facility is 7.5%. The interest rates for all facilities are calculated based upon the Company’s election between the published LIBO rate at time of election plus an additional interest rate spread, or the Alternate Base Rate plus an additional interest rate spread. As of December 31, 2020, there was no balance outstanding under the Revolver, including letters of credit and swingline loans. Interest expense was $38,645 for the year ended December 31, 2020 recorded in interest (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

The Credit Agreement includes reporting, financial, and maintenance covenants that require, among other things, for the Company to comply with certain maximum secured leverage ratios, which the Company was in compliance with on December 31, 2020. Substantially all the assets of the Company constitute collateral under the Term Loan and Revolver facilities.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

The Company’s breakdown of the income before provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor) is as follows:

 

     2020  

United States

   $ 47,221  

Foreign

     37  
  

 

 

 

Total income before taxes

   $ 47,258  

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     2020  

Current provision:

  

Federal

   $ 11,314  

State and Local

     1,079  

Foreign

     15  
  

 

 

 

Total current provision

     12,408  

Federal

     (4,204

State and Local

     (224

Foreign

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total deferred provision

     (4,428
  

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 7,980  

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     2020  

Deferred Tax Assets:

  

Inventory adjustments

   $ 258  

Capitalized transaction costs

     3,218  

Deferred revenue

     172  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     637  

Share-based compensation

     321  

Intangible assets

     8,549  
  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     13,155  

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

  

Goodwill

     2,264  

Other current assets

     61  
  

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

     2,325  
  

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Assets

   $ 10,830  

The following table provides a reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate as of December 31, 2020:

 

     2020  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     21.00

Foreign derived intangible income deduction

     (5.20 %) 

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     1.81

Other

     (0.72 %) 
  

 

 

 

Effective Tax Rate

     16.89

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In 2020, the effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory tax rate primarily due to the foreign derived intangible income deduction. This deduction results in income from the Company’s sales to foreign customers being taxed at a lower effective tax rate.

The Company assesses positive and negative evidence for each jurisdiction to determine whether it is more likely than not that existing deferred tax assets will be realized. As of December 31, 2020, no valuation allowance was recorded as the Company has concluded that its net deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority based on the technical merits. The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 and does not expect any significant change in its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

On March 27, 2020, the U.S. Federal government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The CARES Act is an emergency economic stimulus package in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which among other things contained numerous income tax provisions. The Company did not avail itself of any of the elective provisions of the CARES Act, including the Payroll Protection Program or Employee Protection Credit incentives, or payroll tax deferral. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries may be examined by various taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service in the U.S. As of December 31, 2020, the Company remained subject to examination in the United States and U.K. for the 2020 tax year.

NOTE 10 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants share-based options under the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All outstanding options have been in the form of options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. with vesting based on either time or market (performance) conditions. The time-based service options are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first five anniversaries of the vesting start date, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The performance condition options are eligible to vest based on specified rates of return on invested capital of the third-party investors. Upon a qualifying initial public offering (“IPO”) the unvested performance condition options that would have vested had the third-party investors were to sell for cash their equity in the Company at the IPO price will convert to time-based service options, vesting ratably on the first three anniversaries of the IPO, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

As of December 31, 2020, a total of 106,596 shares have been authorized for issuance under the Plan, and 40,330 remain available to grant. As of December 31, 2020, there were 66,266 options outstanding under the Plan.

Share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 of $1,527 was recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not recognized compensation costs on unvested share-based options of $9,646 with a weighted average remaining recognition period of 4.4 years for time-based and 3.5 years for performance-based share options.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Time-based service options

The following table summarizes the activity for options that vest solely based upon the satisfaction of a time-based service condition as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Granted

     23,700      $ 594      $ 26,780  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2020

     23,700        594        26,780  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable December 31, 2020

     —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional information relating to time-based service options is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
(Successor)
 

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,098  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)

   $ 364  

Unrecognized compensation expense

   $ 7,518  

Performance-based options

The following table summarizes the activity for options that vest based upon the satisfaction of a performance condition as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Granted

     42,566      $ 545      $ 50,183  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31, 2020

     42,566        545        50,183  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable December 31, 2020

     —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional information relating to performance-based options is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
(Successor)
 

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 429  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)

   $ 60  

Unrecognized compensation expense

   $ 2,107  

The fair value of time and performance share-based options granted were calculated using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
(Successor)
 

Expected term (years)

     4 – 6.5  

Expected volatility (%)

     30  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     0.37 – 1.87  

Expected dividend yield (%)

     —    

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The determination of the fair value of share-based options on the date of grant using a using a Black-Scholes formula and Monte Carlo simulation approach for the value of time and performance-based vesting options, respectively, is affected by the fair value of the underlying common stock. It is also affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables that are complex and generally require significant judgement. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo option-pricing models to calculate value of stock options were:

Expected term

The expected term of the options represents the period of time that the options are  expected to be outstanding. The expected term of the time-based service options has been estimated to be the midpoint between the expected vesting date and the expiration date of the options of 6.5 years. The expected term of the performance-based options has been estimated to be 4 years.

Expected volatility

As the Company does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected stock price volatility for the common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on historic weekly price return observations over a 10-year look back period. Industry peers consist of several public companies within the same industry, which are of similar size, complexity and stage of development.

The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to the Company, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

Risk-free interest rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury rate, with maturities similar to the expected term.

Expected Dividend Yield

The Company does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. As such, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

NOTE 11 - EQUITY

Predecessor - The 2019 Members’ Equity includes the combined capital and retained earnings of the Olaplex business acquired by the Company on January 8, 2020.

Successor - As part of the Acquisition of the Olaplex business, the Company issued 959.4 million common shares to its Parent for consideration of $959,368. During the year, an additional 0.5 million shares were issued for consideration of $500 for a combined 959.9 million shares and total consideration of $959,868. On December 18, 2020 the Company paid a cash dividend of $470,000 or $489.65 per share to Parent.

NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Olaplex Sales Corp, an affiliated company of the predecessor entity, was not acquired by the Company on January 8, 2020. As of December 31, 2019, the predecessor entity’s financial statements included a liability amount presented as Due to affiliate in the accompanying predecessor entity consolidated balance sheet for $6,597 pertaining to international sales commission obligations. In addition, the Company received $300 from Advent Funds, a shareholder of its Parent, to be expended as charitable donations of which $20 remains unpaid as of December 31, 2020.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 - CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company cannot predict with reasonable assurance the outcome of these legal actions brought against us as they are subject to uncertainties. Accordingly, any settlement or resolution in these legal actions may occur and affect our net income in such period as the settlement or resolution. The Company does not believe the outcome of any existing legal actions would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020, taken as a whole.

NOTE 14 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) profit-sharing plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for eligible employees. Participants may make voluntary contributions up to the maximum amount allowable by law. The Company may make contributions to the 401(k) Plan on a discretionary basis. The Company has not made any employer contributions during the December 31, 2020 fiscal year.

NOTE 15 – NET INCOME PER SHARE (UNIT)

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator in the basic and diluted net income per common share (unit) computations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2020
(Successor)
     Year Ended
December 31, 2019
(Predecessor)
 

Numerator:

     

Net Income

   $ 39,278      $ 60,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average common shares (units) outstanding - basic

     941,313        1,000,000  

Dilutive common equivalent shares (units) from equity options

     2,124        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares (units) outstanding - diluted

     943,437        1,000,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share (unit):

     

Basic

   $ 41.73      $ 60.88  

Diluted

   $ 41.63      $ 60.88  

NOTE 16 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 25, 2021, the date which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement with the Sellers, the Company was required to pay certain amounts in connection with the final resolution of certain litigation and contingency matters involving LIQWD, Inc., a predecessor entity to the Company, substantially all of whose assets and liabilities were purchased as part of the Acquisition (the “LIQWD Matters”).

During April 2021, the Company and the Sellers commenced negotiations concerning the amount to be paid to the Sellers by the Company in connection with a potential settlement of the LIQWD Matters and, in May 2021, the Company reached agreement with the Sellers on the amount to be paid by the Company to the Sellers in full satisfaction of the contingency provisions in the purchase agreement related to the LIQWD Matters.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the Company has accrued approximately $14,000 included in selling, general, and administrative costs during the quarter ending June 30, 2021, associated with the amounts to be paid by the Company in connection with the final resolution of the LIQWD Matters. The amounts accrued, all of which have been paid in May 2021, in connection with the final settlement of the LIQWD Matters, represent the total cost to the Company in resolving the LIQWD Matters.

No amounts have been recorded related to the resolution of the LIQWD Matters in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, given the associated claim, negotiation and resolution of the amounts to be paid to the Sellers in connection with the LIQWD Matters occurred during the quarter ending June 30, 2021, after the end of the accounting measurement period for the Acquisition.

As a result of the foregoing agreement with the Sellers and the resulting approval by the Sellers of the settlement of the LIQWD Matters, all outstanding claims of Sellers and the Company associated with the LIQWD Matters have been resolved.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Condensed consolidated balance sheets (unaudited)

As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

(In thousands, except shares)

 

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Assets

     

Current Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,430      $ 10,964  

Accounts receivable, net

     43,092        14,377  

Inventory

     57,189        33,596  

Other current assets

     5,844        2,422  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     182,555        61,359  

Property and equipment, net

     97        34  

Intangible assets, net

     1,067,412        1,092,310  

Goodwill

     168,300        168,300  

Deferred taxes

     9,499        10,830  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,427,863      $ 1,332,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholder’s equity

     

Current Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 17,538      $ 16,815  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     16,155        9,862  

Current portion of long-term debt

     20,112        20,112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     53,805        46,789  

Long-term debt

     746,696        755,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     800,501        802,160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contingencies (Note 13)

     

Stockholder’s equity:

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 960,185 and 959,868 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

     960        960  

Additional paid-in capital

     531,520        529,713  

Retained earnings

     94,882        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     627,362        530,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 1,427,863      $ 1,332,833  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) (unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020  

Net sales

   $ 270,243     $ 99,608  

Cost of sales:

    

Cost of product (excluding amortization)

     51,397       54,667  

Amortization of patented formulations

     4,719       2,465  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     56,116       57,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     214,127       42,476  

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general, and administrative

     45,067       15,076  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     20,364       19,461  

Acquisition costs

     —         16,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     65,431       50,548  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     148,696       (8,072

Interest expense

     (31,065     (18,783

Other (expense) income, net

     (204     (126
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     117,427       (26,981

Income tax provision (benefit)

     22,545       (4,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 94,882     $ (22,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 94,882     $ (22,425

Net income (loss) per share:

    

Basic

   $ 98.83     $ (24.31

Diluted

   $ 97.55     $ (24.31

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     960,098       922,450  

Diluted

     972,681       922,450  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Condensed consolidated statements of changes in equity (unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

(In thousands, except shares)

 

     Common Stock      Additional Paid
in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     959,868      $ 960      $ 529,713        —       $ 530,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

     317        —          633        —         633  

Net income

     —          —          —          94,882       94,882  

Share-based compensation expense

     —          —          1,174        —         1,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2021

     960,185      $ 960      $ 531,520      $ 94,882     $ 627,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - January 1, 2020

             

Issuance of common stock

     959,868      $ 960      $ 958,908      $ —       $ 959,868  

Net loss

     —          —          —          (22,425     (22,425

Share-based compensation expense

     —          —          421        —         421  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2020

     959,868      $ 960      $ 959,329      $ (22,425   $ 937,864  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flow (unaudited)

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2021     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 94,882     $ (22,425

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operations provided by operating activities:

    

Amortization of patent formulations

     4,719       2,465  

Amortization of other intangibles

     20,364       19,461  

Amortization of fair value of acquired inventory

     —         36,775  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     1,380       838  

Deferred taxes

     1,331       (2,214

Share-based compensation expense

     1,174       421  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (28,715     (5,653

Inventory

     (23,777     (350

Other current assets

     (3,421     (611

Accounts payable

     723       2,364  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     6,293       2,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     74,953       33,574  

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (64     (32

Business acquisition, net of acquired cash

     —         (1,381,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (64     (1,381,614

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from the issuance of stock

     633       959,867  

Proceeds from Revolver

     —         50,000  

Principal payments of Term Loan

     (10,056     (2,813

Proceeds from the issuance of Term Loan

     —         450,000  

Payments of debt issuance costs

     —         (10,526
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (9,423     1,446,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     65,466       98,488  

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period

     10,964       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of period

   $ 76,430     $ 98,488  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 22,731     $ —    

Cash paid during the period for interest

     32,006       16,182  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:

    

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 626     $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PENELOPE HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Penelope Holdings Corp. (“Penelope” together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “we”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Penelope Group Holdings, L.P. (the “Parent”). Penelope was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 13, 2019. Penelope is organized as a holding company and operates through its wholly owned subsidiary, Olaplex, Inc., which conducts business under the name “Olaplex”. Olaplex develops and manufactures shampoos, conditioners and specialty products that are used to protect, strengthen, and rebuild broken bonds in damaged hair caused by damage from chemical, thermal, and mechanical processes.

On January 8, 2020 (the “Acquisition Date”), a group of third-party investors, through Penelope, acquired 100% of the Olaplex LLC business, including the intellectual property operations of another affiliated business, LIQWD, Inc. (“LIQWD IP”, “Sellers”, “Olaplex business”) for $1,381,582 (the “Acquisition”). Subsequent to the Acquisition Date, all of the operations of Olaplex are comprised of the operations of Olaplex, Inc.

In these financial statements, the term “Olaplex” is used to refer to either the operations of the business prior or after the Acquisition depending on the respective period discussed.

COVID-19—On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread and unprecedented impact of COVID-19 continues to create significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. The Company’s operations and its financial results including net sales, gross profit, and selling, general, and administrative expenses were impacted by COVID-19 in 2020, however the Company is unable to estimate the impact of COVID-19 on its operations.

The extent of COVID-19’s effect on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the ultimate duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic (including any resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variants and the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, and the level of social and economic restrictions imposed in the United States and abroad in an effort to curb the spread of the virus, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could differ from estimates or forecasts.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, these financial statements do not include all information and footnotes required by US GAAP for complete financial statements, and are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 or for any other interim period or for any other future fiscal year. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, included herein, was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures including certain notes required by US GAAP on an annual reporting basis. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Therefore, these interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and notes included elsewhere in this registration statement In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented have been reflected. The Company believes that the disclosures provided herein are adequate to prevent the information presented from being misleading.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

There have been no material changes in significant accounting policies as described in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Estimates and Assumptions

Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples of estimates and assumptions include: for revenue recognition, determining the nature and timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, variable consideration, and other obligations such as product returns and refunds; loss contingencies; the fair value of share-based options and cash-settled units; the fair value of and/or potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets for our reporting unit; useful lives of our tangible and intangible assets; allowances for doubtful accounts; the net realizable value of, and demand for our inventory. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions due to risks and uncertainties.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. The Company’s Level 1 assets consist of its marketable securities.

Level 2—Observable quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and observable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are reflected at carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity. The Company’s long-term debt is recorded at its carrying value in the consolidated balance sheets, which may differ from fair value.

The gross carrying amount of the Company’s bank debt, before reduction of the debt issuance costs, approximates its fair values as the stated rate approximates market rates for loans with similar terms as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of costs incurred in connection with the anticipated sale of the Company’s common stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”), including certain legal, accounting, and other IPO related costs. After completion of the IPO, deferred offering costs are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a reduction from the proceeds of the offering. Should the Company terminate its planned IPO, receive no proceeds from the IPO or if there is a significant delay, the deferred offering costs would be expensed to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. No deferred offering costs were recorded as of June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, $702 of deferred offering costs had been recorded in other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 15 Subsequent Events for further discussion.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing

 

F-38


Table of Contents

performance. Utilizing these criteria effective the second quarter of 2021, the Company revised its structure from managing its business on the basis of one operating segment to three operating segments that are aggregated into one reportable segment given the operating segments have similar economic characteristics, classes of consumers, products, production, distribution methods, and operate in the same regulatory environments. This did not result in a change in the Company’s reportable segment.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

If the Company or its prospective parent company becomes public or is public, the Company expects such public company to be an “emerging growth company.” The JOBS Act allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, the Company’s financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective date for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this ASU supersedes the leasing guidance in Topic 840, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company will adopt this accounting standard on January 1, 2022 and does not believe this standard will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The amendments in this ASU, among other things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The FASB has issued multiple updates to ASU 2016-13 as codified in Topic 326, including ASUs 2019-04, 2019-05, 2019-10, 2019-11, 2020-02, and 2020-03. These ASUs have provided for various minor technical corrections and improvements to the codification as well as other transition matters. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the amendments is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. This ASU provides an optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (“IBORs”) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the LIBOR, regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away

 

F-39


Table of Contents

from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. The ASU can be adopted no later than December 1, 2022 (fiscal year 2023) with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

NOTE 3 - INVENTORY

Inventory as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Raw materials

   $ 9,906      $ 7,773  

Finished goods

     47,283        25,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventory

   $ 57,189      $ 33,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – NET SALES

The Company distributes products through national and international professional distributors and retailers as well as direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) through e-commerce channels. The marketing and consumer engagement benefits that the Company’s channels provide are integral to the Company’s brand and product development strategy and drives sales across channels. As such, the Company’s three business channels consist of professional, specialty retail and DTC as follows:

 

     For the Six Months Ended  
     June 30, 2021      June 30, 2020  

Net sales by Channel:

     

Professional

   $ 126,877      $ 56,195  

Specialty retail

     69,858        16,606  

DTC

     73,508        26,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 270,243      $ 99,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue by major geographic region is based upon the geographic location of customers who purchase our products. During the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, our Net sales to consumers in the United States and International regions were as follows:

 

     For the Six Months Ended  
     June 30, 2021      June 30, 2020  

Net sales by Geography:

     

United States

   $ 158,613      $ 56,009  

International

     111,630        43,599  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net sales

   $ 270,243      $ 99,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

United Kingdom net sales for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 were 12% and 14% of total net sales, respectively. No other International country exceeds 10% of total net sales.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 - BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

On January 8, 2020, the Company completed an acquisition to acquire the net assets of the Olaplex business and 100% of voting equity interests. The purchase price was $1,381,582 in net cash paid.

Information regarding the net cash consideration paid and fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Fair value of assets acquired

   $ 1,216,259  

Goodwill

     168,300  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     (2,977
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisition

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Purchase price is comprised of:

  

Cash, net of acquired cash

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisition

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Net tangible assets (liabilities):

  

Inventory

   $ 61,262  

Accounts receivable and other current assets

     7,595  

Deferred tax assets

     6,402  

Liabilities

     (2,977
  

 

 

 

Net tangible assets

     72,282  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets:

  

Brand name

     952,000  

Product formulations

     136,000  

Customer relationships

     53,000  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

     1,141,000  

Goodwill

     168,300  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 1,381,582  
  

 

 

 

For this business combination, brand name, product formulations, and customer relationships were assigned estimated useful lives of 25 years, 15 years, and 20 years, respectively, the weighted average of which is approximately 23.6 years.

Costs related to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded transaction expenses totaling $16,011 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 within the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets are comprised of the following:

 

    June 30, 2021  
    Estimated
Useful Life
    Gross Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 

Brand name

    25 years     $ 952,000     $ (56,273   $ 895,727  

Product formulations

    15 years       136,000       (13,399     122,601  

Customer relationships

    20 years       53,000       (3,916     49,084  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangibles

      1,141,000       (73,588     1,067,412  

Goodwill

    Indefinite       168,300       —         168,300  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangibles

    $ 1,309,300     $ (73,588   $ 1,235,712  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Amortization expense on the finite-lived intangible assets were $25,083 and $21,926 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The amortization of brand name and customer relationships of $20,364 and $19,461 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The amortization for patented formulations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 is $4,533, of which $2,627 was allocated to finished goods inventory and $1,906 to cost of sales. Additionally, $2,813 previously capitalized amortization was expensed in the six month period ending June 30, 2021 for a total of $4,719 amortization to cost of sales. The amortization for patented formulations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 is $4,332, of which $1,867 is allocated to finished goods inventory and $2,465 to cost of sales, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Estimated
Useful
Life
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 

Brand name

   25 years    $ 952,000      $ (37,234   $ 914,766  

Product formulations

   15 years      136,000        (8,865     127,135  

Customer relationships

   20 years      53,000        (2,591     50,409  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangibles

        1,141,000        (48,690     1,092,310  

Goodwill

   Indefinite      168,300        —         168,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangibles

      $ 1,309,300      $ (48,690   $ 1,260,610  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Remaining amortization of the intangible assets is as following for the next five years and beyond.:

 

2021

   $ 24,897  

2022

     49,797  

2023

     49,797  

2024

     49,797  

2025

     49,797  

Thereafter

     843,327  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,067,412  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2021
     December 31,
2020
 

Deferred revenue

   $ 5,277      $ 2,314  

Accrued sales and income taxes

     7,812        3,100  

Accrued other

     609        2,931  

Payroll liabilities

     2,457        1,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 16,155      $ 9,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 - LONG-TERM DEBT

Debt consisted of the following on June 30, 2021:

 

     January 2020 Credit
Agreement
     December 2020
Amendment
     Total  

Long term debt

        

Original term loan borrowing

   $ 435,938      $ 343,353      $ 779,291  

Debt issuance costs

     (7,933      (4,550      (12,483
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total term loan debt

     428,005        338,803        766,808  

Less: Current portion

     (11,250      (8,862      (20,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

   $ 416,755      $ 329,941      $ 746,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt consisted of the following on December 31, 2020:

 

     January 2020
Credit
Agreement
     December
2020
Amendment
     Total  

Long term debt

        

Original term loan borrowing

   $ 441,562      $ 347,785      $ 789,347  

Debt issuance costs

     (8,810      (5,054      (13,864
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total term loan debt

     432,752        342,731        775,483  

Less: Current portion

     (11,250      (8,862      (20,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long term debt, net of current portion

   $ 421,502      $ 333,869      $ 755,371  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The interest rate on outstanding debt under the Term Loan Facility is 7.5%. The interest rates for all facilities are calculated based upon the Company’s election between the published LIBOR rate at time of election plus an additional interest rate spread, or the Alternate Base Rate plus an additional interest rate spread. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there was no balance outstanding under the Revolver, including letters of credit and swingline loans. Interest expense was $31,065 and $18,783 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, recorded in interest (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

The Credit Agreement includes reporting, financial, and maintenance covenants that require, among other things, for the Company to comply with certain maximum secured leverage ratios, which the Company was in compliance with on June 30, 2021. Substantially all the assets of the Company constitute collateral under the Term Loan and Revolver facilities.

NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

The Company computes its provision (benefit) for income taxes by applying the estimated annual effective tax rate to pretax income and adjusts the provision for discrete tax items recorded in the period.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded income tax expense (benefit) of $22,545 and ($4,556), respectively. The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were 19.2% and 16.9%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 differed from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to foreign derived intangible income deduction. This deduction results in income from the Company’s sales to foreign customers being taxed at a lower effective tax rate.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 - SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Subsequent to the issuance of the condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2021, the Company identified that 750 share-based options granted in the six-month period ended June 30, 2021, consisting of 429 time-based options and 321 performance-based options, had been inadvertently omitted from the previous disclosures of share-based arrangements in Note 10, Share-Based Compensation. The Company has updated the disclosures below, including the impact to unrecognized stock compensation as of June 30, 2021, and the weighted average exercise price per share and the weighted average grant date fair value per share of outstanding options, to properly reflect the 750 share-based options that had been previously omitted. The Company has determined that these omissions were not material to the previously issued condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company grants share-based options under the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the ”Plan”). All outstanding options have been in the form of options to purchase common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. with vesting based on either time or market (performance) conditions. The time-based service options are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first five anniversaries of the vesting start date, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The performance condition options are eligible to vest based on specified rates of return on invested capital of the third party investors. Upon a qualifying initial public offering (“IPO”) the unvested performance condition options that would have vested had the third-party investors were to sell for cash their equity in the Company at the IPO price will convert to time-based service options, vesting ratably on the first three anniversaries of the IPO, subject to the option holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

As of June 30, 2021, a total of 106,596 shares have been authorized for issuance under the Plan, and 37,080 remain available to grant. As of June 30, 2021, there were 69,516 options outstanding and 3,500 options forfeited under the Plan.

Share-based compensation expense for the six-months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 of $1,174 and $421, respectively, was recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had not recognized compensation costs on unvested share-based options of $11,722 with a weighted average remaining recognition period of 4.4 years for time-based and 3.5 years for performance-based share options.

Time-based service options

The following table summarizes the activity for options that vest solely based upon the satisfaction of a time-based service condition as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per Share
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     23,700      $ 594  

Granted

     3,847        2,148  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     (2,000      (654
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding June 30, 2021

     25,547      $ 825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable June 30, 2021

     3,760      $ 510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Additional information relating to time-based service options is as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 843      $ 297  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)

   $ 415      $ 341  

Unrecognized compensation expense

   $ 8,635      $ 5,971  

The fair value of time share-based options granted were calculated using the following assumptions:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Expected term (years)

     6.5        6.5  

Expected volatility (%)

     30        30  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     1.48 – 1.62        1.87  

Expected dividend yield (%)

     —          —    

Performance-based options

The following table summarizes the activity for options that vest based upon the satisfaction of a performance condition as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per Share
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     42,566      $ 545  

Granted

     2,903        2,148  

Cancelled/Forfeited

     (1,500      (652
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding June 30, 2021

     43,969      $ 648  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable June 30, 2021

     —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional information relating to performance-based options is as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 330      $ 124  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted (per share)

   $ 88      $ 56  

Unrecognized compensation expense

   $ 3,087      $ 2,026  

The fair value of performance share-based options granted were calculated using the following assumptions:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Expected time to liquidity (years)

     0.4        4  

Expected volatility (%)

     30        30  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     1.48 – 1.62        1.87  

Expected dividend yield (%)

     49        —    

Cash Settled Units

In March 2021, under the Plan, the Company granted 1,794 cash settled units to certain employees and other service providers of the Company, 115 of which have been cancelled. The units reflect phantom interests in the Company with vesting based on either time or market (performance) conditions. The time-based service options

 

F-45


Table of Contents

are eligible to vest in equal installments on the first five anniversaries of the vesting start date, subject to the unit holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The performance condition options are eligible to vest based on specified rates of return on invested capital of the third-party investors. Upon a qualifying initial public offering (“IPO”) the unvested performance condition options that would have vested had the third-party investors were to sell for cash their equity in the Company at the IPO price will convert to time-based service options, vesting ratably on the first three anniversaries of the IPO, subject to (i) the unit holder’s continued service through the applicable vesting date and (ii) the weighted average closing price per share over the thirty (30) consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the applicable vesting date equaling or exceeding the IPO price on each applicable vesting date. The time-based cash settled liability awards are fair valued at each reporting period and recognized as compensation expense over the five-year service period. The performance-based cash settled awards are contingent upon achieving each market condition and are not expensed until the market condition is achieved. As of June 30, 2021, $149 of time-based compensation expense was recognized by the Company in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. As of June 30, 2021, no cash settled units achieved the market condition. The unrecognized compensation time and performance-based compensation expense as of June 30, 2021 is $1,981 and $1,136 respectively.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
 

Compensation expense

   $ 149  

Weighted-average exercise price of units granted (per unit)

   $ 2,000  

Unrecognized compensation expense

   $ 3,117  

The fair value of time and performance-based cash settled units granted were calculated using the following assumptions:

Time-based service units

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
 

Expected term (years)

     0.7 – 4.7  

Expected volatility (%)

     25  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     0.80  

Expected dividend yield (%)

     —    

Performance-based units

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
 

Expected time to liquidity (years)

     0.3  

Expected volatility (%)

     25  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     0.80  

Expected dividend yield (%)

     49  

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The determination of the fair value of share-based options and cash settled units on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes formula and Monte Carlo simulation approach for the value of time and performance-based vesting options, respectively, is affected by the fair value of the underlying common stock. It is also affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables that are complex and generally require significant judgment. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo option-pricing models to calculate value of share-based options and cash settled units were:

Expected term

The expected term of the share-based options represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of the time-based service options has been estimated to be the midpoint between the expected vesting date and the expiration date of the options of 6.5 years. The calculation of the expected term of the performance-based options has taken into consideration the time to liquidity event of the Company, the vesting schedule and the expiration date of the options.

The expected term of the cash settled units represents the period of time that the units are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of the time-based service units has been estimated to be the vesting dates upon which the payment of the units will be settled. The calculation of the expected term of the performance-based units has taken into consideration the time to liquidity event of the Company and the vesting schedule of the units.

Expected volatility

As the Company does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected stock price volatility for the common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on historic weekly price return observations over a 10-year look back period. Industry peers consist of several public companies within the same industry.

The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to the Company, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

Risk-free interest rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury rate, with maturities similar to the expected term.

Expected Dividend Yield

For the time-based service options and cash settled units, the Company does not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future and as such, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of 0%. For the performance-based options and cash settled units granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, the Company took into consideration a dividend yield of 49% and 0%, respectively.

NOTE 11 - EQUITY

During the June 30, 2021 period, the Company has issued 316.7 common shares to its sole shareholder for consideration of $633.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTE 12 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company received $300 in the 2020 fiscal period from Advent Funds, a shareholder of its Parent, to be expended as charitable donations of which $20 remains unpaid as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with CI&T, an information technology and software company, pursuant to which CI&T developed the Olaplex professional application. During the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, the Company paid CI&T $159 and $25 respectively, for services related to the development, maintenance and enhancement of the application, all of which were negotiated on an arm’s length basis and on market terms. Certain investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation, a shareholder of the Company’s Parent, hold a greater than 10% equity interest in CI&T. CI&T continues to provide services to us for the maintenance and enhancement of the professional application.

NOTE 13 - CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company cannot predict with reasonable assurance the outcome of these legal actions brought against us as they are subject to uncertainties. Accordingly, any settlement or resolution in these legal actions may occur and affect our net income in such period as the settlement or resolution.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement between the Sellers and Advent, the Company was required to pay the Sellers certain amounts in connection with the final settlement of certain litigation and contingency matters involving LIQWD, Inc., a predecessor entity to the Company substantially all of whose assets and liabilities were purchased as part of the Acquisition (the “LIQWD Matters”).

During April 2021, after the end of the accounting measurement period for the Acquisition, the Company and the Sellers commenced negotiations concerning the amount to be paid to the Sellers by the Company in connection with a potential settlement of the LIQWD Matters and, in May 2021, the Company reached agreement with the Sellers on the amount to be paid by the Company to the Sellers in full satisfaction of the contingency provisions in the purchase agreement related to the LIQWD Matters.

Accordingly, the Company has accrued approximately $14,250 expense included in selling, general and administrative costs in the accompanying consolidated financial statements during the quarter ended June 30, 2021, associated with the amounts to be paid by the Company in connection with the final resolution of the LIQWD Matters. The amounts accrued, all of which were paid in May 2021, in connection with the final settlement of the LIQWD Matters, represent the total cost to the Company in resolving the LIQWD Matters.

As a result of the foregoing agreement with the Sellers and the resulting approval by the Sellers of the settlement of the LIQWD Matters, all outstanding claims of the Sellers and the Company associated with the LIQWD Matters have been resolved.

As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company is not subject to any other currently pending legal matters or claims that could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows should such litigation be resolved unfavorably.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 - NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator in the basic and diluted net income per common share computations:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2021
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2020
 

Numerator:

     

Net Income (loss)

   $ 94,882      $ (22,424
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     960,098        922,450  

Dilutive common equivalent shares from equity options

     12,583        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     972,681        922,450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share:

     

Basic

   $ 98.83      $ (24.31

Diluted

   $ 97.55      $ (24.31

NOTE 15 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 20, 2021, the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

During the third quarter of 2021, Parent determined the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., which will be the parent of the Company as of immediately prior to the initial public offering, will be made solely by certain selling stockholders of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has deferred offering costs of $702 in other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet which the Company will expense during the third quarter of 2021. Future offering costs will be expensed as incurred.

Conversion of Options and Cash Settled Units

On September 17, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors approved, effective as of and contingent on the effectiveness of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution and Exchange Agreement, which is an agreement involving the transfer of equity interests at levels above the Company required to facilitate the initial public offering of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., by and among the Olaplex Holdings, Inc., Penelope Group Holdings, L.P. (“Penelope Group Holdings”), Advent International GPE IX, LP and the limited partners of Penelope Group Holdings party thereto, the following:

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding vested option to purchase shares of common stock of the Company into a vested option to purchase 675 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding unvested time-based option to purchase shares of common stock of the Company into an unvested time-based option to purchase 675 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding unvested performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of the Company that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. at a per share price equal to the price per share to purchasers of the initial public offering of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. (the “IPO Price”) into an unvested option to purchase 675 shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise

 

F-49


Table of Contents
 

price; and each outstanding performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of the Company that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. at a per share price equal to the IPO Price will be forfeited;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding time-based cash-settled unit of the Company into 675 outstanding cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit;

 

   

the conversion of each outstanding performance-based cash-settled unit of the Company that would vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. at a per share price equal to the IPO Price into 675 outstanding time-based cash-settled units of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., with a corresponding adjustment to the base price per unit; and each outstanding performance-based cash settled unit of the Company that would not vest if the Advent Funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. at a per share price equal to the IPO Price will be forfeited.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

 

 

67,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan

Morgan Stanley

Barclays

BofA Securities

Evercore ISI

Jefferies

Raymond James

Cowen

Piper Sandler

Truist Securities

Telsey Advisory Group

Drexel Hamilton

Loop Capital Markets

 

 

Through and including             , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the registrant and expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the SEC’s registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee and Nasdaq listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 134,499  

FINRA filing fee

     185,420  

Nasdaq listing fee

     295,000  

Printing fees and expenses

     500,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     3,000,000  

Blue sky fees and expenses

     10,000  

Registrar and transfer agent fees

     17,700  

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,350,939  

Miscellaneous expenses

     106,442  
  

Total

   $ 5,600,000  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which such person is made a party by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation—a “derivative action”), if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation on liability is not permitted under the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended. Currently, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended, we will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was our director or officer, or by reason of the fact that our director or officer is or was serving, at our request, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans. We will indemnify such persons against expenses, liabilities, and loss (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action.

We have obtained policies that insure our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries against certain liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers. Under these policies, the insurer, on our behalf, may also pay amounts for which we have granted indemnification to the directors or officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities we have issued within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Amounts below do not give effect to the Reorganization.

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2020, Penelope Group Holdings issued and sold an aggregate of 857,046.68636 Class A Voting Common Units to the Advent Funds for an aggregate of $857.0 million, at a price of $1,000 per unit, and an aggregate of 102,821.25 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to other investors, certain of our officers and certain members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP for an aggregate of $102.8 million, at a price of $1,000 per unit.

Since January 1, 2021, Penelope Group Holdings has issued and sold an aggregate of 316.7362 Class A Non-Voting Common Units to certain of our officers and certain members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP for an aggregate of $0.6 million, at a price of $2,000 per unit.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The sales of securities described above were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Prior to the completion of this offering, these equity interests will, as part of the Reorganization, be exchanged for shares of our common stock.

(b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

During the year ended December 31, 2020, Penelope Holdings Corp. granted options to purchase an aggregate of 66,266 shares of its common stock, with a weighted average option exercise price of $563.85 per share, to employees and members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP pursuant to the 2020 Plan.

Since January 1, 2021, Penelope Holdings Corp. has granted options to purchase an aggregate of 6,750 shares of its common stock, with a weighted average option exercise price of $2,148.15 per share, to employees and members of the Board of Managers of Penelope Group GP pursuant to the 2020 Plan.

Prior to the completion of this offering, these options will, as part of the Reorganization, be exchanged for options to purchase shares of our common stock.

The issuances of the securities described above were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit
No.
   Description
  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Form of Contribution Agreement.
  3.1*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1    Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.
10.1    Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.2    Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.3*    Form of Income Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.4*    First Incremental Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated December  18, 2020, by and among Olaplex, Inc., Penelope Intermediate Corp., MidCap Financial trust, as the Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Lenders, the 2020 Incremental Revolving Facility Lenders, and the other Lenders party thereto.
10.5†*    Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated January 1, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and Cosway Company Inc.
10.6#*    Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7#*    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2020 Plan.
10.8#*    Offer Letter, dated January 28, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and JuE Wong.
10.9#*    Termination Protection Agreement, dated January 28, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and JuE Wong.
10.10#*    Offer Letter, dated January 8, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and Tiffany Walden.
10.11#*    Termination Protection Agreement, dated January 8, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and Tiffany Walden.
10.12#*    Offer Letter, dated April 28, 2020, by and between Olaplex, Inc. and James MacPherson.
10.13#    Transition and Separation Letter Agreement, dated April 5, 2021, between Olaplex, Inc. and James MacPherson.
10.14    Form of Notice of Adjustment of Options.
10.15    Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.16    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) under the Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
10.17    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Director) under the Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as to Penelope Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries.
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as to Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
23.3    Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).
24.1*    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this Registration Statement).

 

*

Previously filed.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted because they are both not material and the registrant customarily and actually treats such information as private or confidential.

#

Indicates a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

a)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

b)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (i)

for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (ii)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Santa Barbara, State of California, on the 20th day of September, 2021.

 

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ JuE Wong

  JuE Wong
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 20, 2021.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ JuE Wong

JuE Wong

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Eric Tiziani

Eric Tiziani

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Tiffany Walden

   Chief Operating Officer, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary and Director

*

Christine Dagousset

   Chair of the Board of Directors

*

Tricia Glynn

   Lead Director

*

Deirdre Findlay

   Director

*

Janet Gurwitch

   Director


Table of Contents

*

Martha Morfitt

   Director

*

David Mussafer

   Director

*

Emily White

   Director

*

Michael White

   Director

*

Paula Zusi

   Director

 

* By:  

/s/ JuE Wong

 

JuE Wong

As Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 1.1

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[ • ], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The stockholders named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [ • ] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [ • ] additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of [ • ] shares of Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of [ • ] additional shares of Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Optional Shares”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares.”

In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the “Pre-IPO Reorganization” (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement and the Preliminary Prospectus (each as defined below)), was effected on the date hereof.

 

1


Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve up to [ 5 ]% of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale at the direction of the Company to certain parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program are hereinafter called the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not confirmed for purchase by the deadline established therefor by the Directed Share Underwriter in consultation with the Company will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259116) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore, excluding exhibits thereto, delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement heretofore has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) the Pricing Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(c) of this Agreement) or any Selling Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 1(b)(vi) of this Agreement);

 

2


(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [ • ] [a.m. / p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information or any Selling Stockholder Information;

(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made); provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information or any Selling Stockholder Information;

(v) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (1) the exercise, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) the Pre-IPO Reorganization) or the incurrence of material short-term or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the

 

3


business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(vi) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have valid rights to lease or otherwise use all real property and good and marketable title to, or valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all personal property, to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or where failure to have such good and marketable title or free and clear title would not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(vii) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (i) duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) duly qualified as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or partnership for the transaction of business and is in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(viii) On or prior to the First Time of Delivery, the Company will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus in the section entitled “Capitalization”, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to, in all material respects, to the “Description of Capital Stock” contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, insofar as such description purports to constitute a summary of the terms of the capital stock, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and all of the issued equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company that is a partnership or a limited liability company have been duly and validly authorized and have been validly issued and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims), except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

 

4


(ix) The sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, except, in the case of this clause (A) for such defaults, conflicts, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) the certificate of incorporation, limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of this clause (C), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing on Nasdaq and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(x) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (ii) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (iii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xi) The statements set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders,” and under the caption “Business-Government Regulation”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xii) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company, is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which are required to be described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and are not so described; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

 

5


(xiii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders will not be, required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xiv) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(xv) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xvi) The Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (i) is designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and (iii) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences, except in the case of (iii) as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

(xvii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or would reasonably be likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xviii) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that have been designed to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

 

6


(xix) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xx) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company or any agent, controlled affiliate, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) received, made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful payment, contribution, property, gift, entertainment or other unlawful benefit or expense to any government official, including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (ii) received, made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”); the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein;

(xxi) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(xxii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, controlled affiliate, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is (i) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), (ii) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, the Crimea region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria) (each a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”), or (iii) is owned or controlled by any person described in (i) or (ii), and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (y) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or (z) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the

 

7


transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is knowingly engaged in, or has, at any time in the past five years, knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with or involving any individual or entity that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction; the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, and maintain, policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions;

(xxiii) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

(xxiv) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company and each of its subsidiaries own or have a valid right to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights (in each case, including all registrations and applications to register the same), inventions, trade secrets, know-how, software, systems, technology and other intellectual property that are material to the conduct of their respective businesses as now conducted (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to be a representation or warranty with respect to infringement, misappropriation or violation of any intellectual property rights of any other Person. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) do not, through the conduct of their respective businesses, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any intellectual property of others, and (ii) have not received any notice or claim alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any intellectual property rights of others. To the Company’s knowledge, no third party is materially infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, in a manner that is reasonably likely to materially damage or disrupt the business of the Company. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no material pending, or threatened in writing, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property, owned or purported to be owned by the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and the Company is unaware of any additional facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken all reasonable steps to protect and maintain their material Intellectual Property, and safeguard their material trade secrets and other know-how, including through the

 

8


execution of appropriate nondisclosure, confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements, except for such amendments, abandonments and lapses of Intellectual Property as may be reasonable and appropriate. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no valid and subsisting patent or published patent application that would preclude the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in any material respect, from practicing the Intellectual Property. The Company complies with the duty of candor and good faith, as required by the United States Patent and Trademark Office during the prosecution of the United States patent applications, in pursuit of Intellectual Property rights, as well as in all foreign offices having similar requirements.

(xxv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, technology systems and other systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, databases and all other information technology equipment, systems and infrastructure used in connection with the operation of the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “IT Systems”) (i) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, (ii) have not malfunctioned or failed, and (iii) are to the Company’s knowledge free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants, including software or hardware components that are designed to interrupt use of, permit unauthorized access to or disable, damage or erase the IT Systems and data; the Company and its subsidiaries have taken all technical and organizational measures reasonably necessary and implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards consistent with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices (including, without limitation, implementing and monitoring compliance with adequate measures with respect to technical and physical security) to maintain and protect their confidential information and the integrity, operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used, gathered or accessed in connection with their businesses, and to the Company’s knowledge there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of, accesses to or disclosure of the same, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same; the Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps designed to protect the IT Systems and Personal Data, and have implemented and maintained backup and disaster recovery technology and adequate security plans, procedures and facilities for the business, including, without limitation, for the IT Systems and Personal Data held or used by or for the Company and its subsidiary consistent with applicable regulatory standards and customary industry practices consistent with a company of its size and industry; to the Company’s knowledge there have not been any (i) security breaches, attacks, or outages of any such IT Systems, (ii) actual security breaches resulting in accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration or unauthorized uses or disclosures of Personal Data, (iii) other security incidents or compromises of any IT Systems or Personal Data, or (iv) notifications by any third parties to the Company or its subsidiaries of any of the foregoing.

The Company and its subsidiaries have at all times complied and are presently in compliance in all respects with all (1) data protection, privacy and security policies applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries, (2) contractual obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries concerning data protection, privacy, and security with respect to Personal Data, and (3) applicable laws, rules, regulations and statutes and all judgments, orders, rulings and other directives of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority relating to the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal, disclosure, privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data or to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, acquisition, access,

 

9


misappropriation or modification, disclosure or other misuse, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the European Union General Data Protection Regulation, the UK General Data Protection Regulation, UK Data Protection Act 2018, and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, and all other applicable laws and regulations with respect to Personal Data that are currently in effect (collectively, the “Data Protection Requirements”), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ publicly facing privacy notices are made in compliance with applicable Data Protection Requirements and do not contain any material misrepresentations of the Company’s then-current privacy practices; the Company and its subsidiaries have at all times taken all reasonable steps to ensure that any Personal Data of the Company and its subsidiaries collected or handled by authorized third parties acting on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries is protected with similar safeguards, in each case, in material compliance with applicable laws and contractual obligations; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other agreement referred to in this Agreement will not result in a breach or violation of any Privacy Laws or internal policies of the Company or its subsidiaries; the Company (i) has not received any written notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any of the Data Protection Requirements; (ii) is not currently conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation, or other corrective action (I) mandated or requested by any legal or regulatory authority relating to any Data Protection Requirement or (II) necessitated by any kind of security breach of, attack on, or outage of any IT System; and (iii) is not a party to any order, decree, or agreement by any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority that imposes any obligation or liability relating to any Data Protection Requirements;

(xxvi) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

(xxvii) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects, and the Company has obtained the written consent for the use of such data from such sources to the extent required;

(xxviii) Solely to the extent that the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), have been applicable to the Company, there has been no failure on the part of the Company to comply in all material respects with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications;

(xxix) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(xxx) The Company and each of its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, sub-licenses, approvals, consents, registrations, exemptions, clearances, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities as may be necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package

 

10


and the Prospectus (“Permits”), except where the failure to possess such Permits or make such declarations or filings, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such Permits are in full force and effect, and to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any Permit, except for such revocations, terminations or impairments that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxi) All applications, notifications, submissions, information, claims, reports and statistics, and other data and conclusions derived therefrom, utilized as the basis for or submitted in connection with any and all requests for a Permit relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, and their respective business and products, were true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of submission, or were corrected in or supplemented by a subsequent filing, and any updates, changes, corrections or modifications to such applications, submissions, information and data required by the applicable regulatory authority have been submitted to such regulatory authority;

(xxxii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not, taken as a whole, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiii) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(xxxvi) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants;

(xxxvii) During the past three years, (A) the Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, statutes, codes, treaties, decrees, rules, ordinances and regulations and any determination or direction of any arbitrator or any regulatory authorities (collectively, “Laws”), including without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, the Poison Prevention Packaging Act and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the

 

11


foregoing, all other applicable Laws administered or enforced by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) or any other governmental or regulatory authority regulating the testing, ingredients, labeling, advertising, packaging, marketing, manufacture, processing, safety, distribution, import, export, storage, or disposal of the Company’s products, and (B) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any violation, alleged violation or potential violation of any such Laws in any material respect, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(xxxviii) Within the last three years, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has had any product or manufacturing site (whether Company-owned or that of a contract manufacturer for the Company’s products) subject to a regulatory authority (including the FDA and the FTC) shutdown or import or export prohibition, nor received any material FDA Form 483 or other regulatory authority notice of inspectional observations, warning letters, “untitled letters,” or unresolved requests or requirements to make changes to any Company products, processes or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or similar correspondence or notice from the FDA, the FTC or other governmental or regulatory authority asserting noncompliance with any applicable Laws in any material respect, and to the Company’s knowledge, neither the FDA nor any other governmental or regulatory authority is considering such action, in each case only with respect to the Company’s products or business, or as would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxix) Within the last three years, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has conducted or issued any material recall, field notification, field correction, market withdrawal or replacement, warning, safety alert or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety or regulatory compliance of any of the products of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Safety Notices”), or received any material complaints with respect to such products that are currently unresolved. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts that would be reasonably likely to result in (A) a material Safety Notice with respect to any of the products of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a material change in labeling of any such products, or (C) a material termination or suspension of marketing or testing of any such products;

(xlii) There are no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act;

(xliii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have timely filed all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement, or have requested permitted extensions thereof, and have timely paid all taxes required to be paid by them (except for (i) where the failure to file or pay would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any such taxes that are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves required by GAAP have been established in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries that has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which would reasonably be expected to have), individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(xliii) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, has been threatened, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers or contractors that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

12


(xlv) There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation SK Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of the Act) that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources;

(xlvi) The minimum funding standard under Sections 412 and 430 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and Sections 302 and 303 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), has been satisfied by each “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that has been established or maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries and their ERISA Affiliates (as defined below); (B) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under Section 515 of ERISA; (C) each pension plan and welfare plan established or maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA; (D) the fair market value of the assets under each pension plan established or maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such pension plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such pension plan); (E) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any pension plan established or maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and (F) none of the Company and its subsidiaries has incurred or, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospects and the Prospectus, would reasonably be expected to incur any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, any liability under Section 4062, 4063, or 4064 of ERISA, or any other liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to pension plans or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default); except, in each case with respect to clauses (A) through (F) hereof, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Company, could be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder;

(xlvii) The Company has not offered, or caused the Directed Share Underwriter or its affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program (i) for any consideration other than the cash payment of the initial public offering price per share set forth in Schedule II hereof or (ii) with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (x) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier’s terms, level or type of business with the Company or (y) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products; and

(xlviii) The Company has specifically directed in writing the allocation of Shares to each Participant in the Directed Share Program, and neither the Directed Share Underwriter nor any other Underwriter has had any involvement or influence, directly or indirectly, in such allocation decision.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

 

13


(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions herein will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of (1) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership (or similar applicable organizational document) or (2) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any of its property or assets, except, in each case, for any such conflict, breach or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required by FINRA, Nasdaq or under the Exchange Act or applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, or where the failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, or qualification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or as have already been obtained;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto.

(v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

 

14


(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein (it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Selling Stockholder consists of the following information furnished on behalf of such Selling Stockholder: its name, its address and the number of shares of Stock owned by such Selling Stockholder before and after the offering contemplated hereby and the other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (other than percentages) that appears in the table and corresponding footnotes under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (such information, the “Selling Stockholder Information”), such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made);

(vii) In order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury regulations with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed U.S. Department of the Treasury, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations in lieu thereof);

(viii) Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person or entity, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person or entity (including any person or entity participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any Anti-Corruption Laws; and

(ix) If a Selling Stockholder is an entity, such Selling Stockholder has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $ [ • ], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule III hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the

 

15


Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule III hereto agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase, as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto, and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

Each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule III hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to an aggregate of [ • ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by all Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule III hereto in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule III hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [ • ], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, [9:30] a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time

 

16


and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(k) hereof, will be delivered electronically at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting (held virtually, telephonically or otherwise) will be held at the Closing Location at [ • ] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form reasonably approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required), to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required) or subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject to taxation;

 

17


(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later time as may be agreed by the Company and the Representatives) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you, and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act) (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, hedge make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other

 

18


securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, (C) the issuance by the Company of Stock, options to purchase shares of Stock, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options, and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock or restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and stock-based awards, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to equity plans or as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Stock issued upon the exercise of options, the settlement of restricted stock units, or other equity-based compensation pursuant to equity plans or as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (E) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 in connection with the registration of securities granted or to be granted under the Company’s equity compensation plans that are described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (F) the distribution of Stock in connection with the Reorganization; and (G) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; in connection with the acquisition of, a joint venture, license or collaboration or a merger with another company, provided that each recipient of such shares pursuant to this clause (G) shall, on or prior to such issuance, execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto with respect to the remaining portion of the Lock-Up Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions, if (i) the Company has publicly furnished at least one earnings release under Item 2.02 of Form 8-K or has filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or one annual report on Form 10-K (a “Periodic Report”) with the Commission (the date of such release or filing, the “First Filing Date”), and (ii) the last reported closing price of the Stock on the Exchange (the “Closing Price”) is at least 30% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (the “IPO Price”) for 5 out of the 10 consecutive full Trading Days ending on the First Filing Date (the “Measurement Period”), then immediately prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange on the second full Trading Day following the end of the Measurement Period (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration Date”) the Company shall be automatically released from the foregoing restrictions with respect to a number of shares of Stock equal to 15% of the outstanding shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration”). The Company shall announce by a press release issued through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, any Early Lock-Up Expiration Date at least two full Trading Days prior to the opening of trading on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities;

(e)(2) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters pursuant to Section 1(b)(iv) or Section 8(j) hereof, in each case, for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

(g) During a period of two years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as practicable after they are available, copies of any current, periodic or annual reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided that such information be deemed furnished if filed with EDGAR;

 

19


(i) To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (17 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, service marks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred;

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery; and

(n) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing,

 

20


not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if reasonably requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information or any Selling Stockholder Information;

(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for such fees and disbursements of counsel (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on Nasdaq; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares in an amount not to exceed $30,000 for such fees and disbursements of counsel; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (ix) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Shares, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show

 

21


presentations; provided that the Underwriters will pay 50% of the costs associated with the production of any video to be used for the road show and the Company will pay the other 50% of such costs; travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, with the other 50% paid by the Underwriters. Each Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with the Company and the several Underwriters that such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (A) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder and (B) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder, including without limitation, any applicable New York State stock transfer tax. The Selling Stockholders shall pay all other applicable transfer taxes, if any. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make. In addition, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program. The provisions of this Section 7 shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have with each other for the allocation of costs, fees and expenses amongst the Company and the Selling Stockholders.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date), the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

 

22


(c) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) Pabst Patent Group LLP, intellectual property counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders each shall have furnished to you their written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders for whom they are acting as counsel, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(f) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the exercise, if any, of stock options, the settlement, if any, of restricted stock units, or the award, if any, of stock options, restricted stock units or restricted stock or other awards pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (B) as a result of the Reorganization or (C) the issuance, if any, of Stock upon exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), or any increase in long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(h) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any debt securities of the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any debt securities or preferred stock of the Company.

 

23


(i) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on Nasdaq or the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on Nasdaq; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(j) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed for quotation on Nasdaq;

(k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from (i) each officer and director of the Company and (ii) securityholders of the Company representing substantially all of the shares of capital stock of the Company; in each case substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(m) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section 8;

(n) [The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to you]; and

(o) The Company and the Selling Stockholders will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company and Selling Stockholders undertake to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certification.

 

24


9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with any Selling Stockholder Information relating to such Selling Stockholder; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information; provided that the liability of any Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the total net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder (in relation to each such Selling Stockholder, the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”).

 

25


(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with any Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: [, the selling concession and reallowance figures appearing in the 5th paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the information relating to price stabilization and short positions appearing in the 9th paragraph and 11th paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information relating to penalty bids contained in the 10th paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”].

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection

 

26


for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares and with the proportion among the Company and the Selling Stockholders to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and with the proportion among the Company and the Selling Stockholders to reflect the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the

 

27


Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters, respectively, were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred and documented by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the Selling Stockholder Proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares under this Agreement exceeds any damages which such Selling Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint; and the Selling Stockholders’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective Selling Stockholder Proceeds.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

(g) (i) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which the Directed Share Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (x) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (y) arise out of or are based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase, or (z) are related to, arise out of or are in connection with the Directed Share Program, and will reimburse the Directed Share Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (y) and (z) above, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter.

 

28


(ii) Promptly after receipt by the Directed Share Underwriter of notice of the commencement of any action, the Directed Share Underwriter shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g) except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to the Directed Share Underwriter otherwise than under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g). In case any such action shall be brought against the Directed Share Underwriter and it shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter (who shall not, except with the consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, be counsel to the Company), and, after notice from the Company to the Directed Share Underwriter of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Directed Share Underwriter under this subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Company shall not, without the written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Directed Share Underwriter is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (x) includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter.

(iii) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9(g) is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter under Section 9(g)(i) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other from the offering of the Directed Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then the Company shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter for the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue

 

29


statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Directed Share Underwriter on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Directed Share Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(g)(iii) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii). The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(g)(iii), the Directed Share Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares sold by it and distributed to the Participants exceeds the amount of any damages which the Directed Share Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(iv) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9(g) shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of the Directed Share Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Directed Share Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of the Directed Share Underwriter.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

30


(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as provided herein or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Selling Stockholders.

 

31


In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives at (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; (ii) in care of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; and (iii) Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission at its address provided in Schedule III; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover the Registration Statement, Attention: JuE Wong; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(j) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room[; J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: IBCM-Legal; and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department]. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

 

32


16. (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (v) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto;

(b) The Company and each Selling Stockholder waive to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares; and

(c) Each Selling Stockholder further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Selling Stockholders with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation in connection with the offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to any Selling Stockholder to participate in the offering or sell any Shares at the purchase price set forth in Section 2 herein, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

33


21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

34


“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

By:

 
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

35


[Selling Stockholder]

By:

 
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

36


Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

37


SCHEDULE I

 

     Total Number of
Firm Shares
     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
 

Underwriter

   to be Purchased      Exercised  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     

Barclays Capital Inc.

     

BofA Securities, Inc.

     

Evercore Group L.L.C.

     

Jefferies LLC

     

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     

Cowen and Company, LLC

     

Piper Sandler & Co.

     

Truist Securities, Inc.

     

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

     

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

     

Loop Capital Markets LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

38


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package:

Electronic Roadshow dated [ ● ]

(b) Additional Documents Incorporated by Reference:

[None]

(c) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[ ● ]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [ ● ]

(d) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications:

[ ● ]


SCHEDULE III

 

     Total Number of
Firm Shares
     Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum
Option
 
     to be Sold      Exercised  

The Selling Stockholders:

     

Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp(a)

     

Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership(a)

     

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership(a)

     

Mousserena, L.P.(b)

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Notice to be sent to:

(b) Notice to be sent to:

 

2


ANNEX I

[Form of Press Release]

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

[Date]

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the recent public sale of shares of the Company’s common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.The [waiver] [release] will take effect on                ,                20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

F-1


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

                , 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

 

  Re:

Olaplex Holdings, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II to the Underwriting Agreement, providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). If more than one entity executes this agreement, this agreement shall constitute a separate agreement with respect to each such entity as the “undersigned,” and the rights and obligations of each such entity hereunder shall be several and not joint.

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this lock-up agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) used to sell the Shares in the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned (collectively, the “Undersigned’s Shares”), (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be

 

F-2


expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”), (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit, or cause to be filed or confidentially submitted, any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or (iv) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clauses (i) and (iii) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period. For the avoidance of doubt, if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver or any other method permitted by applicable rules and regulations. Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Shares:

 

  1)

as a bona fide gift or gifts, including to charitable organizations or non-profit educational institutions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes; provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs);

 

  2)

to any person related to the undersigned by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin (any such person, an “immediate family member”) or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or an immediate family member

 

F-3


  of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust (including such beneficiary’s estate) of the undersigned; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs);

 

  3)

upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs, which shall indicate by footnote disclosure the nature of the transfer);

 

  4)

to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  5)

in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Public Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the Public Offering; provided that this clause (5) shall not apply if the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  6)

in connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock to the Company, or the withholding of shares of Common Stock by the Company, in connection with the exercise of options, including “net” or “cashless” exercises, or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the exercise of any such options or vesting or settlement of such restricted stock units or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, in all such cases, pursuant to equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan described in the Prospectus; provided that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer; and provided further that any shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise or settlement of the option, restricted stock units or other equity awards shall be subject to this Lock-Up Agreement;

 

  7)

if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, (B) to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership) or (C) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition by the undersigned to its stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members or equityholders; provided that it shall be a condition to such transfer that the

 

F-4


  transferee or distributee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  8)

by operation of law or court order, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement; and provided further that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein;

 

  9)

to the Company, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan, which plan is described in the Prospectus, or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, as described in the Prospectus, in each case, upon termination of the undersigned’s relationship with the Company; provided that any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the undersigned, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was to the Company in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock;

 

  10)

pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s Common Stock and approved by the board of directors of the Company, and the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company or the surviving entity (a “Change of Control Transaction”); provided that in the event that the Change of Control Transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement;

 

  11)

to establish or modify a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act that does not provide for the sale or transfer of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period; provided that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required to be made by or on behalf of the undersigned regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of shares of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period; and provided further that no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  12)

with the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters;

 

  13)

if the undersigned is a corporation, in connection with the corporation’s transfer of the capital stock of the Company to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided that it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period; and

 

  14)

in connection with or pursuant to the Reorganization described in the Prospectus.

In addition, and notwithstanding the provisions of the second paragraph of this Lock-Up Agreement, if (i) the Company has publicly furnished at least one earnings release under Item 2.02 of Form 8-K or has filed at least one quarterly report on Form 10-Q or one annual report on Form 10-K (a “Periodic Report”)

 

F-5


(the date of such release or filing, the “First Filing Date”), and (ii) the last reported closing price of the Common Stock on the exchange on which the Common Stock is listed (the “Closing Price”) is at least 30% greater than the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (the “IPO Price”) for 5 out of the 10 consecutive full Trading Days ending on the First Filing Date (the “Measurement Period”), then 15% of the undersigned’s Shares and Derivative Instruments (excluding Derivative Instruments issued by the Company that have not vested prior to the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date (as defined below)) that are subject to the Lock-Up Period, which percentage shall be calculated based on the number of the undersigned’s Shares and Derivative Instruments (that have vested prior to the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date) subject to the Lock-Up Period as of the last day of the Measurement Period, will be automatically released from such restrictions (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration”) immediately prior to the opening of trading on the exchange on which the Common Stock is listed on the second full Trading Day following the end of the Measurement Period (the “Early Lock-Up Expiration Date”). The Company shall announce by a press release issued through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, any Early Lock-Up Expiration Date at least two full Trading Days prior to the opening of trading on the Early Lock-Up Expiration Date. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that this paragraph conflicts with the second paragraph of this agreement, the undersigned will be entitled to the earliest release date for the maximum number of Shares available under this paragraph. For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, a “Trading Day” is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are open for the buying and selling of securities.

[If, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Representatives consent at their discretion, on behalf of the Underwriters, to release any shares of Common Stock or Derivative Instruments held by any directors, officers, shareholders of 1.0% or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company that has delivered a Lock-up Agreement to the Underwriters in connection with the Public Offering, other than the undersigned, from the restrictions described herein (any such release being a “Triggering Release” and such party receiving such release being a “Triggering Release Party”), then a number of the Undersigned’s Shares subject to this Lock-Up Agreement shall also be released from the restrictions set forth herein on the same terms on a pro rata basis, such number of the Undersigned’s Shares being the total number of the Undersigned’s Shares held by the undersigned on the date of the Triggering Release that are subject to this agreement multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock and Derivative Instruments released pursuant to the Triggering Release and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock and Derivative Instruments held by the Triggering Release Party on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Triggering Release shall not be applied (a) if the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Derivative Instruments affected by such discretionary release, waiver, or termination, in whole or in part, excluding any release pursuant to clause (b) below, is less than or equal to 1.0% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company as measured as of the date of the Triggering Release; (b) with respect to any release granted to a director or officer of the Company due to financial hardship, in any amount and subject to such terms as may be determined by the Representatives in their sole discretion; or (c) in the event of any primary or secondary public offering or sale of Common Stock that is underwritten (the “Underwritten Sale”) during the Lock-Up Period in a transaction that complies with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement; provided that if the undersigned has a contractual right to demand or require the registration of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or otherwise “piggyback” on a registration statement filed by the Company for the offer and sale of its Common Stock, the undersigned is offered the opportunity to participate on a pro rata basis in the Underwritten Sale consistent with such contractual rights and the undersigned is released from its lockup restrictions set forth herein to the extent of the undersigned’s participation in such Underwritten Sale or such contractual rights are waived pursuant to the terms thereof. In the event of a Triggering Release, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the undersigned within five business days of the occurrence of such Triggering Release, which notification obligation may be satisfied by the issuance of a press release through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, announcing such Triggering Release; provided that the failure by the Company to give such notice

 

F-6


shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Company or the Underwriters except, in respect of the Company, in the case of bad faith on the part of the Company. The undersigned further acknowledges that the Representatives are under no obligation to inquire into whether, or to ensure that, the Company notifies the undersigned of any such Triggering Release, which is a matter between the undersigned and the Company.]1

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

This Lock-up Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

This Lock-up Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

This Lock-Up Agreement (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Lock-Up Period described herein) and related restrictions shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) the Company advising the Representatives in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it has determined not to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, (iii) the Registration Statement is withdrawn or (iv) December 31, 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date, provided, in the case of clause (iv), that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date for a period of up to three additional months.

 

1 

Included for Selling Stockholders and directors and officers.

 

F-7


The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Shareholder

 

F-8

Exhibit 2.1

CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.,

PENELOPE GROUP HOLDINGS, L.P.,

OLAPLEX INTERMEDIATE, INC.,

THE SOLE MEMBER OF PENELOPE GROUP HOLDINGS GP II, LLC PARTY HERETO

AND

THE LIMITED PARTNERS OF PENELOPE GROUP HOLDINGS, L.P. PARTY HERETO

DATED AS OF [], 2021


This CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2021, is hereby entered into by and among Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), Penelope Group Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TopCo”), Olaplex Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (“Intermediate”), each of the parties identified as a “Limited Partner” on the signature pages hereto (each a “Limited Partner” and collectively the “Limited Partners”), and Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands limited partnership (“Fund IX”) in its capacity as the sole member of Penelope Group Holdings GP II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GP II”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Managers of GP II, in its capacity as the general partner of TopCo (the “GP Board”), and the Board of Directors of PubCo (the “PubCo Board”) have determined to effect an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of PubCo on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, each of the Limited Partners holds the number and class of Units of TopCo set forth opposite each Limited Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto;

WHEREAS, in addition to being a Limited Partner, Fund IX is also the sole member of GP II, holding 100% of the membership interests of GP II (the “Membership Interest”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, as contemplated by Section 16.1 of the A&R Limited Partnership Agreement, dated January 8, 2020, by and among TopCo, the Limited Partners and GP II (the “Existing Limited Partnership Agreement”), GP II has approved a reorganization pursuant to which the Limited Partners will, in a series of transactions, contribute all of the Units of TopCo to PubCo and Fund IX will contribute the Membership Interest to PubCo, in each case in exchange for (i) shares of Common Stock as set forth opposite each Limited Partner’s (including Fund IX’s) name on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the “Exchanged Shares”) and (ii) certain rights and benefits (the “TRA Rights”) under that certain Income Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”), to be entered into on the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Limited Partners and holders of certain options to acquire shares of Penelope Holdings Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of TopCo, which options will be converted into options to acquire shares of PubCo in connection with the Contribution (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in contemplation of, and in connection with, the IPO, the parties desire to and agree to effect the Contribution as of immediately following the Pricing (as defined below); and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement (the “Parties”) hereby agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

 

1


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are by law closed in the City of New York.

Class A Non-Voting Common Units” has the meaning given such term in the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement.

Class A Voting Common Units” has the meaning given such term in the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock” means common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of PubCo.

Contributed Membership Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Contributed Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

Contribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchanged Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Existing Limited Partnership Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

GP Board” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

GP II” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Intermediate” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

IPO Closing” means the initial closing of the sale of the shares of Common Stock in the IPO (without giving effect to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement).

IPO Price” means the public offering price of shares of Common Stock in the IPO, as shall be determined by the PubCo Board or the pricing committee thereof.

Limited Partner” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, an association, a corporation, a trust, an estate, a limited liability company, a limited liability partnership, an unincorporated entity of any kind, a governmental entity or any other legal entity.

Pricing” means such date and time as the PubCo Board or the pricing committee thereof determines the IPO Price, such date and time to be no later than immediately prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

2


PubCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

PubCo Board” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Schedule of Partners” means the Unit ownership ledger maintained by TopCo, pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

TopCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

TRA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

TRA Rights” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with the IPO by and among PubCo and the representatives of the several underwriters of the IPO.

Units” has the meaning given such term in the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement.

2.    Other Definitional Provisions. In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:

a.    the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion on the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;

b.    wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement among Parties hereto, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict; and

c.    the Parties hereto have participated collectively in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; accordingly, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, it is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted collectively by the Parties hereto, and that no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

3.    The Contribution.

 

  a.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and on the basis of and in reliance upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Parties hereby take the actions described in this Section 3.

 

3


  b.

Effective immediately following the Pricing, each Limited Partner (other than Fund IX) hereby contributes, transfers, conveys and delivers (the “Initial Contribution”) all of the Units held by him, her or it (collectively, the “Initial Contributed Units”) (and the Contributed Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto) to PubCo in exchange for (i) the Exchanged Shares (the amount of such Exchanged Shares issued to a Limited Partner is set forth on Exhibit B hereto) and (ii) the TRA Rights (a Limited Partner’s percentage participation in payments pursuant to the TRA is set forth on Annex A thereto). Upon the Initial Contribution, PubCo hereby acquires and accepts from the Limited Partners all of the Limited Partners’ respective rights, title and interest in, to and under the Initial Contributed Units, and in partial exchange therefor, PubCo hereby issues and grants to the Limited Partners (excluding Fund IX), and the Limited Partners (excluding Fund IX) hereby acquire and accept from PubCo, the Exchanged Shares in the amounts set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

  c.

Effective immediately after the consummation of the Initial Contribution, PubCo hereby contributes, transfers, conveys and delivers the Initial Contributed Units to Intermediate (the “Intermediate Contribution”). Upon the Intermediate Contribution, Intermediate hereby acquires and accepts from PubCo all of PubCo’s rights, title and interest in, to and under the Initial Contributed Units.

 

  d.

Effective immediately after the consummation of the Intermediate Contribution, Fund IX hereby contributes, transfers, conveys and delivers (the “Fund IX Contribution” and, together with the Initial Contribution, the “Contribution”) all of its Units (the “Fund IX Contributed Units” and, together with the Initial Contributed Units, the “Contributed Units”) and the Membership Interest (the “Contributed Membership Interest”) to PubCo in exchange for (i) the Exchanged Shares (the amount of such Exchanged Shares issued to Fund IX is set forth on Exhibit B hereto) and (ii) the TRA Rights (Fund IX’s percentage participation in payments pursuant to the TRA is set forth on Annex A thereto). Upon the Fund IX Contribution, PubCo hereby acquires and accepts from Fund IX all of Fund IX’s rights, title and interest in, to and under the Fund IX Contributed Units and Contributed Membership Interest, and in partial exchange therefor, PubCo hereby issues and grants to Fund IX, and Fund IX hereby acquires and accepts from PubCo, the Exchanged Shares in the amounts set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

 

  e.

Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents to the Contribution and agrees to take all action necessary or appropriate in order to effect, or cause to be effected, to the extent within his, her or its control, the Contribution and the IPO. There shall be no conditions to the Contribution other than the occurrence of the Pricing.

4.    Failure to Consummate the IPO. Notwithstanding Section 3, if, following the Contribution, PubCo determines (in its sole discretion) not to consummate the IPO and provides written notice of such determination to the Parties, each of the Parties hereto shall, and shall cause each of its respective Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries, as applicable, to, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such notice, use good faith efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties and their respective

 

4


Affiliates and/or Subsidiaries to cause each Party to be in a substantially equivalent economic position to that as prior to the Contribution and to reinstate the governance, transfer restrictions, liquidity rights and other provisions of the Existing Limited Partnership Agreement in all substantive respects (the “Unwinding”); provided, however, that, with respect to the Unwinding, PubCo shall consult with and consider in good faith suggestions from Fund IX regarding the actions necessary to effect the Unwinding.

5.    Execution of Additional Documents. The Parties hereto shall, and each hereby agrees to, enter into any other documents and instruments necessary or desirable to be delivered in connection with the Contribution.

6.    Representations and Warranties of all Parties. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to all of the other Parties hereto as follows as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the time of the Initial Contribution:

a.    To the extent such Party is not an individual, such Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation. The execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action.

b.    To the extent such Party is not an individual, such Party has the requisite power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

c.    This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

d.    Neither the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement, nor the consummation by such Party of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by such Party with the terms and provisions hereof, will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), (i) contravene or conflict with, or result in a breach or termination of, or constitute a default under (or with notice or lapse of time or both, result in the breach or termination of or constitute a default under) the organization documents of such Party (to the extent such Party is not an individual), (ii) constitute a violation by such Party of any existing requirement of law applicable to such Party or any of his, her or its properties, rights or assets or (iii) require the consent or approval of any Person, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individual or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the ability of such Party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

e.    Such Party (either alone or together with his, her or its advisors) has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Contribution. Such Party has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the Contribution and has had full access to such

 

5


other information concerning the Contribution as it has requested. Such Party has received all information that it believes is necessary or appropriate in connection with the Contribution. Such Party is an informed and sophisticated party and has engaged, to the extent such Party deems appropriate, expert advisors experienced in the evaluation of transactions of the type contemplated hereby. Such Party understands that the securities acquired hereunder have not been registered and agrees to resell such securities pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to an available exemption from registration, or, if applicable, in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

7.    Additional Representations of the Company. PubCo hereby further represents and warrants to the Limited Partners as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the time of the Initial Contribution that all of the shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, and when such shares are issued in the Contribution, such shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

8.    Additional Representations of the Limited Partners and Fund IX.

 

  a.

Each Limited Partner hereby further represents and warrants to all of the other Parties as follows as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the time of the Initial Contribution:

 

  i.

Such Limited Partner is the record and beneficial owner of a number of Class A Voting Common Units or Class A Non-Voting Common Units equal to the number set forth opposite such Limited Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto. Such Limited Partner has good and marketable title to all of his, her or its Units free and clesar of all encumbrances.

 

  ii.

Such Limited Partner does not have a binding obligation to sell, transfer or otherwise exchange (or to cause or allow any action that would result in a transfer or deemed transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes) the Common Stock it will receive in connection with the Contribution, it being understood that such Limited Partner may become party to the Underwriting Agreement and agree to sell shares of Common Stock to the underwriters of the IPO thereunder.

b.    Fund IX (solely with respect to the Membership Interest) hereby further represents and warrants to all of the other Parties as follows as of the date of this Agreement and as of immediately prior to the time of the Initial Contribution:

 

  i.

Fund IX is the record and beneficial owner of 100% of the Membership Interest. Fund IX has good and marketable title to 100% of the Membership Interest free and clear of all encumbrances.

 

  ii.

Fund IX does not have a binding obligation to sell, transfer or otherwise exchange (or to cause or allow any action that would result in a transfer or deemed transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes) the Common Stock it will receive in connection with the Contribution except pursuit to the Underwriting Agreement, it being understood that Fund IX may become party to the Underwriting Agreement and agree to sell shares of Common Stock to the underwriters of the IPO thereunder.

 

6


9.    Tax Matters.

a.    The Contribution. The Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, and local tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, except upon a contrary final determination by an applicable taxing authority, the Contribution, combined with the IPO, as a contribution of the equity interests of TopCo in a transaction described in Code Section 351 and, to the extent 100% of the limited partnership interests of TopCo are contributed to PubCo pursuant to this Agreement and TopCo is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an entity disregarded from PubCo, Situation 3 of IRS Revenue Ruling 84-111, 1984-2 CB 88. All Parties hereto shall also comply with the reporting requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.351-3. After the consummation of the Contribution, PubCo shall (1) cause to be contributed the Membership Interest and 100% of the equity interests of TopCo held by PubCo and Intermediate into Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc. or another separate newly-formed subsidiary treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“PubCo Sub II”) (the “Lower-Tier Contribution”), and (2) contribute 100% of the equity interests in PubCo Sub II held by PubCo to Intermediate. PubCo shall and shall cause its subsidiaries to report for all purposes, including federal, state and local tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, except upon a contrary final determination by an applicable taxing authority, the Lower-Tier Contribution as a transaction described in Situation 3 of IRS Revenue Ruling 84-111, 1984-2 CB 88.

b.    Tax Forms. Prior to the time of the Contribution,

i.    PubCo shall deliver to each Limited Partner a certification conforming to the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c);

ii.    TopCo shall deliver to PubCo a certification in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo conforming to the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-11T(d);

iii.    TopCo shall deliver to PubCo a certification in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo conforming to the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1446(f)-2(b)(4)(i)(B); and

iv.    Each Limited Partner shall deliver to PubCo a valid and properly executed IRS Form W-9 or an appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable.

c.    Transfer Taxes. PubCo shall be responsible for and shall timely pay all transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other similar taxes, and any conveyance fees or recording charges incurred in connection with the Contribution.

d.    Cooperation. Each Party will cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Parties, in connection with any tax matters relating to the matters described herein. The Party requesting such cooperation will pay the reasonable costs and expenses of the cooperating Party.

10.    Miscellaneous.

 

7


a.    Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be modified, amended or waived only with the written agreement of PubCo, TopCo and the holders of a majority of the Units party hereto, provided, however, that an amendment or modification that would affect any other Party in a manner materially and disproportionately adverse to such Party shall be effective against such Party so materially and adversely affected only with the prior written consent of such Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The failure of any Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

b.    Successors, Assigns and Transferees. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

c.    Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by e-mail or (iii) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:

if to PubCo, TopCo or Intermediate, to:

c/o Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

1187 Coast Village Rd, Suite 1-520

Santa Barbara, CA 93108

 

  Attention:

JuE Wong, Chief Executive Officer

  E-mail:

jue@olaplex.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention: Craig Marcus

E-mail: Craig Marcus @ropesgray.com

If to a Limited Partner, to the address of such Limited Partner reflected on the books and records of TopCo.

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (i) on the date received, if personally delivered, (ii) on the date received if delivered by e-mail on a Business Day, or if not delivered on a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (iii) one Business Day after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

d.    Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the Parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other Party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as another Party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the Parties hereunder.

 

8


e.    Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

f.    Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

g.    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each Party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that his, her or its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at his, her or its address specified pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

h.    Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR

 

9


OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 10(h) CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH IT IS RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10(h) WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF HIS, HER OR ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

i.    Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

j.    Enforcement. Each Party hereto acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching Party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

k.    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the Parties and no other Person or entity shall be a third Party beneficiary hereof.

l.    Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic delivery (i.e., by e-mail of a PDF signature page) and each such counterpart signature page will constitute an original for all purposes. Each Party hereby agrees that this Agreement may be executed by way of electronic signatures and that the electronic signature has the same binding effect as a physical signature. For the avoidance of doubt, each Party further agrees that this Agreement, or any part hereof, shall not be denied legal effect, validity or enforceability solely on the ground that it is in the form of an electronic record.

* * * * *

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

PUBCO:
OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:                                                                                                  
Name:
Title:
TOPCO:
PENELOPE GROUP HOLDINGS, L.P.
By:                                                                                                  
Name:
Title:
INTERMEDIATE:
OLAPLEX INTERMEDIATE, INC.
By:                                                                                                  
Name:
Title:

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

LIMITED PARTNERS:

Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership

Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership

 

By:

GPE IX GP Limited Partnership, General Partner

Advent International GPE IX, LLC, General Partner

Advent International Corporation, Manager

 

By:                                                                                           

Name: James Westra

Title: Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel, and Managing Partner

Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership

Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership

Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership

 

By:

AP GPE IX GP Limited Partnership, General Partner

Advent International GPE IX, LLC, General Partner

Advent International Corporation, Manager

 

By:                                                                                           

Name: James Westra

Title: Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel, and Managing Partner

Advent International GPE IX-A SCSP

Advent International GPE IX-D SCSP

Advent International GPE IX-E SCSP

Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSP

By:

    GPE IX GP S.à r.l., General Partner

 

    Advent International GPE IX, LLC, Manager

 

By:                                                                                                                           

Name: Justin Nuccio

Title: Manager

    Advent International Corporation, Manager

 

By:                                                                                           

Name: James Westra

Title: Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel, and Managing Partner

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FUND IX (as Sole Member of GP II):
ADVENT INTERNATIONAL GPE IX LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

GPE IX GP Limited Partnership, General Partner

Advent International GPE IX, LLC, General Partner

Advent International Corporation, Manager

By:  

 

Name: James Westra
Title: Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel, and Managing Partner

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: Tiffany Walden

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: JuE Wong

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:
ANTHOS CAPITAL IV, L.P.
By: Anthos Associates IV, L.P., its General Partner
By: Anthos Associates GP IV, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:   Paul Farr
Title:   Manager
ANTHOS TRIBE, L.P.
By: Anthos Tribe GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:   Paul Farr
Title:   Manager

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:
MOUSSERENA, L.P.
By: Serena Limited, its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:   Charles Heilbronn
Title:   President

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: Ali Kole

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: Elizabeth Lempres

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:
ODYS SPRL

By:

 

 

Name:  

Izabelle Parize

Title:

 

Partner

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: Paula Zusi

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

Name: Janet Gurwitch

[Signature Page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement]


Exhibit A

EXHIBIT A

Attached.


Exhibit A

 

Limited Partner

   Contributed Units / Contributed
Membership Interest

Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership

   306,548.05447 Class A Voting
Common Units
   100% membership interest in GP II

Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership

   25,216.74019 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp

   19,186.75895 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership

   87,057.14532 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership

   55,595.58863 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership

   1,619.74258 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership

   2,349.77108 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp

   2,114.21346 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership

   26,098.82722 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp

   91,953.97539 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership

   62,110.77003 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp

   39,744.70272 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership

   26,967.60377 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership

   100,045.69476 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership

   9,455.93203 Class A Voting
Common Units

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership

   981.16576 Class A Voting
Common Units

Tiffany Walden

   871.25000

Class A Non-Voting Common
Units

   200.0000

Class A Non-Voting Common
Units

JuE Wong

   500.00000

Class A Non-Voting Common
Units

   116.7362

Class A Non-Voting Common
Units

Anthos Capital IV, L.P.

   34,780.63816 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

Anthos Tribe, L.P.

   219.36184 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

Mousserena, L.P.

   65,000.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units


Exhibit A

 

Limited Partner

   Contributed Units / Contributed
Membership Interest

Ali Kole

   150.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

Elizabeth Lempres

   150.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

ODYS SPRL

   250.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

Paula Zuzi

   400.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units

Janet Gurwitch

   500.00000 Class A Non-Voting
Common Units


EXHIBIT B

Attached.


EXHIBIT B

 

Limited Partner

   Exchanged Shares  

Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp

  

Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership

  

Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership

  

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp

  

Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp

  

Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp

  

Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership

  

Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership

  

Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership

  

Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership

  

Tiffany Walden

  
  

JuE Wong

  
  

Anthos Capital IV, L.P.

  

Anthos Tribe, L.P.

  

Mousserena, L.P.

  

Ali Kole

  

Elizabeth Lempres

  

ODYS SPRL

  

Paula Zuzi

  

Janet Gurwitch

  

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

Olaplex NUMBER SHARES COMMON STOCK INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 679369 10 8
SPECIMEN - NOT NEGOTIABLE This Certifies That: is the owner of
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF $0.001 PAR VALUE EACH OF
Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:
SPECIMEN - NOT NEGOTIABLE
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER, CHIEF LEGAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: BROOKLYN, NY AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
BY TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -                       Custodian                     
TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties              (Cust)    (Minor)
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of      under Uniform Gifts to Minors
    survivorship and not as        
    tenants in common      Act                         
                 (State)        

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,                              hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

  
    

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Shares of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated                                     

 

  

 

   NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed    
By                                                                                   
The Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.  

 

 

 

COLUMBIA PRINTING SERVICES, LLC - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

September 20, 2021

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

1187 Coast Village Rd., Suite 1-520

Santa Barbara, CA 93108

Re:    Olaplex Holdings, Inc. Initial Public Offering of Common Stock

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259116) (as amended through the date hereof, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for the registration of 77,050,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company. All 77,050,000 of the shares of Common Stock to be registered pursuant to the Registration Statement are being offered by certain selling stockholders (the “Shares”). The Shares are proposed to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into among the Company, the selling stockholders listed on Schedule III thereto and the representatives of the underwriters named therein.

In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined such certificates, documents and records and have made such investigation of fact and such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinions set forth herein. In conducting such investigation, we have relied, without independent verification, upon certificates of officers of the Company, public officials and other appropriate persons.

The opinions expressed below are limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP

Ropes & Gray LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

AND

CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS

DATED AS OF [    ], 2021

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I EFFECTIVENESS

     1  

        Section 1.1.

  

Effectiveness.

     1  

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     1  

        Section 2.1.

  

Definitions.

     1  

        Section 2.2.

  

Other Interpretive Provisions.

     5  

ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     6  

        Section 3.1.

  

Demand Registration.

     6  

        Section 3.2.

  

Shelf Registration.

     8  

        Section 3.3.

  

Piggyback Registration.

     11  

        Section 3.4.

  

Lock-Up Agreements.

     12  

        Section 3.5.

  

Registration Procedures.

     13  

        Section 3.6.

  

Underwritten Offerings.

     18  

        Section 3.7.

  

No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights.

     20  

        Section 3.8.

  

Registration Expenses.

     20  

        Section 3.9.

  

Indemnification.

     20  

        Section 3.10.

  

Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S.

     24  

        Section 3.11.

  

Existing Registration Statements.

     24  

ARTICLE IV MISCELLANEOUS

     25  

        Section 4.1.

  

Authority; Effect.

     25  

        Section 4.2.

  

Notices.

     25  

        Section 4.3.

  

Termination and Effect of Termination.

     26  

        Section 4.4.

  

Permitted Transferees.

     26  

        Section 4.5.

  

Remedies.

     26  

        Section 4.6.

  

Amendments.

     27  

        Section 4.7.

  

Governing Law.

     27  

        Section 4.8.

  

Consent to Jurisdiction.

     27  

        Section 4.9.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

     27  

        Section 4.10.

  

Merger; Binding Effect, Etc.

     28  

        Section 4.11.

  

Counterparts.

     28  

        Section 4.12

  

Severability.

     28  

        Section 4.13.

  

No Recourse.

     28  

 

- i -


This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Agreement”), dated as of [    ], 2021, is made by and among:

i.    Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and

ii.     each Person executing this Agreement and listed as an “Investor” on the signature pages hereto (collectively, together with their Permitted Transferees that become party hereto, the “Investors”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Investors party to this Agreement as of the date hereof own shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”);

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company is consummating an initial public offering of shares of its Common Stock (the “IPO”); and

WHEREAS, the parties believe that it is in the best interests of the Company and the other parties hereto to set forth their agreements regarding registration rights.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

EFFECTIVENESS

Section 1.1.    Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Section 2.1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company: (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement, from and after its effective date, does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement; and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.


Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, (b) a Member of the Immediate Family of such Person and (c) any investment fund advised or managed by, or under common control or management with, such specified Person; provided that the Company and each of its subsidiaries shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of any Investor. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the City of New York.

Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Company Indemnitees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.5.

Demand Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3.

Demand Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1(a).

Demand Registration Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1(a).

Demand Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1(c).

Demand Suspension” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.6.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holders” means Investors who then hold Registrable Securities under this Agreement.

Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.

Loss” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.1.

Member of the Immediate Family” means, with respect to any Person who is an individual, (a) each parent, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Person is legally separated) or child (including those adopted) of such individual and (b) each trustee, solely in his or her capacity as trustee, for a trust naming only one or more of the Persons listed in sub-clause (a) as beneficiaries.

 

- 2 -


Participation Conditions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.5(b).

Permitted Transferee” means (i) any Affiliate of a Holder and (ii) such other Persons designated by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities under this Agreement.

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1.

Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1.

Potential Takedown Participant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.5(b).

Pro Rata Portion” means, with respect to each Holder requesting that its shares be registered or sold in an Underwritten Public Offering, a number of such shares equal to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities to be registered or sold in such Public Offering (excluding any shares to be registered or sold for the account of the Company) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by such Holder, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by all Holders requesting that their Registrable Securities be registered or sold.

Prospectus” means (i) the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments and supplements, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus, and (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

Public Offering” means the offer and sale of Registrable Securities for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form).

Registrable Securities” means (i) all shares of Common Stock that are not then subject to forfeiture to the Company, (ii) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any option, warrant or convertible security not then subject to vesting or forfeiture to the Company and (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or then issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split, or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (w) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement, (x) such securities shall have been Transferred pursuant to Rule 144, (y) such holder is able to immediately sell such securities under Rule 144 without any restrictions on transfer (including without application of paragraphs (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144), as reasonably determined

 

- 3 -


by the Holder (it being understood that a written opinion of the Company’s outside legal counsel to the effect that such securities may be so sold removed shall be conclusive evidence this clause has been satisfied), or (z) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

Registration” means registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock under a Registration Statement. The terms “register”, “registered” and “registering” shall have correlative meanings.

Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8.

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement other than a registration statement (and related Prospectus) filed on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form thereto.

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Advent Investors” means Advent International GPE IX Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-C Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-D SCSp, Advent International GPE IX-G Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-I Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX Strategic Investors SCSp, Advent Partners GPE IX-B Cayman Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-A SCSp, Advent International GPE IX-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-E SCSp, Advent International GPE IX-F Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE IX-H Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE IX Cayman Limited Partnership, and Advent Partners GPE IX-A Cayman Limited Partnership, each a limited partnership under its jurisdiction of formation.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Selling Stockholder Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.1.

Shelf Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.3.

Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(a).

 

- 4 -


Shelf Registration Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.2.

Shelf Registration Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(a).

Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.1(a).

Shelf Suspension” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.4.

Shelf Takedown Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.5(b).

Shelf Takedown Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.5(a).

Transfer” means, with respect to any Registrable Security, any interest therein, or any other securities or equity interests relating thereto, a direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition thereof, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise. “Transferred” shall have a correlative meaning.

Underwritten Public Offering” means an underwritten Public Offering, including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an underwritten Public Offering.

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Public Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement.

WKSI” means any Securities Act registrant that is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act at the most recent eligibility determination date specified in paragraph (2) of that definition.

Section 2.2.    Other Interpretive Provisions. (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b)    The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c)    The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

(d)    The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e)    Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE III

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company will perform and comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to perform and comply, with such of the following provisions as are applicable to it. Each Holder will perform and comply with such of the following provisions as are applicable to such Holder.

Section 3.1.    Demand Registration.

Section 3.1.1.    Request for Demand Registration.

 

  (a)

At any time after the consummation of the IPO, the Advent Investors shall have the right to make a written request from time to time (a “Demand Registration Request”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Investors. Any such Registration pursuant to a Demand Registration Request shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Demand Registration.”

 

  (b)

Each Demand Registration Request shall specify (x) the kind and aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered, and (y) the intended method or methods of disposition thereof.

 

  (c)

Upon receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall as promptly as practicable file a Registration Statement (a “Demand Registration Statement”) relating to such Demand Registration, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to be promptly declared effective under the Securities Act.

Section 3.1.2.    Limitation on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration if a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration was declared effective or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown was consummated within the preceding ninety (90) days (unless otherwise consented to by the Company).

Section 3.1.3.    Demand Notice. Promptly upon receipt of a Demand Registration Request pursuant to Section 3.1.1 (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “Demand Notice”) of any such Demand Registration Request to all other Holders and the Demand Notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to include in the Demand Registration that number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing. Subject to Section 3.1.7, the Company shall include in the Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice was delivered.

Section 3.1.4.    Demand Withdrawal. Each Advent Investor that has requested the inclusion of Registrable Securities in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.1.3

 

- 6 -


may withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration from such Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice to such effect with respect to all of the Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration by such Advent Investor, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Any such withdrawn Demand Registration Statement shall count as a Demand Registration with respect to any participating Advent Investor unless such Advent Investor reimburses the Company its pro rata portion (based on shares requested to be included in such Registration) of the Registration Expenses incurred prior to the withdrawal.

Section 3.1.5.    Effective Registration. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Demand Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for not less than one hundred eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or, if such Demand Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer.

Section 3.1.6.    Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “Demand Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension more than once during any twelve (12)-month period for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders in writing upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or amend the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Demand Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities that are included in such Demand Registration Statement.

Section 3.1.7.    Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Public Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution

 

- 7 -


of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be, in the case of any Demand Registration, (x) first, allocated to each Holder that has requested to participate in such Demand Registration an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be registered or sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect.

Section 3.1.8.    Resale Rights. In the event that an Investor requests to participate in a Registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Investor.

Section 3.2.    Shelf Registration.

Section 3.2.1.    Request for Shelf Registration.

 

  (a)

At such time as the Company is eligible to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of the Advent Investors from time to time (a “Shelf Registration Request”), the Company shall promptly file with the SEC a shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (“Shelf Registration Statement”) relating to the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by any Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act. Any such Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration Request shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Shelf Registration.”

 

  (b)

If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request may request Registration of an unspecified amount of Registrable Securities to be sold by unspecified Holders. If on the date of the Shelf Registration Request the Company is not a WKSI, then the Shelf Registration Request shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered. The Company shall provide to the Investors the information necessary to determine the Company’s status as a WKSI upon request.

Section 3.2.2.    Shelf Registration Notice. Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Registration Request (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “Shelf Registration Notice”) of any such request to all other Holders, which notice shall specify, if applicable, the amount of Registrable Securities to be registered, and the Shelf Registration Notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to include in the Shelf Registration that number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in

 

- 8 -


writing. The Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Registration Notice has been delivered.

Section 3.2.3.    Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming part of the Shelf Registration Statement to be usable by Holders until the earlier of: (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder); and (ii) the date as of which no Holder holds Registrable Securities (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 3.2.4, the Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law.

Section 3.2.4.    Suspension of Registration. If the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “Shelf Suspension”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension more than one time during any twelve (12)-month period for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders in writing upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Shelf Registration Statement or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities that are included in such Shelf Registration Statement.

Section 3.2.5.    Shelf Takedown.

 

  (a)

At any time the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement with respect to a Holder’s Registrable Securities, by notice to the Company specifying the intended method or methods of disposition

 

- 9 -


  thereof, the Advent Investors may make a written request (a “Shelf Takedown Request”) to the Company to effect a Public Offering, including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, of all or a portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities that may be registered under such Shelf Registration Statement, and as soon as practicable the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as necessary for such purpose.

 

  (b)

Promptly upon receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”)) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall deliver a notice (a “Shelf Takedown Notice”) to each other Holder with Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all other Holders if such Registration Statement is undesignated (each a “Potential Takedown Participant”). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Registrable Securities as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. The Company shall include in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten “block trade”) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within ten (10) Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than ninety percent (90%) (or such lesser percentage specified by such Potential Takedown Participant) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the Business Day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participant’s election to participate (the “Participation Conditions”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Section 3.2.5 shall be determined by the participating Advent Investors.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any Underwritten Shelf Takedown if a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration was declared effective or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown was consummated within the preceding ninety (90) days (unless otherwise consented to by the Company).

 

- 10 -


Section 3.2.6.    Priority of Securities Sold Pursuant to Shelf Takedowns. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.2.5 advise the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in the proposed Underwritten Shelf Takedown exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown without being likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such offering shall be (x) first, allocated to each Holder that has requested to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be registered or sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (y) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (x) have been included, the number of other securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters can be sold without having such adverse effect.

Section 3.2.7.    Resale Rights. In the event that an Investor elects to request a Registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Investor.

Section 3.3.    Piggyback Registration.

Section 3.3.1.    Participation. If the Company at any time after the consummation of the IPO proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act or to conduct a Public Offering with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 or (ii) a Registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms, then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement or, in the case of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the anticipated pricing or trade date), the Company shall give written notice (a “Piggyback Notice”) of such proposed filing or Public Offering to all Holders, and such Piggyback Notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to register under such Registration Statement, or to sell in such Public Offering, such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 3.3.2, the Company shall include in such Registration Statement or in such Public Offering as applicable, all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Holder of any such notice; provided, however, that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register or sell any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, or the pricing or trade date of a Public Offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company determines for any reason not to register or sell or to delay the Registration or sale of such securities, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register or sell, shall be relieved of its obligation to register or sell any Registrable

 

- 11 -


Securities in connection with such Registration or Public Offering (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of any Holders entitled to request that such Registration or sale be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 3.1 or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 3.2, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registration or sale, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, as the case may be, shall be permitted to delay registering or selling any Registrable Securities. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw all or part of its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw.

Section 3.3.2.    Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the participating Holders in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities that such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, one hundred percent (100%) of the securities that the Company proposes to sell, and (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated among the Holders that have requested to participate in such Registration based on an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be sold by such Holder, and (ii) a number of such shares equal to such Holder’s Pro Rata Portion, and (iii) third, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration.

Section 3.3.3.    No Effect on Other Registrations. No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 3.3 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 3.1 and 3.2.

Section 3.4.    Lock-Up Agreements. In connection with each Registration or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 conducted as an Underwritten Public Offering, each Holder agrees, if requested, to become bound by and to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s) of such Underwritten Public Offering restricting such Holder’s right to (a) Transfer, directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company held by such Holder or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities during the period commencing on the date of the final Prospectus relating to the Underwritten Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the underwriters (such period not to exceed ninety (90) days in the case of any Registration). The terms of such lock-up agreements shall be negotiated among the Advent Investors, the Company and the underwriters and shall include customary carve-outs from the restrictions on Transfer set forth therein; provided that no Holder shall be required to agree to a lock-up period longer than the lock-up period for the Advent Investors, and each Holder’s lock-

 

- 12 -


up agreement shall require equal treatment of all Holders in the event of any early release from the lock-up. The Company shall, if asked by managing underwriter(s), cause its directors and executive officers to agree to become bound by and to execute and deliver a similar lock-up agreement with the underwriter(s), provided no director or executive officer shall be required to agree to a lock-up period longer than the lock-up period for the Advent Investors.

Section 3.5.    Registration Procedures.

Section 3.5.1.    Requirements. In connection with the Company’s obligations under Sections 3.1 – 3.4, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration and to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

 

  (a)

As promptly as practicable prepare the required Registration Statement, including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith and Prospectus, and, before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel, (y) make such changes in such documents concerning the Holders prior to the filing thereof as such Holders, or their counsel, may reasonably request and (z) except in the case of a Registration under Section 3.3 not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Holders, in such capacity, or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

  (b)

prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement and supplements to the Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by any Holder with Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, (y) reasonably requested by any participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

  (c)

notify the participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such notice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (a) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been

 

- 13 -


  filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (b) of any written comments by the SEC, or any request by the SEC or other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such Prospectus, or for additional information (whether before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement) or any other correspondence with the SEC relating to, or which may affect, the Registration, (c) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (d) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects and (e) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

  (d)

promptly notify each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement or the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus or any preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus, which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

  (e)

to the extent the Company is eligible under the relevant provisions of Rule 430B under the Securities Act, if the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a Prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment;

 

- 14 -


  (f)

use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order or notice preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus;

 

  (g)

promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

 

  (h)

furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

  (i)

deliver to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter (it being understood that the Company shall consent to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto);

 

  (j)

on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the Registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction as any such selling Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such Registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 3.1 or Section 3.2, as applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

- 15 -


  (k)

cooperate with the selling Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

 

  (l)

use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

  (m)

make such representations and warranties to the Holders being registered, and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in public offerings similar to the offering then being undertaken;

 

  (n)

enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

  (o)

obtain for delivery to the Holders being registered and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the most recent effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Public Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

 

  (p)

in the case of an Underwritten Public Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Holders included in such Registration or sale, a comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants or independent auditors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of any subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

  (q)

cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter,

 

- 16 -


  if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

  (r)

use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and, if a Registration Statement was filed, make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

  (s)

provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement;

 

  (t)

use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company’s equity securities are then quoted;

 

  (u)

make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by a representative appointed by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities being sold, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement;

 

  (v)

in the case of an Underwritten Public Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

 

  (w)

take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

 

  (x)

take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Registration complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken

 

- 17 -


  together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

 

  (y)

take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 3.5.2.    Company Information Requests. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration or sale is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such Registration or sale the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 3.5.3.    Discontinuing Registration. Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.5.1(d), such Holder will discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.5.1(d), or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, and if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3.5.1(d) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

Section 3.6.    Underwritten Offerings.

Section 3.6.1.    Shelf and Demand Registrations. If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Public Offering, pursuant to a Registration or sale under Sections 3.1 or 3.2, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to each of the Company, the participating Advent Investors and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are

 

- 18 -


generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 3.9 of this Agreement. The Holders of the Registrable Securities proposed to be distributed by such underwriters shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of the underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof, and such Holders shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney and other documents reasonably requested by the underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations to be made by the Holder as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder under such agreement shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses.

Section 3.6.2.    Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register or sell any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 3.3 and such securities are to be distributed through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 3.3 and, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3.2, use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration or sale all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration or sale. The Holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters and shall complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney and other documents reasonably requested by the underwriters and required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations to be made by the Holder as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses.

Section 3.6.3.    Selection of Underwriters; Selection of Counsel. In the case of an Underwritten Public Offering under Sections 3.1 or 3.2, the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the participating Advent Investors; provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In the case of an Underwritten Public Offering under Section 3.3, the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering shall be determined by the Company; provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the participating Advent Investors. In the case of an Underwritten Public Offering under Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3, legal counsel to the Holders shall be selected by the participating Advent Investors.

 

- 19 -


Section 3.7.    No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights. Without the consent of the Advent Investors, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall hereafter enter into, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders by this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement granting registration or similar rights to any Person, and the Company hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, no registration or similar rights have been granted to any other Person other than pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3.8.    Registration Expenses. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of the Company and any subsidiaries of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel for the selling Holders, (ix) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (x) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the distribution or Transfer of Registrable Securities to or by a Holder or its Permitted Transferees in connection with a Public Offering, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration or sale, (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiii) all expenses related to the “road show” for any Underwritten Public Offering, including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders and underwriters, if so requested. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses”. The Company shall not be required to pay any fees and disbursements to underwriters not customarily paid by the issuers of securities in an offering similar to the applicable offering, including underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Section 3.9.    Indemnification.

Section 3.9.1.    Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder, each shareholder,

 

- 20 -


member, limited or general partner of such Holder, each shareholder, member, limited or general partner of each such shareholder, member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities are registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries including any report and other document filed under the Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or other document or report; provided, that no selling Holder shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.9.1 in respect of any untrue statement or omission contained in any information relating to such selling Holder furnished in writing by such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in a Registration Statement and used by the Company in conformity therewith (such information, “Selling Stockholder Information”). This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of such securities by such Holder and regardless of any indemnity agreed to in the underwriting agreement that is less favorable to the Holders. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

Section 3.9.2.    Indemnification by the Selling Holders. Each selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a

 

- 21 -


Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in such selling Holder’s Selling Stockholder Information. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering giving rise to such indemnification obligation, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.9.4 and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale.

Section 3.9.3.    Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however, that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (iii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iv) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of such indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 3.9.3, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of

 

- 22 -


counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

Section 3.9.4.    Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in Section 3.9.1 and Section 3.9.2 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein (other than as a result of exceptions or limitations on indemnification contained in Section 3.9.1 and Section 3.9.2), then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.9.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 3.9.4. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 3.9.1 and 3.9.2 shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.9.4, in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a selling Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds from the sale of its Registrable Securities in the offering giving rise to such contribution obligation, net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before expenses, less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.9.2 and any amounts paid by such Holder as a result of liabilities incurred under the underwriting agreement, if any, related to such sale. If indemnification is available under this Section 3.9, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 3.9.1 and 3.9.2 hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 3.9.4. The remedies provided for in this Section 3.9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

Section 3.9.5.    Indemnification Priority. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the Persons entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 3.9.1

 

- 23 -


(each, a “Company Indemnitee” and collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other sources. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to a Company Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of such other sources to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Company Indemnitee are secondary) and (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by a Company Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement without regard to any rights a Company Indemnitee may have against such other sources. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by such other sources on behalf of a Company Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Company Indemnitee has sought indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and that such other sources shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Company Indemnitee against the Company.

Section 3.10.    Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. The Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement pursuant to Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC), and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act in transactions that would otherwise be permitted by this Agreement and within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

Section 3.11.    Existing Registration Statements. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and regulation, the Company may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Holders, a Registration Statement that previously has been filed with the SEC or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly; provided that such previously filed Registration Statement may be, and is, amended or, subject to applicable securities laws, supplemented to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as selling stockholders those Holders demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other Registration Statements, by or at a specified time and the Company has, in lieu of then filing such Registration Statements or having such Registration Statements become effective,

 

- 24 -


designated a previously filed or effective Registration Statement as the relevant Registration Statement for such purposes, in accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented in the manner contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.1.    Authority; Effect. Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized on behalf of such party and do not violate any agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties members of a joint venture or other association. The Company and its subsidiaries shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of each such party pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 4.2.    Notices. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by e-mail, or (iii) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:

If to the Company to:

Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

1187 Coast Village Rd., Suite 1-520

Santa Barbara, CA 93108

Attention:    Tiffany Walden, Chief Legal Officer

E-mail:         tiffany@olaplex.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:    Craig Marcus, Esq.

E-mail:        Craig.Marcus@ropesgray.com

If to any Investor, to:

[                                                  ]

Attention:         [                        ]

E-mail:             [                        ]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

- 25 -


Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower

800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

Attention:    Craig Marcus, Esq.

E-mail:        Craig.Marcus@ropesgray.com

Notice to the holder of record of any Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such securities for all purposes hereof.

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (i) on the date received, if personally delivered, (ii) on the date received if delivered by facsimile or e-mail on a Business Day, or if not delivered on a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter and (iii) two (2) Business Days after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

Section 4.3.    Termination and Effect of Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the date on which no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 3.9 and 3.10, which shall survive any such termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach or Registration Expenses incurred prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Person entitled to indemnification rights pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof shall retain such indemnification rights with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii)  occurred prior to such termination.

Section 4.4.    Permitted Transferees. The rights of a Holder hereunder may be assigned (but only with all related obligations as set forth below) in connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities to a Permitted Transferee of that Holder. Without prejudice to any other or similar conditions imposed hereunder with respect to any such Transfer, no assignment permitted under the terms of this Section 4.4 will be effective unless the Permitted Transferee to which the assignment is being made, if not a Holder, has delivered to the Company a written acknowledgment and agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company that the Permitted Transferee will be bound by, and will be a party to, this Agreement. A Permitted Transferee to whom rights are transferred pursuant to this Section 4.4 may not again transfer those rights to any other Permitted Transferee, other than as provided in this Section 4.4.

Section 4.5.    Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available, each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other parties hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances. No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

 

- 26 -


Section 4.6.    Amendments. This Agreement may not be orally amended, modified, extended or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Advent Investors; provided, however, that any amendment, modification, extension or termination that disproportionately and adversely affects any Holder shall require the prior written consent of such Holder. Each such amendment, modification, extension or termination shall be binding upon each party hereto. In addition, each party hereto may waive any right hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by such party.

Section 4.7.    Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

Section 4.8.    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of New York for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by New York law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

Section 4.9.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED

 

- 27 -


BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 4.9 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4.9 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 4.10.    Merger; Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter, supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to such subject matter, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Holder or other party hereto may assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.

Section 4.11.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

Section 4.12.    Severability. In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.

Section 4.13.    No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder

 

- 28 -


or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such, for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 29 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Company:      OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Investors:      [INVESTORS]
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2021, by and among Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME OF DIRECTOR/OFFICER] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, in light of the litigation costs and risks to directors and officers resulting from their service to companies, and the desire of the Company to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of the Company’s directors and/or officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware corporate law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern regarding such risks;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company and may have requested or may in the future request that Indemnitee serve one or more Olaplex Entities (as hereinafter defined) as a director or an officer or in other capacities;

WHEREAS, one of the conditions that Indemnitee requires in order to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company is that Indemnitee be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Affiliate Indemnitors (as hereinafter defined) (or their affiliates) and/or any insurer providing insurance coverage under any policy purchased or maintained by such Affiliate Indemnitors (or their affiliates), which Indemnitee, the Company and the Affiliate Indemnitors (or their affiliates) intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director and/or officer the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1.    Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation the Indemnitee may have under any other agreement).

2.    Indemnification - General. On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties, costs, amounts paid in settlement, Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and other amounts that Indemnitee reasonably incurs and that result from, arise in connection with or are by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined) and shall advance Expenses to Indemnitee. The obligations of the Company shall continue after such time as Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company or in any other Corporate Status and include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in

 

- 1 -


respect of any actual or alleged liability or other loss of Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law (including, if applicable, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) as in existence on the date hereof and as amended from time to time.

3.    Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If in connection with or by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

4.    Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. If in connection with or by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

5.    Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company), the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, or settlement of any such claim prior to a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to such Proceeding, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter; provided, however, that any settlement of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding shall not be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

6.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all

 

- 2 -


interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent to which Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification.

7.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as Witness.

 

  (a)

The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement) such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or proceeding or part thereof brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect, or pursuant to indemnification agreements in effect as of the date hereof; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by any Olaplex Entity.

 

  (b)

To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness (or is forced or asked to respond to discovery requests) in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance on an as-incurred basis (as provided in Section 8 of this Agreement), all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

8.    Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay on a current and as-incurred basis all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in any way connected with, resulting from or relating to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Such Expenses shall be paid in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, without regard to whether Indemnitee will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses and without regard to whether an Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) has been or may be made. Upon submission of a request for advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 9(c) of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 8, and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final non-appealable judicial determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee shall repay such amounts advanced if and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined in a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses. Such repayment obligation shall be unsecured and shall not bear interest. The Company shall not impose on Indemnitee additional conditions to advancement or require from Indemnitee additional undertakings regarding repayment. Indemnitee shall, in all events, be entitled to advancement of Expenses, without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification, until the final determination of the Proceeding.

 

- 3 -


9.    Indemnification Procedures.

(a)    Notice of Proceeding. Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder. Any failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company of its advancement or indemnification obligations under this Agreement unless, and only to the extent that, the Company can establish that such omission to notify resulted in actual and material prejudice to it, which prejudice cannot be reversed or otherwise eliminated without any material negative effect on the Company, and the omission to notify the Company will, in any event, not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to indemnify Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. If, at the time of receipt of any such notice, the Company has a director and officer liability insurance policy in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurer in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policy.

(b)    Defense; Settlement. Indemnitee shall have the sole right and obligation to control the defense or conduct of any claim or Proceeding with respect to Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which, in the opinion of Independent Counsel, could have been brought against Indemnitee or which potentially or actually imposes any cost, liability, exposure or burden on Indemnitee unless (i) such settlement solely involves the payment of money or performance of any obligation by persons other than Indemnitee or any Affiliate Indemnitor affiliated with Indemnitee and includes an unconditional, full release of Indemnitee and Affiliate Indemnitors by all relevant parties from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters and (ii) the Company has fully indemnified the Indemnitee with respect to, and held Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses and other amounts incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money or performance of any obligation by persons other than the Company and includes an unconditional release of the Company by any party to such Proceeding other than the Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that the Company denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel (selected pursuant to Section 9(e) of this Agreement) has approved the settlement.

 

- 4 -


(c)    Request for Advancement; Request for Indemnification.

(i)    To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, together with such invoices or other supporting information as may be reasonably requested by the Company and reasonably available to Indemnitee, and, only to the extent required by applicable law which cannot be waived, an unsecured written undertaking to repay amounts advanced in the event of a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses. The Company shall make advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee no later than five (5) business days after receipt of the written request for advancement (and each subsequent request for advancement) by Indemnitee. If, at the time of receipt of any such written request for advancement of Expenses, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurer in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policy. The Company shall thereafter keep such insurer informed of the status of the Proceeding or other claim (with assistance from the Indemnitee as reasonably required) and take such other actions, as appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim.

(ii)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, at any time before or after submission of a request for advancement pursuant to Section 9(c)(i) of this Agreement, Indemnitee may submit a written request for indemnification hereunder. The time at which Indemnitee submits a written request for indemnification shall be determined by the Indemnitee in the Indemnitee’s sole discretion. Once Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification (and only at such time that Indemnitee submits such a written request for indemnification), a Determination (as hereinafter defined) shall thereafter be made, as provided in and only to the extent required by Section 9(d) of this Agreement. In no event shall a Determination be made, or required to be made, as a condition to or otherwise in connection with any advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 8 and Section 9(c)(i) of this Agreement. If, at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurer and take such other actions as necessary or appropriate to secure coverage of Indemnitee for such claim in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

(d)    Determination. The Company agrees that Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law and that no Determination shall be required in connection with such indemnification unless specifically required by applicable law which cannot be waived. In no event shall a Determination be required in connection with indemnification for Expenses pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement or incurred in connection with any Proceeding or portion thereof with respect to which Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise. Any decision that a Determination is required by law in connection with any other indemnification of Indemnitee, and any such Determination, shall be made within twenty (20) days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(c)(ii) and such Determination shall be made either (i) by the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, so long as Indemnitee does not request that such Determination be made by Independent Counsel (as

 

- 5 -


hereinafter defined), or (ii) if so requested by Indemnitee, in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee. If a Determination is made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within five (5) business days after such Determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such Determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel, as the case may be, making such determination shall be advanced and borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification). If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under this Section 9(d) to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such twenty (20) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional twenty (20) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(e).

(e)    Independent Counsel. In the event Indemnitee requests that the Determination be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 9(e). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the Board of Directors shall make such selection on behalf of the Company, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9(e)), and Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, shall give written notice to the other, advising the Company or Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. The Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, may, within five (5) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 15 of this

 

- 6 -


Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within ten (10) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(c)(ii) of this Agreement and after a request for the appointment of Independent Counsel has been made, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 9(d) of this Agreement. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 9(f) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). Any expenses incurred by or in connection with the appointment of Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and not by Indemnitee.

(f)    Consequences of Determination; Remedies of Indemnitee. The Company shall be bound by and shall have no right to challenge a Favorable Determination. If an Adverse Determination is made, or if for any other reason the Company does not make timely indemnification payments or advances of Expenses, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence a Proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction to challenge such Adverse Determination and/or to require the Company to make such payments or advances (and the Company shall have the right to defend its position in such Proceeding and to appeal any adverse judgment in such Proceeding). Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred in connection with such a Proceeding and to have such Expenses advanced by the Company in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement. If Indemnitee fails to challenge an Adverse Determination within twenty (20) business days, or if Indemnitee challenges an Adverse Determination and such Adverse Determination has been upheld by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, then, to the extent and only to the extent required by such Adverse Determination or final judgment, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement.

(g)    Presumptions; Burden and Standard of Proof. The parties intend and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, in connection with any Determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder by any person, including a court:

 

- 7 -


(i)    it will be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (notwithstanding any Adverse Determination), and the Company or any other person or entity challenging such right will have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption;

(ii)    the termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful;

(iii)    Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers, employees, or committees of the board of directors of the Company, or on the advice of legal counsel or other advisors (including financial advisors and accountants) for the Company or on information or records given in reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the Company; and

(iv)    the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or relevant enterprises will not be imputed to Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 9(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

10.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 and Section 9(c)(i) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 of this Agreement within five (5) business days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within five (5) business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his

 

- 8 -


entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in New York (or JAMS in New York, if requested by the Indemnitee). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, in which (i) Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination, and (ii) the Company shall bear the burden of establishing that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(d) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under Delaware corporate law.

(d)    The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

11.    Insurance; Subrogation; Other Rights of Recovery, etc.

 

  (a)

The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director and/or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time it receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit, proceeding or other claim, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit, proceeding or other claim to the insurers and take such other actions in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy as required or appropriate to secure coverage of

 

- 9 -


  Indemnitee for such action, suit, proceeding or other claim. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding or other claim in accordance with the terms of such policy. The Company shall continue to provide such insurance coverage to Indemnitee for a period of at least seven (7) years after Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director or in any other Corporate Status.

 

  (b)

In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any other Olaplex Entity, and Indemnitee hereby agrees, as a condition to obtaining any advancement or indemnification from the Company, to assign the Company all of Indemnitee’s rights to obtain from such other Olaplex Entity such amounts to the extent that they have been paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Indemnitee as advancement or indemnification under this Agreement and are adequate to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to the costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder; and Indemnitee will (upon request by the Company) execute all papers required and use reasonable best efforts to take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit or enforce such rights.

 

  (c)

The Company hereby acknowledges that the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided pursuant to this Agreement may also be provided to certain Indemnitees by one or more of their respective affiliates (other than the Olaplex Entities) or their insurers (collectively, and including each of their respective partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, associated investment funds, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, associated investment funds, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing, the “Affiliate Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that, as between the Company, on the one hand, and the Affiliate Indemnitors, on the other hand, (i) the Company is the full indemnitor of first resort and the Affiliate Indemnitors are the full indemnitors of second resort with respect to all such indemnifiable claims against such Indemnitees, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise (i.e., the obligations of the Company to such Indemnitees are primary and any obligation of the Affiliate Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnitees are secondary), (ii) upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnitees to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Indemnitees and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement

 

- 10 -


  between the Company and such Indemnitees), without regard to any rights such Indemnitees may have against the Affiliate Indemnitors and (iii) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Affiliate Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Affiliate Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company agrees to indemnify the Affiliate Indemnitors directly for any amounts that the Affiliate Indemnitors pay as indemnification or advancement on behalf of any such Indemnitee and for which such Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification from the Company in connection with serving as a director and/or officer of the Company. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Affiliate Indemnitors on behalf of any such Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Affiliate Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Company, and the Company shall cooperate with the Affiliate Indemnitors in pursuing such rights.

 

  (d)

Except as provided in Sections 11(c), the Company shall not be liable to pay or advance to Indemnitee any amounts otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement if, and to the extent that, Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

  (e)

The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of or relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, representative, partner or agent of any other Olaplex Entity shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Olaplex Entity, except to the extent that such indemnification payments and advance payment of Expenses when taken together with any such amount actually received from other Olaplex Entities or under director and officer insurance policies maintained by one or more Olaplex Entities are inadequate to fully pay all costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder.

 

  (f)

Except as provided in Sections 11(c), 11(d) and 11(e) of this Agreement, the rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time, whenever conferred or arising, be entitled under applicable Delaware corporate law, under the Olaplex Entities’ organizational documents, or under any other agreement, vote of stockholders or resolution of directors of any Olaplex Entity, or otherwise. Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement are present contractual rights that fully vest upon Indemnitee’s first service as a director and/or officer of the Company. The Parties hereby agree that Sections 11(c), 11(d) and 11(e) of this Agreement shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with any Olaplex Entity.

 

- 11 -


  (g)

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or other applicable law), whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Olaplex Entities’ organizational documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No change in applicable law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments to Delaware law that become effective after the date hereof. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

12.    Employment Rights; Successors; Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

  (a)

This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company and Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue in force as provided above after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company or any other Corporate Status.

 

  (b)

This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. If the Company or any of its successors or assigns shall (i) consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any individual, corporation or other entity, then, and in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (c)

The Affiliate Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, are entitled to rely upon this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in Section 11 of this Agreement) as though a party hereunder.

13.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the

 

- 12 -


extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

14.    Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7(a) of this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee (other than (i) a Proceeding by Indemnitee (i) by way of defense or counterclaim or other similar portion of a Proceeding, (ii) to enforce any other rights of Indemnitee to indemnification, advancement or contribution from the Company under this Agreement, or under any other contract, bylaws or charter or under statute or other law, including any rights under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iii) after a Change in Control), unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors or similar governing body of the Company.

15.    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

  (b)

Bylaws” means, in each case, the bylaws or similar governing document of the relevant entity as amended from time to time.

 

  (c)

Certificate of Incorporation” means, in each case, the certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or similar constituting document as amended from time to time.

 

  (d)

Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company

 

- 13 -


  outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

  (e)

Corporate Status” describes the status of a person by reason of such person’s past, present or future service as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee, or agent of the Company (including, without limitation, one who serves at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any other Olaplex Entity), in all cases whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any Expenses are incurred for which indemnification, advancement or any other right can be provided by this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Determination” means a determination that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a/the particular standard(s) of conduct (a “Favorable Determination”) or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a/the particular standard(s) of conduct (an “Adverse Determination”). An Adverse Determination shall include the decision that a Determination was required in connection with indemnification and the decision as to the applicable standard of conduct.

 

  (g)

Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee and does not otherwise have an interest materially adverse to any interest of the Indemnitee.

 

  (h)

Expenses” shall mean all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever and shall specifically include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees and costs, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in

 

- 14 -


  respect of any such Expenses, and shall also specifically include, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with preparing and submitting any requests or statements for indemnification, advancement, contribution or any other right provided by this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

  (i)

Independent Counsel” means, at any time, any law firm, or a member of a law firm, that (a) is experienced in matters of corporation law and (b) is not, at such time, or has not been in the five years prior to such time, retained to represent: (i) any Olaplex Entity or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnities under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto and to be jointly and severally liable therefor.

 

  (j)

Olaplex Entity” means the Company, any of its respective subsidiaries and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise with respect to which Indemnitee serves as a director, officer, employee, partner, representative, fiduciary, trustee or agent, or in any similar capacity, at the request of the Company.

 

  (k)

Proceeding” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (formal or informal), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of any Olaplex Entity or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any Olaplex Entity (in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement). If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

 

- 15 -


  (l)

Voting Securities” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

16.    Construction. Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include (as appropriate) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

17.    Reliance. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

18.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in a writing identified as such by all of the parties hereto. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of a party hereunder (including the right to enforce the obligations hereunder of the other parties) may be waived only with the written consent of such party, and no waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

19.    Notice Mechanics. All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee to:

[DIRECTOR/OFFICER CONTACT INFORMATION]

 

  (b)

If to the Company, to:

 

  c/o Olaplex Holdings, Inc.
  1187 Coast Village Rd, Suite 1-520
  Santa Barbara, CA 93108
 

 

Attn: JuE Wong

 

with a copy to:

 

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

  Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street
  Boston, MA 02199-3600
  Attn: Craig Marcus

 

- 16 -


or to such other address as may have been furnished (in the manner prescribed above) as follows: (a) in the case of a change in address for notices to Indemnitee, furnished by Indemnitee to the Company and (b) in the case of a change in address for notices to the Company, furnished by the Company to Indemnitee.

20.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under Delaware corporate law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for reasonably incurred Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

21.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

22.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

23.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Company:      OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Indemnitee:     

 

     Name: [NAME OF INDEMNITEE]

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.13

April 5, 2021

James McPherson

Dear Jim:

The purpose of this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) is to confirm the terms of the remainder of your employment with Olaplex, Inc. (the “Company”) and your separation from the Company, as follows:

1.    Transition Period and Separation Date.

(a)    Effective as of the date hereof (the “Transition Date”) through the date on which your employment terminates (the “Separation Date”), you will continue to be employed by the Company on a full-time basis. Provided that you comply in full with your obligations hereunder, it is expected that the Separation Date will be August 31, 2021. The period beginning on the Transition Date and concluding on the Separation Date is hereinafter referred to as the “Transition Period”.

(b)    It is anticipated that you will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer through the date on which the Company’s 2020 annual financial audit is completed. Following the date you cease to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO Transition Date”), and until the Separation Date, you will be employed in a senior advisor role, with responsibility for completion of the deliverables set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Transition Plan Deliverables”). You will also perform such duties as may be reasonably assigned to you from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or her designee, and assist with the transition of your duties and responsibilities to any Company designees. You will continue to devote your best professional efforts to the Company, and to abide by all Company policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

(c)    During the Transition Period, if you meet the performance expectations for your role and complete the Transition Plan Deliverables, you will be eligible for the following: (i) you will continue to receive your base salary, payable at the rate in effect as of the date hereof, and to participate in all employee benefit plans of the Company in accordance with the terms of those plans; and (ii) you will be eligible to receive payment of your 2020 bonus (prorated based on the portion of 2020 during which you were employed by the Company) upon completion of the 2020 annual financial audit.

(d)    You acknowledge and agree that, as of the date hereof, all options (whether vested or unvested) to purchase shares of common stock of Penelope Holdings Corp. (“Parent”) granted to you on July 8, 2020 under the Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”) between you and Parent will terminate and be forfeited, and you waive any rights you may have with respect to such options or under the Award Agreement or the Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).


(e)    Your employment with the Company may be terminated prior to August 31, 2021 (i) by mutual agreement between you and the Company, (ii) by the Company for Cause (as defined in the Plan), or (iii) if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that you have not met the performance expectations expected for your role or have not made reasonable progress toward satisfying the Transition Plan Deliverables (each, a termination for “Performance”).

2.    Final Salary. You will receive, on or before the Company’s next regular payday following the Separation Date, pay for all work you performed for the Company through the Separation Date, to the extent not previously paid. You will receive the payments described in this Section 2 regardless of whether or not you sign this Agreement.

3.    Severance Benefits. In consideration of your acceptance of this Agreement and subject to your meeting in full your obligations hereunder, including your obligation to execute a post-employment general release and waiver of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Release”), and provided that your employment continues after May 4, 2021, you complete the Transition Plan Deliverables, and your employment is not terminated by the Company for Performance or Cause, the Company will provide you with the following severance benefits: (i) the Company will make a lump-sum payment to you, in an amount equal to $600,000 plus $50,000 for each month of employment you complete hereunder between the CFO Transition Date and the Separation Date (prorated for any partial month), with payment made on the Company’s first regular payroll date that is at least five (5) days following the later of the effective date of the Release or the date it is received by the Company; and (ii) if you are enrolled in the Company’s group medical, dental and/or vision plans on the Separation Date, and you elect to continue your participation and that of your eligible dependents in those plans for a period of time pursuant to the federal law known as “COBRA” or similar applicable state law (together, “COBRA”), the Company will contribute the monthly amount of $1,334.49 (the “Monthly Premium Payment”) to your premium costs for such participation until the earlier of (a) the date that is twelve (12) months following the Separation Date and (b) the date that you cease to be eligible for coverage under COBRA or Company plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s payment of the Monthly Premium Payment would subject the Company to any tax or penalty under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended, any regulations or guidance issued thereunder, or any other applicable law, in each case, as determined by the Company, then you and the Company agree to work together in good faith to restructure such benefit. For the avoidance of doubt, you will not be eligible for the benefits described in this Section 3 if you voluntarily resign your employment with the Company prior to August 31, 2021.

4.    Acknowledgement of Full Payment and Withholding.

(a)    You acknowledge and agree that the payments provided under Section 2 of this Agreement are in complete satisfaction of any and all compensation or benefits due to you from the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether for services provided

 

-2-


to the Company or any of its Affiliates or otherwise, through the Separation Date and that, except as expressly provided under this Agreement, no further compensation or benefits are owed or will be provided to you.

(b)    All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law and all other lawful deductions authorized by you.

5.    Status of Employee Benefits, Paid Time Off and Expenses.

(a)    Except for any right you may have to continue your participation and that of your eligible dependents in the Company’s group health plans under COBRA, including as set forth in Section 3 above, your participation in all employee benefit plans of the Company will end as of the Separation Date, in accordance with the terms of those plans. You will not continue to be eligible for paid time off or other similar benefits after the Separation Date. You will receive information about your COBRA continuation rights under separate cover.

(b)    Within two (2) weeks following the Separation Date, you must submit your final expense reimbursement statement reflecting all business expenses you incurred through the Separation Date, if any, for which you seek reimbursement, and, in accordance with Company policy, reasonable substantiation and documentation for the same. The Company will reimburse you for your authorized and documented expenses within thirty (30) days of receiving such statement pursuant to its regular business practice.

6.    Continuing Obligations, Confidentiality and Non-Disparagement.

(a)    Subject to Section 8(b) of this Agreement, you acknowledge that you continue to be bound by your obligations under the Employee Agreement dated as of April 30, 2020 and the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “RCA”) by and among you, the Company and Parent made and effective as of July 8, 2020 (collectively, the “Continuing Obligations”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-competition provision contained in Section 3.1 of the RCA is hereby amended such that it is consistent with Sections 6(b)(1) and (2) below.

(b)    In exchange for the benefits provided to you under this Agreement, to which you would not otherwise be entitled, you also agree as follows:

1.    During the six (6)-month period immediately following the Separation Date (the “Initial Non-Competition Period”), you will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Affiliates does business or is actively planning to do business as of the Separation Date (the “Restricted Area”), or undertake any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its Affiliates in the Restricted Area.

2.    During the twenty-four (24)-month period immediately

 

-3-


following the Separation Date (the “Restricted Period”), you will not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates in the Restricted Area for or on behalf of any of the named competitors set forth on Exhibit B hereto (each, together with any affiliate or successor, a “Named Competitor”), or undertake for or on behalf of any Named Competitor any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its Affiliates in the Restricted Area.

3.    During the Restricted Period, you will not directly or indirectly (i) solicit or encourage any customer (other than a retail consumer who is a natural person), vendor, supplier, manufacturer or other business partner (collectively “Business Partners” and each, a “Business Partner”) of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; or (ii) seek to persuade any such Business Partner, or any prospective Business Partner of the Company or any of its Affiliates, to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such Business Partner or such prospective Business Partner conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a Business Partner of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time within the two (2)-year period immediately preceding the activity restricted by this Section 6(b)(2) or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of the Affiliates by any of their officers, employees or agents within such two (2)-year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if you have performed work for such Business Partner during your employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates or been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Business Partner as a result of your employment or other associations with the Company or any of its Affiliates or have had access to Confidential Information which would assist in your solicitation of such Business Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company or any of its Affiliates (or any of their predecessors) that is not generally available to the public. Confidential Information also includes any information received by the Company or any of its Affiliates (or any of their predecessors) with any understanding, express or implied, that it will not be disclosed. Confidential Information does not include information that enters the public domain, other than through your breach of your obligations under this Agreement.

4.    During the Restricted Period, you will not, directly or indirectly, (i) employ or engage, or solicit for employment or engagement, any person who was employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates within the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Separation Date, or (ii) solicit or encourage any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply with respect to your (a) soliciting any such person who has not been employed or engaged by the Company or any of its Affiliates for at least twelve (12) months or (b) causing to be placed any general advertisements in newspapers and/or other media of general circulation (including advertisements posted on the Internet or social media) that are not targeted specifically at any such person.

5.    In signing this Agreement, you give the Company assurance

 

-4-


that you have carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You agree without reservation that the restraints contained herein are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company and its Affiliates, and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect to subject matter, length of time and geographic area. You further agree that, were you to breach any of the covenants contained in this Section 6(b), the damage to the Company and its Affiliates would be irreparable. You therefore agree that the Company, in addition, and not as an alternative, to any other remedies available to it (including without limitation any remedies set forth in the Award Agreement or the Plan), shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by you of any such covenants, without having to post bond, together with an award of its reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing its rights hereunder. So that the Company may enjoy the full benefit of the covenants contained herein, you further agree that the Initial Non-Competition Period and Restricted Period, as applicable, shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the period of any breach by you of any such covenants. You and the Company further agree that, in the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, that provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law. It is also agreed that each of the Company’s Affiliates shall have the right to enforce all of your obligations to that Affiliate under this Agreement. Finally, no claimed breach of this Agreement or other violation of law attributed to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or change in the nature or scope of your employment or other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates, shall operate to excuse you from the performance of your obligations hereunder.

(c)    Subject to Section 8(b) of this Agreement, you agree that you will not disclose this Agreement or any of its terms or provisions, directly or by implication, except to members of your immediate family and to your legal and tax advisors, and then only on condition that they agree not to further disclose this Agreement or any of its terms or provisions to others.

(d)    Subject to Section 8(b) of this Agreement, you agree that you will never disparage or criticize any of the Released Parties (as defined below), the Company, its Affiliates, their business, their management or their products or services, and that you will not otherwise do or say anything that could disrupt the good morale of employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates or harm the interests or reputation of the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliates” means all persons and entities directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, where control may be by management authority, equity interest or otherwise.

7.    Return of Company Documents and Other Property. In signing this Agreement, you agree that you will return to the Company, on or before the Separation Date, any and all documents, materials and information (whether in hardcopy, on electronic media or otherwise) related to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (whether present or otherwise), and all keys, access cards, credit cards, computer hardware and software, telephones and telephone-related equipment and all other property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in your possession or control. Further, you agree that you will not retain any

 

-5-


copy or derivation of any documents, materials or information (whether in hardcopy, on electronic media or otherwise) of the Company or any of its Affiliates following the Separation Date. Recognizing that your employment with the Company will terminate as of the Separation Date, you agree that you will not, following the Separation Date, for any purpose, attempt to access or use any computer or computer network or system of the Company or any of its Affiliates, including without limitation the electronic mail system. Further, you agree to disclose to the Company, on or before the Separation Date, any and all passwords necessary or desirable to obtain access to, or that would assist in obtaining access to, all information which you have password-protected on any computer equipment, network or system of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

8.    General Release and Waiver of Claims.

(a)    In exchange for the benefits provided to you under this Agreement, to which you would not otherwise be entitled, on your own behalf and that of your heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, personal representatives and assigns, you agree that this Agreement shall be in complete and final settlement of any and all causes of action, rights and claims, whether known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, contingent or otherwise, that you have had in the past, now have, or might now have, against the Company or any of its Affiliates of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to those in any way related to, connected with or arising out of your employment, its termination, or your other associations with the Company or any of its Affiliates, under the Award Agreement or the Plan, or pursuant to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the wage and hour, wage payment and fair employment practices laws and statutes of the state or states in which you have provided services to the Company or any of its Affiliates (each as amended from time to time), and/or any other federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirement (collectively, the “Claims”), and you hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its Affiliates and all of their respective past, present and future directors, shareholders, officers, members, managers, general and limited partners, employees, employee benefit plans, administrators, trustees, agents, representatives, predecessors, successors and assigns, and all others connected with any of them, both individually and in their official capacities (collectively, the “Released Parties”), from, and you hereby waive, any and all such Claims.

(b)    Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing a charge with or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the federal Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or a comparable state or local agency, provided, however, that you hereby agree to waive your right to recover monetary damages or other individual relief in any such charge, investigation or proceeding or any related complaint or lawsuit filed by you or by anyone else on your behalf. Nothing in this Agreement limits, restricts or in any other way affects your communicating with any governmental agency or entity, or communicating with any official or staff person of a governmental agency or entity, concerning matters relevant to such governmental agency or entity.

 

-6-


(c)    This Agreement, including the general release and waiver of claims set forth in Section 8(a), creates legally binding obligations and the Company and its Affiliates therefore advise you to consult an attorney before signing this Agreement. In signing this Agreement, you give the Company and its Affiliates assurance that you have signed it voluntarily and with a full understanding of its terms; that you have had sufficient opportunity of not less than twenty-one (21), before signing this Agreement, to consider its terms and to consult with an attorney, if you wished to do so, or to consult with any other of those persons to whom reference is made in Section 6(c) above; and that you have not relied on any promises or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

(d)    You agree to sign the Release by the later of seven (7) days following the Separation Date and twenty-one (21) days following the date hereof (and in no event before the Separation Date). You further agree that a signed and unrevoked Release is an express condition to your receipt and retention of the severance benefits described in Section 3 above.

9.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to your employment, its termination and all related matters, excluding only the Continuing Obligations, which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, as amended herein.

(b)    This Agreement may not be modified or amended, and no breach shall be deemed to be waived, unless agreed to in writing by you and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or her expressly authorized designee. The captions and headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

(c)    The obligation of the Company to provide benefits to you or on your behalf under this Agreement, and your right to retain the same, is expressly conditioned upon your continued full performance of your obligations under this Agreement and of the Continuing Obligations.

(d)    This is a New York contract and shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to any conflict of laws principles that would result in the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. You agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of and in the State of New York in connection with any dispute arising out of this Agreement.

 

-7-


[Rest of page intentionally left blank.]

 

-8-


If the terms of this Agreement are acceptable to you, please sign, date and return it to me on or before April 16, 2021. You acknowledge that you have had at least twenty-one (21) days to consider the terms of this Agreement since you received it substantially in its final form on March 26, 2021, and you and the Company agree that the changes made to the March 26, 2021 version of this Agreement will not restart the twenty-one (21) day period. You may revoke this Agreement at any time during the seven (7)-day period immediately following the date of your signing by notifying me in writing of your revocation within that period, and this Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until that seven (7)-day revocation period has expired. If you do not revoke this Agreement, then, on the eighth (8th) day following the date that you signed it, this Agreement shall take effect as a legally binding agreement between you and the Company on the basis set forth above. The enclosed copy of this letter, which you should also sign and date, is for your records.

 

Sincerely,
OLAPLEX, INC.
By:       /s/ JuE Wong                            
   Name: JuE Wong
   Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and agreed:
Signature:  

    /s/ Jim MacPherson

   James MacPherson
Date:  

    April 5, 2021

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.14

MEMORANDUM

From:    [_______]

To:    [_______]

Date:    September [_], 2021

Re:    Conversion of Option Awards

On September [•], 2021, the board of directors (the “Board”) of Penelope Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, (“Holdings Corp.”) and the Compensation Committee of Penelope Group Holdings GP, LLC (“Holdings GP”) took certain actions with respect to each outstanding option to purchase common stock of Holdings Corp. as part of a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) in advance of our initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”) in which all of equityholders of Penelope Group Holdings, L.P. (“Penelope Group Holdings”), the indirect parent of Holdings Corp., exchanged their partnership interests for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a recently formed Delaware corporation, (“Olaplex Holdings”), which became the indirect parent of Holdings Corp. In connection with the Reorganization:

 

   

each outstanding vested option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. was converted into a vested option to purchase [    ] shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, which amount was based on the ratio at which Class A common units of Penelope Group Holdings were exchanged for shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings (the “Conversion Ratio”), with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value;

 

   

each outstanding unvested time-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. was converted into an unvested time-based option to purchase [    ]    shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, which amount was based on the Conversion Ratio, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value and the same time-based vesting schedule that applied to the option prior to the conversion; and

 

   

each outstanding unvested performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. that would vest if the Advent investment funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings (after giving effect to the Reorganization) at a per share price equal to the Initial Public Offering price was converted into an unvested option to purchase [    ]    shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings, which amount was based on the Conversion Ratio, with a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price that preserves the option’s spread value, that will be eligible to vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the Initial Public Offering, subject to the option holder’s continued service through each vesting date; and each outstanding performance-based option to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings Corp. that would not vest if the Advent investment funds were to sell for cash their shares of common stock of Olaplex Holdings (after giving effect to the Reorganization) at a per share price equal to the Initial Public Offering price was forfeited.

The foregoing actions were effected automatically as a result of the Reorganization and without any action on the part of the respective optionholders pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Company’s 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

This means that, for example, if you held unvested time-based options to purchase 100.000 shares of Holdings Corp. at an exercise price of $510.35, you now hold unvested time-based options to purchase [ ] shares of Olaplex Holdings at an exercise price of $[                ]. The specific adjustments to each option award you hold are set forth on Exhibit A. All of the other terms and conditions of your stock options, including the vesting schedule (except as provided above) and the expiration date, will remain the same and are not affected by the changes described herein.

If you have any questions, please call me at _________ or contact me by email at ____________.

Sincerely,

 

 

[Name]

[Title]


EXHIBIT A

Options

 

Date of Grant

  Original
Number of
Options
    Original Exercise
Price ($)
    Adjusted Number
of Options
    Adjusted Exercise
Price ($)
 
    $         $    

 

Exhibit 10.15

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.    DEFINED TERMS

Exhibit A, which is incorporated by reference, defines certain terms used in the Plan and includes certain operational rules related to those terms.

2.    PURPOSE

The Plan has been established to advance the interests of the Company by providing for the grant to Participants of Stock and Stock-based Awards.

3.    ADMINISTRATION

The Plan will be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has discretionary authority, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan, to administer and interpret the Plan and any Awards; to determine eligibility for and grant Awards; to determine the exercise price, base value from which appreciation is measured, or purchase price, if any, applicable to any Award, to determine, modify, accelerate or waive the terms and conditions of any Award; to determine the form of settlement of Awards (whether in cash, shares of Stock, other Awards or other property); to prescribe forms, rules and procedures relating to the Plan and Awards; and to otherwise do all things necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of the Plan or any Award. Determinations of the Administrator made with respect to the Plan or any Award are conclusive and bind all persons.

4.    SHARE POOL; LIMITS ON AWARDS

(a)    Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7(b) below, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of Awards under the Plan is (i) 45,368,725 shares of Stock, plus (ii)(A) the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Prior Plan as of the Date of Adoption, plus (B) the number of shares of Stock underlying awards under the Prior Plan that on or after the Date of Adoption expire or become unexercisable without the delivery of shares, are forfeited to, or repurchased for cash by, the Company, are settled in cash, or otherwise become available again for grant under the Prior Plan, in each case, in accordance with its terms (as may be increased in the following sentence, the “Share Pool”). The Share Pool will automatically increase on January 1st of each year beginning in 2023 and continuing through and including 2031 by the lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the number of shares of Stock outstanding as of such date and (ii) the number of shares of Stock determined by the Board on or prior to such date for such year. Up to the total number of shares of Stock comprising the Share Pool may be delivered in satisfaction of ISOs, but nothing in this Section 4(a) will be construed as requiring that any, or any fixed number of, ISOs be granted under the Plan. The Share Pool shall not be reduced by (i) any shares of Stock withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price or purchase price of an Award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements with respect to an Award or (ii) any shares of Stock underlying any portion of an Award that is settled in cash or that expires, becomes unexercisable, terminates or is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, in any case, without the delivery (or retention, in the case of Restricted Stock or Unrestricted Stock) of Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, the


Share Pool will not be increased by any shares of Stock delivered under the Plan that are subsequently repurchased using proceeds directly attributable to Stock Option exercises. The limits set forth in this Section 4(a) will be construed to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 422.

(b)     Substitute Awards. The Administrator may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan. To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 422 and the regulations thereunder and other applicable legal requirements (including applicable stock exchange requirements), shares of Stock delivered in respect of Substitute Awards will be in addition to and will not reduce the Share Pool. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in Section 4(a) above to the contrary, if any Substitute Award is settled in cash or expires, becomes unexercisable, terminates or is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company without the delivery (or retention, in the case of Restricted Stock or Unrestricted Stock) of Stock, the shares of Stock previously subject to such Award will not increase the Share Pool or otherwise be available for future delivery under the Plan. The Administrator will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions of the Plan apply to Substitute Awards, if at all; provided, however, that Substitute Awards will not be subject to the limits described in Section 4(d) below.

(c)    Type of Shares. Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Stock, treasury Stock or previously issued Stock acquired by the Company. No fractional shares of Stock will be delivered under the Plan.

(d)    Director Limits. In addition to the foregoing limits, the aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any Director with respect to any calendar year, including Awards granted under the Plan and cash fees or other compensation paid by the Company to such Director outside of the Plan for his or her services as a Director during such calendar year, may not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate, calculating the value of any Awards based on the grant date fair value in accordance with the Accounting Rules, assuming a maximum payout. For the avoidance of doubt, the limitation in this Section 4(d) will not apply to any compensation granted or paid to a Director for his or her services to the Company or a subsidiary other than as a Director, including, without limitation, as a consultant or advisor to the Company or a subsidiary.

5.    ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

The Administrator will select Participants from among Employees and Directors of, and consultants to, the Company and its subsidiaries. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code. Eligibility for Stock Options, other than ISOs, and SARs is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are providing direct services on the date of grant of the Award to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company that would be described in the first sentence of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) of the Treasury Regulations.

6.    RULES APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

(a)    All Awards.

 

2


(1)    Award Provisions. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of all Awards, subject to the limitations provided herein. No term of an Award shall provide for automatic “reload” grants of additional Awards upon the exercise of an Option or SAR. By accepting (or, under such rules as the Administrator may prescribe, being deemed to have accepted) an Award, the Participant will be deemed to have agreed to the terms and conditions of the Award and the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Substitute Awards may contain terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions specified herein, as determined by the Administrator.

(2)    Term of Plan. No Awards may be made after ten years from the Date of Adoption, but previously granted Awards may continue beyond that date in accordance with their terms.

(3)    Transferability. Neither ISOs nor, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides in accordance with the third sentence of this Section 6(a)(3), other Awards may be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During a Participant’s lifetime, ISOs and, except as the Administrator otherwise expressly provides in accordance with the third sentence of this Section 6(a)(3), SARs and NSOs may be exercised only by the Participant. The Administrator may permit the gratuitous transfer (i.e., transfer not for value) of Awards other than ISOs, subject to applicable securities and other laws and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(4)    Vesting; Exercisability. The Administrator will determine the time or times at which an Award vests or becomes exercisable and the terms and conditions on which a Stock Option or SAR remains exercisable. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of an Award (or any portion thereof), regardless of any adverse or potentially adverse tax or other consequences resulting from such acceleration. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, however, the following rules will apply if a Participant’s Employment ceases:

(A)    Except as provided in (B) and (C) below, immediately upon the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, each Stock Option and SAR (or portion thereof) that is then held by the Participant or by the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, will cease to be exercisable and will terminate and each other Award that is then held by the Participant or by the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, to the extent not then vested, will be forfeited.

(B)    Subject to (C) and (D) below, each vested and unexercised Stock Option and SAR (or portion thereof) held by the Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of three months following such cessation of Employment (provided that, if the Participant is prohibited by applicable law or Company policy applicable to similarly situated employees from engaging in any open-market sales of Stock during all or part of such three-month period, at the end of such three-month period the term will automatically extend to six months following such cessation of Employment) and (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

 

3


(C)    Subject to (D) below, each vested and unexercised Stock Option and SAR (or portion thereof) held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment due to his or her death or by the Company due to his or her Disability, to the extent then exercisable, will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) the one-year period ending on the first anniversary of such cessation of Employment and (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such Stock Option or SAR could have been exercised without regard to this Section 6(a)(4), and will thereupon immediately terminate.

(D)    All Awards (whether or not vested or exercisable) held by a Participant or the Participant’s permitted transferees, if any, immediately prior to the cessation of the Participant’s Employment will immediately terminate upon such cessation of Employment if the termination is for Cause or occurs in circumstances that in the determination of the Administrator would have constituted grounds for the Participant’s Employment to be terminated for Cause (in each case, without regard to the lapsing of any required notice or cure periods in connection therewith).

(5)    Recovery of Compensation. The Administrator may provide in any case that any outstanding Award (whether or not vested or exercisable), the proceeds from the exercise or disposition of any Award or Stock acquired under any Award, and any other amounts received in respect of any Award or Stock acquired under any Award will be subject to forfeiture and disgorgement to the Company, with interest and other related earnings, if the Participant to whom the Award was granted is not in compliance with any provision of the Plan or any applicable Award or any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, non-disparagement, confidentiality, invention assignment or other restrictive covenant by which he or she is bound. Each Award will be subject to any policy of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that relates to trading on non-public information and permitted transactions with respect to shares of Stock, including limitations on hedging and pledging. In addition, each Award will be subject to any policy of the Company or any of its affiliates that provides for forfeiture, disgorgement, or clawback with respect to incentive compensation that includes Awards under the Plan and will be further subject to forfeiture and disgorgement to the extent required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards, including, without limitation, Section 10D of the Exchange Act. Each Participant, by accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, agrees (or will be deemed to have agreed) to the terms of this Section 6(a)(5) and to any clawback, recoupment or similar policy of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and further agrees (or will be deemed to have further agreed) to cooperate fully with the Administrator, and to cause any and all permitted transferees of the Participant to cooperate fully with the Administrator, to effectuate any forfeiture or disgorgement described in this Section 6(a)(5). Neither the Administrator nor the Company nor any other person, other than the Participant and his or her permitted transferees, if any, will be responsible for any adverse tax or other consequences to a Participant or his or her permitted transferees, if any, that may arise in connection with this Section 6(a)(5).

 

4


(6)    Taxes. The grant of an Award and the issuance, delivery, vesting and retention of Stock, cash or other property under an Award are conditioned upon the full satisfaction by the Participant of all tax and other withholding requirements with respect to the Award. The Administrator will prescribe such rules for the withholding of taxes and other amounts with respect to any Award as it deems necessary. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Company or any affiliate of the Company will have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold (by any means set forth herein or in an Award agreement), or require a Participant to remit to the Company or an affiliate of the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and local income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to participation in the Plan and any Award hereunder and legally applicable to the Participant and required by law to be withheld (including, any amount deemed by the Company, in its discretion, to be an appropriate charge to the Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or any affiliate of the Company). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may hold back shares of Stock from an Award or permit a Participant to tender previously-owned shares of Stock in satisfaction of tax or other withholding requirements (but not in excess of the maximum withholding amount consistent with the Award being subject to equity accounting treatment under the Accounting Rules). Any amounts withheld pursuant to this Section 6(a)(6) will be treated as though such amounts had been paid directly to the applicable Participant. In addition, the Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax and other withholding amounts from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant from the Company or any of its affiliates.

(7)    Dividend Equivalents. The Administrator may provide for the payment of amounts (on terms and subject to such conditions established by the Administrator) in lieu of cash dividends or other cash distributions with respect to Stock subject to an Award whether or not the holder of such Award is otherwise entitled to share in the actual dividend or distribution in respect of such Award; provided, however, that (a) dividends or dividend equivalents relating to an Award that, at the dividend payment date, remains subject to a risk of forfeiture (whether service-based or performance-based) shall be subject to the same risk of forfeiture as applies to the underlying Award and (b) no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable with respect to Stock Options or SARs. Any entitlement to dividend equivalents or similar entitlements will be established and administered either consistent with an exemption from, or in compliance with, the applicable requirements of Section 409A.

(8)    Rights Limited. Nothing in the Plan or any Award will be construed as giving any person the right to be granted an Award or to continued employment or service with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any rights as a stockholder except as to shares of Stock actually delivered under the Plan. The loss of existing or potential profit in any Award will not constitute an element of damages in the event of a termination of a Participant’s Employment for any reason, even if the termination is in violation of an obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the Participant.

(9)    Coordination with Other Plans. Shares of Stock and/or Awards under the Plan may be issued or granted in tandem with, or in satisfaction of or substitution for, other Awards under the Plan or awards made under other compensatory plans or programs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For example, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, awards under other compensatory plans or programs of the Company or any of its

 

5


subsidiaries may be settled in Stock (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Stock) under the Plan if the Administrator so determines, in which case the shares delivered will be treated as awarded under the Plan (and will reduce the Share Pool).

(10)    Section 409A.

(A)    Without limiting the generality of Section 11(b) hereof, each Award will contain such terms as the Administrator determines and will be construed and administered, such that the Award either qualifies for an exemption from the requirements of Section 409A or satisfies such requirements.

(B)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award agreement, the Administrator may unilaterally amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, changing the form of the Award, if the Administrator determines that such amendment, modification or termination is necessary or desirable to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A.

(C)    If a Participant is determined on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then, with regard to any payment that is considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, payable on account of a “separation from service”, such payment will be made or provided on the date that is the earlier of (i) the first business day following the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” and (ii) the date of the Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 6(a)(10)(C) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single lump sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) will be paid, without interest, on the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period in a lump sum and any remaining payments due under the Award will be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them in the applicable Award agreement.

(D)    For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under the Plan or any Award will be treated as a separate payment.

(E)    With regard to any payment considered to be nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, to the extent applicable, that is payable upon a change in control of the Company or other similar event, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of an additional tax, interest or penalty under Section 409A, no amount will be payable unless such change in control constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b)    Stock Options and SARs.

(1)    Time and Manner of Exercise. Unless the Administrator expressly provides otherwise, no Stock Option or SAR will be deemed to have been exercised until the Administrator receives a notice of exercise in a form acceptable to the Administrator that is

 

6


signed by the appropriate person and accompanied by any payment required under the Award. The Administrator may limit or restrict the exercisability of any Stock Option or SAR in its discretion, including in connection with any Covered Transaction. Any attempt to exercise a Stock Option or SAR by any person other than the Participant will not be given effect unless the Administrator has received such evidence as it may require that the person exercising the Award has the right to do so.

(2)    Exercise Price. The exercise price (or the base value from which appreciation is to be measured) per share of each Award requiring exercise must be no less than 100% (in the case of an ISO granted to a 10-percent stockholder within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock, determined as of the date of grant of the Award, or such higher amount as the Administrator may determine in connection with the grant.

(3)    Payment of Exercise Price. Where the exercise of an Award (or portion thereof) is to be accompanied by a payment, payment of the exercise price must be made by cash or check acceptable to the Administrator or, if so permitted by the Administrator and if legally permissible, (i) through the delivery of previously acquired unrestricted shares of Stock, or the withholding of unrestricted shares of Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise, in either case, that have a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price; (ii) through a broker-assisted cashless exercise program acceptable to the Administrator; (iii) by other means acceptable to the Administrator; or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. The delivery of previously acquired shares in payment of the exercise price under clause (i) above may be accomplished either by actual delivery or by constructive delivery through attestation of ownership, subject to such rules as the Administrator may prescribe.

(4)    Maximum Term. The maximum term of Stock Options and SARs must not exceed 10 years from the date of grant (or five years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO granted to a 10-percent stockholder described in Section 6(b)(2) above).

(5)    No Repricing. Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (which term includes, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares) or as otherwise contemplated by Section 7 below, the Company may not, without obtaining stockholder approval, (i) amend the terms of outstanding Stock Options or SARs to reduce the exercise price or base value of such Stock Options or SARs; (ii) cancel outstanding Stock Options or SARs in exchange for Stock Options or SARs that have an exercise price or base value that is less than the exercise price or base value of the original Stock Options or SARs; or (iii) cancel outstanding Stock Options or SARs that have an exercise price or base value greater than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of such cancellation in exchange for cash or other consideration.

 

7


7.    EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

(a)    Mergers, etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award or other agreement or by the Administrator, the following provisions will apply in the event of a Covered Transaction:

(1)    Assumption or Substitution. If the Covered Transaction is one in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Administrator may provide for (i) the assumption or continuation of some or all outstanding Awards or any portion thereof or (ii) the grant of new awards in substitution therefor by the acquiror or survivor or an affiliate of the acquiror or survivor.

(2)    Cash-Out of Awards. Subject to Section 7(a)(5) below, the Administrator may provide for payment (a “cash-out”), with respect to some or all Awards or any portion thereof (including only the vested portion thereof, with the unvested portion terminating without payment due as provided in Section 7(a)(4) below), equal in the case of each applicable Award or portion thereof to the excess, if any, of (i) the fair market value of one share of Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award or such portion, minus (ii) the aggregate exercise or purchase price, if any, of such Award or such portion thereof (or, in the case of a SAR, the aggregate base value above which appreciation is measured), in each case, on such payment and other terms and subject to such conditions (which need not be the same as the terms and conditions applicable to holders of Stock generally), as the Administrator determines, including that any amounts paid in respect of such Award in connection with the Covered Transaction be placed in escrow or otherwise made subject to such restrictions as the Administrator deems appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, if the per share exercise or purchase price (or base value) of an Award or portion thereof is equal to or greater than the fair market value of one share of Stock, such Award or portion may be cancelled with no payment due hereunder or otherwise in respect thereof.

(3)    Acceleration of Certain Awards. Subject to Section 7(a)(5) below, the Administrator may provide that any Award requiring exercise will become exercisable, in full or in part, and/or that the delivery of any shares of Stock remaining deliverable under any outstanding Award of Stock Units (including Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards to the extent consisting of Stock Units) will be accelerated, in full or in part, in each case on a basis that gives the holder of the Award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Administrator, following the exercise of the Award or the delivery of the shares, as the case may be, to participate as a stockholder in the Covered Transaction.

(4)    Termination of Awards upon Consummation of Covered Transaction. Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine, each Award will automatically terminate (and in the case of outstanding shares of Restricted Stock, will automatically be forfeited) immediately upon the consummation of the Covered Transaction, other than (i) any Award that is assumed, continued or substituted for pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) above and (ii) any Award that by its terms, or as a result of action taken by the Administrator, continues following the Covered Transaction.

 

8


(5)    Additional Limitations. Any share of Stock and any cash or other property or other award delivered pursuant to Section 7(a)(1), Section 7(a)(2) or Section 7(a)(3) above with respect to an Award may, in the discretion of the Administrator, contain such restrictions, if any, as the Administrator deems appropriate, including to reflect any performance or other vesting conditions to which the Award was subject and that did not lapse (and were not satisfied) in connection with the Covered Transaction. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a cash-out under Section 7(a)(2) above or an acceleration under Section 7(a)(3) above will not, in and of itself, be treated as the lapsing (or satisfaction) of a performance or other vesting condition. In the case of Restricted Stock that does not vest and is not forfeited in connection with the Covered Transaction, the Administrator may require that any amounts delivered, exchanged or otherwise paid in respect of such Stock in connection with the Covered Transaction be placed in escrow or otherwise made subject to such restrictions as the Administrator deems appropriate to carry out the intent of the Plan.

(6)    Uniform Treatment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) in a uniform manner, and may treat different Participants and/or Awards differently, in connection with a Covered Transaction.

(b)    Changes in and Distributions with Respect to Stock.

(1)    Basic Adjustment Provisions. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure that constitutes an equity restructuring within the meaning of the Accounting Rules, the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments to the Share Pool, and shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities underlying Awards then outstanding or subsequently granted, any exercise or purchase prices (or base values) relating to Awards and any other provision of Awards affected by such change.

(2)    Certain Other Adjustments. The Administrator may also make adjustments of the type described in Section 7(b)(1) above to take into account distributions to stockholders other than those provided for in Sections 7(a) and 7(b)(1) above, or any other event, if the Administrator determines that adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion in the operation of the Plan or any Award.

(3)    Continuing Application of Plan Terms. References in the Plan to shares of Stock will be construed to include any stock or securities resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.

8.    LEGAL CONDITIONS ON DELIVERY OF STOCK

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove any restriction from shares of Stock previously delivered under the Plan until: (i) the Company is satisfied that all legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been addressed and resolved; (ii) if the outstanding Stock is at the time of delivery listed on any stock exchange or national market system, the shares to be delivered have been listed or authorized to be listed on such exchange or system upon official notice of issuance; and (iii) all conditions of the Award have been satisfied or waived. The Company may require, as a

 

9


condition to the exercise of an Award or the delivery of shares of Stock under an Award, such representations or agreements as counsel for the Company may consider appropriate to avoid violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state or non-U.S. securities law. Any Stock delivered under the Plan will be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator determines appropriate, including book-entry registration or delivery of stock certificates. In the event that the Administrator determines that stock certificates will be issued in connection with Stock issued under the Plan, the Administrator may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend reflecting any restriction on transfer applicable to such Stock, and the Company may hold the certificates pending the lapse of the applicable restrictions.

9.    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Administrator may at any time or times amend the Plan or any outstanding Award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by applicable law, and may at any time terminate the Plan as to any future grants of Awards; provided, however, that except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the applicable Award, the Administrator may not, without the Participant’s consent, alter the terms of an Award so as to affect materially and adversely the Participant’s rights under the Award, unless the Administrator expressly reserved the right to do so in the Plan or at the time the applicable Award was granted. Any amendments to the Plan will be conditioned upon stockholder approval only to the extent, if any, such approval is required by applicable law (including the Code) or stock exchange requirements, as determined by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, without limiting the Administrator’s rights hereunder, no adjustment to any Award pursuant to the terms of Section 7 or Section 12 hereof will be treated as an amendment requiring a Participant’s consent.

10.    OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

The existence of the Plan or the grant of any Award will not affect the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to grant any person bonuses or other compensation in addition to Awards under the Plan.

11.    MISCELLANEOUS

(a)    Waiver of Jury Trial. By accepting or being deemed to have accepted an Award under the Plan, each Participant waives (or will be deemed to have waived), to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under the Plan or any Award, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees (or will be deemed to have agreed) that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim will be tried before a court and not before a jury. By accepting (or being deemed to have accepted) an Award under the Plan, each Participant certifies that no officer, representative, or attorney of the Company has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Company would not, in the event of any action, proceeding or counterclaim, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, nothing herein is to be construed as limiting the ability of the Company and a Participant to agree to submit any dispute arising under the terms of the Plan or any Award to binding arbitration or as limiting the ability of the Company to require any individual to agree to submit such disputes to binding arbitration as a condition of receiving an Award hereunder.

 

10


(b)    Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award, none of the Company, nor any of its subsidiaries, nor the Administrator, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or the Administrator, will be liable to any Participant, to any permitted transferee, to the estate or beneficiary of any Participant or any permitted transferee, or to any other person by reason of any acceleration of income, any additional tax, or any penalty, interest or other liability asserted by reason of the failure of an Award to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 or Section 409A or by reason of Section 4999 of the Code, or otherwise asserted with respect to any Award.

(c)    Unfunded Plan. The Company’s obligations under the Plan are unfunded, and no Participant will have any right to specific assets of the Company in respect of any Award. Participants will be general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to any amounts due or payable under the Plan.

12.    ESTABLISHMENT OF SUB-PLANS

The Administrator may at any time and from time to time (including before or after an Award is granted) establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan for Participants based outside of the U.S. and/or subject to the laws of countries other than the U.S., including by establishing one or more sub-plans, supplements or appendices under the Plan or any Award agreement for the purpose of complying or facilitating compliance with non-U.S. laws or taking advantage of tax favorable treatment or for any other legal or administrative reason determined by the Administrator. Any such sub-plan, supplement or appendix may contain, in each case, (i) such limitations on the Administrator’s discretion under the Plan and (ii) such additional or different terms and conditions, as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable and will be deemed to be part of the Plan but will apply only to Participants within the group to which the sub-plan, supplement or appendix applies (as determined by the Administrator); provided, however, that no sub-plan, supplement or appendix, rule or regulation established pursuant to this provision shall increase the Share Pool.

13.    GOVERNING LAW

(a)    Certain Requirements of Corporate Law. Awards and shares of Stock will be granted, issued and administered consistent with the requirements of applicable Delaware law relating to the issuance of stock and the consideration to be received therefor, and with the applicable requirements of the stock exchanges or other trading systems on which the Stock is listed or entered for trading, in each case, as determined by the Administrator.

(b)    Other Matters. Except as otherwise provided by the express terms of an Award agreement, under a sub-plan described in Section 12 above or as provided in Section 13(a) above, the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware govern the provisions of the Plan and of Awards under the Plan and all claims or disputes arising out of or based upon the Plan or any Award under the Plan or relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

11


(c)    Jurisdiction. Subject to Section 11(a) above, by accepting (or being deemed to have accepted) an Award, each Participant agrees or will be deemed to have agreed to (i) submit irrevocably and unconditionally to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the geographic boundaries of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon the Plan or any Award; (ii) not commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon the Plan or any Award, except in the federal and state courts located within the geographic boundaries of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware; and (iii) waive, and not assert, by way of motion as a defense or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that he or she is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts that his or her property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that the Plan or any Award or the subject matter thereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

12


EXHIBIT A

Definition of Terms

The following terms, when used in the Plan, have the meanings and are subject to the provisions set forth below:

“Accounting Rules”: Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor provision.

“Administrator”: The Compensation Committee, except that the Board may at any time act in the capacity of the Administrator (including with respect to such matters that are not delegated to the Compensation Committee by the Board (whether pursuant to committee or charter), if applicable). The Compensation Committee (or the Board) may delegate (i) to one or more of its members (or one or more other members of the Board) such of its duties, powers and responsibilities as it may determine; (ii) to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Awards to the extent permitted by applicable law; and (iii) to such Employees or other persons as it determines such ministerial tasks as it deems appropriate. For purposes of the Plan, the term “Administrator” will include the Board, the Compensation Committee, and the person or persons delegated authority under the Plan to the extent of such delegation, as applicable.

“Award”: Any or a combination of the following:

(i) Stock Options;

(ii) SARs;

(iii) Restricted Stock;

(iv) Unrestricted Stock;

(v) Stock Units, including Restricted Stock Units;

(vi) Performance Awards; and

(vii) Awards (other than Awards described in (i) through (vi) above) that are convertible into or otherwise based on Stock.

“Board”: The Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment, change of control or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Cause,” the definition set forth in such agreement applies with respect to such Participant for purposes of the Plan for so long as such agreement is in effect. In every other case, “Cause” means, as determined by the Administrator, (i) a substantial failure of the Participant to perform the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or substantial negligence in the performance of such duties and responsibilities; (ii) the commission by the Participant of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) the commission by the Participant of theft,

 

A-1


fraud, embezzlement, material breach of trust or any material act of dishonesty involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) a significant violation by the Participant of the code of conduct of the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any material policy of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (v) material breach of any of the terms of the Plan or any Award made under the Plan, or of the terms of any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Participant; or (vi) other conduct by the Participant that could be expected to be harmful to the business, interests or reputation of the Company.

“Code”: The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as from time to time amended and in effect, or any successor statute as from time to time in effect.

“Company”: Olaplex Holdings, Inc.

“Compensation Committee”: The Compensation Committee of the Board.

“Covered Transaction”: Any of (i) a consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions, including a sale or other disposition of stock, in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s then outstanding common stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities acting in concert; (ii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets; (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or (iv) any other transaction the Administrator determines to be a Covered Transaction. Where a Covered Transaction involves a tender offer that is reasonably expected to be followed by a merger described in clause (i) (as determined by the Administrator), the Covered Transaction will be deemed to have occurred upon consummation of the tender offer.

“Date of Adoption”: The earlier of the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders or adopted by the Board, as determined by the Committee.

“Director”: A member of the Board who is not an Employee.

“Disability”: In the case of any Participant who is party to an employment, change of control or severance-benefit agreement that contains a definition of “Disability” (or a corollary term), the definition set forth in such agreement applies with respect to such Participant for purposes of the Plan for so long as such agreement is in effect. In every other case, “Disability” means, as determined by the Administrator, absence from work due to a disability for a period in excess of ninety (90) days in any twelve (12)-month period that would entitle the Participant to receive benefits under the Company’s long-term disability program as in effect from time to time (if the Participant were a participant in such program).

“Employee”: Any person who is employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

“Employment”: A Participant’s employment or other service relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Employment will be deemed to continue, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, so long as the Participant is employed by, or otherwise is providing services in a capacity described in Section 5 of the Plan to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries. If a Participant’s employment or other service relationship is with any subsidiary of

 

A-2


the Company and that entity ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s Employment will be deemed to have terminated when the entity ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company unless the Participant transfers Employment to the Company or one of its remaining subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in construing the provisions of any Award relating to the payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (subject to Section 409A) upon a termination or cessation of Employment, references to termination or cessation of employment, separation from service, retirement or similar or correlative terms will be construed to require a “separation from service” (as that term is defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations, after giving effect to the presumptions contained therein) from the Company and from all other corporations and trades or businesses, if any, that would be treated as a single “service recipient” with the Company under Section 1.409A-1(h)(3) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election will be deemed a part of the Plan.

“Exchange Act”: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value”: As of a particular date, (i) the closing price for a share of Stock reported on the Nasdaq Global Market (or any other national securities exchange on which the Stock is then listed) for that date or, if no closing price is reported for that date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which a closing price was reported or (ii) in the event that the Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange, the fair market value of a share of Stock determined by the Administrator consistent with the rules of Section 422 and Section 409A to the extent applicable.

“ISO”: A Stock Option intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422. Each Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan will be treated as providing by its terms that it is to be an NSO unless, as of the date of grant, it is expressly designated as an ISO in the applicable Award agreement.

“NSO”: A Stock Option that is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422.

“Participant”: A person who is granted an Award under the Plan.

“Performance Award”: An Award subject to performance vesting conditions, which may include Performance Criteria.

“Performance Criteria”: Specified criteria, other than the mere continuation of Employment or the mere passage of time, the satisfaction of which is a condition for the grant, exercisability, vesting or full enjoyment of an Award. A Performance Criterion and any targets with respect thereto need not be based upon an increase, a positive or improved result or avoidance of loss and may be applied to a Participant individually, or to a business unit or division of the Company or to the Company as a whole. A Performance Criterion may also be based on individual performance and/or subjective performance criteria. The Administrator may provide that one or more of the Performance Criteria applicable to such Award will be adjusted

 

A-3


in a manner to reflect events (for example, but without limitation, acquisitions or dispositions) occurring during the performance period that affect the applicable Performance Criterion or Criteria.    

“Plan”: This Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect.

“Prior Plan”: The Penelope Holdings Corp. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect.

“Restricted Stock”: Stock subject to restrictions requiring that it be forfeited, redelivered or offered for sale to the Company if specified performance or other vesting conditions are not satisfied.

“Restricted Stock Unit”: A Stock Unit that is, or as to which the delivery of Stock or of cash in lieu of Stock is, subject to the satisfaction of specified performance or other vesting conditions.

“SAR”: A right entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount (payable in cash or in shares of Stock of equivalent value) equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to the right over the base value from which appreciation under the SAR is to be measured.

“Section 409A”: Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

“Section 422”: Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

“Stock”: Common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

“Stock Option”: An option entitling the holder to acquire shares of Stock upon payment of the exercise price.

“Stock Unit”: An unfunded and unsecured promise, denominated in shares of Stock, to deliver Stock or cash measured by the value of Stock in the future.

“Substitute Award”: An Award granted under the Plan in substitution for one or more equity awards of an acquired company that are converted, replaced or adjusted in connection with the acquisition.

“Unrestricted Stock”: Stock not subject to any restrictions under the terms of the Award.

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.16

 

Name:      [                    ]
Number of Shares of Stock subject to the Stock Option:      [                    ]
Exercise Price Per Share:    $[                    ]
Date of Grant:      [                    ]
Vesting Commencement Date:      [                    ]

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (EMPLOYEE)

This agreement (this “Agreement”) evidences a stock option granted by Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the individual named above (the “Participant”), pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (as from time to time amended and in effect, the “Plan”). Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein have the same meaning as in the Plan.

1.    Grant of Stock Option. On the date of grant set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the Company granted to the Participant an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan, up to the number of shares of Stock set forth above (the “Shares”), with an exercise price per Share as set forth above, in each case subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan in respect of transactions occurring after the date hereof.

The Stock Option evidenced by this Agreement is a non-statutory option (that is, an option that is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option) and is granted to the Participant in connection with the Participant’s Employment.

2.    Vesting.

 

  (a)

The term “vest” as used herein with respect to the Stock Option or any portion thereof means to become exercisable and the term “vested” as used herein with respect to the Stock Option (or any portion thereof) means that the Stock Option (or portion thereof) is then exercisable.

 

  (b)

Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the Stock Option will vest as to [                    ], in each case, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date.

 

  (c)

If the Stock Option (or any portion thereof) is not assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a Change in Control pursuant to Section 7(a)(1) of the Plan, the Stock Option (or such portion), to the extent then unvested, will vest in full as of immediately prior to such Change in Control. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control” shall mean the consummation of (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”); (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the


  holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable); (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by any Person; or (iv) the complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company; provided, however, that the Company’s initial public offering, any subsequent public offering or anther capital raising event, a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile or any acquisition by the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not constitute a “Change in Control”.

3.    Exercise of the Stock Option. No portion of the Stock Option may be exercised until such portion vests. Each election to exercise any vested portion of the Stock Option will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and must be in written or electronic form acceptable to the Administrator, signed (including by electronic signature) by the Participant or, if at the relevant time the Stock Option has passed to the estate or beneficiary of the Participant or a permitted transferee, by such estate or beneficiary or permitted transferee. Each such written or electronic exercise election must be received by the Company at its principal office or at such other place or by such other party as the Administrator may prescribe and must be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price by cash or check, through a broker-assisted exercise program acceptable to the Administrator, or as otherwise provided in the Plan. Subject to earlier termination as set forth herein or in the Plan (including Section 6(a)(4) of the Plan), the latest date on which the Stock Option or any portion thereof may be exercised is the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Final Exercise Date”) and, if not exercised on or prior to such date, the Stock Option or any remaining portion thereof will thereupon immediately terminate.

4.    Cessation of Employment. If the Participant’s Employment ceases for any reason, the Stock Option, to the extent not then vested, will be immediately forfeited for no consideration, and any vested portion of the Stock Option that is then outstanding will remain exercisable for the period, if any, described in Section 6(a)(4) of the Plan.

5.    Restrictions on Transfer. The Stock Option may not be transferred except as expressly permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

6.    Forfeiture; Recovery of Compensation. By accepting, or being deemed to have accepted, the Stock Option, the Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that his or her rights, and those of any permitted transferee, with respect to the Stock Option, including the right to any Shares acquired under the Stock Option and any amounts received in respect thereof, are subject to Section 6(a)(5) of the Plan (including any successor provision). The Participant further agrees to be bound by the terms of any applicable clawback or recoupment policy of the Company. Nothing in the preceding sentence will be construed as limiting the general application of Section 8 of this Agreement.

7.    Taxes. The Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Participant’s rights hereunder, including the right to be issued Shares upon exercise of the Stock Option, are subject to the Participant promptly paying to the Company in cash or by check (or by such other

 

-2-


means as may be acceptable to the Administrator) all taxes and other amounts required to be withheld. No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option unless and until the person exercising the Stock Option has remitted to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any withholding requirements, or has made other arrangements satisfactory to the Company with respect to such amounts. The Participant authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries to withhold any amounts due in respect of any required withholdings from any amounts otherwise owed to the Participant, but nothing in this sentence will be construed as relieving the Participant from any liability for satisfying his or her obligation under the preceding provisions of this Section 7.

8.    Provisions of the Plan. This Agreement is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant has been made available to the Participant. By accepting, or being deemed to have accepted, the Stock Option, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

9.    Restrictive Covenants Agreement. Concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Restrictive Covenants Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Participant will be bound by the provisions set forth in such Restrictive Covenants Agreement, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall survive any termination, expiration, forfeiture, transfer or other disposition of the Stock Option.

10.    Acknowledgements. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that (i) this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument, (ii) this Agreement may be executed and exchanged using facsimile, portable document format (PDF) or electronic signature, which, in each case, will constitute an original signature for all purposes hereunder, and (iii) such signature by the Company will be binding against the Company and will create a legally binding agreement when this Agreement is countersigned by the Participant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-3-


The Company, by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant have executed this Agreement.

 

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:

By                                                     

    [Participant’s Name]

Signature Page to Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee)


Exhibit A

Restrictive Covenants Agreement

Signature Page to Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee)

Exhibit 10.17

 

Name:    [                    ]
Number of Restricted Stock Units:    [                    ]
Date of Grant:    [                    ]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [                    ]

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (DIRECTOR)

This agreement (this “Agreement”) evidences an award (the “Award”) of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) granted by Olaplex Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the individual named above (the “Participant”), pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Olaplex Holdings, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (as from time to time amended and in effect, the “Plan”). Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein have the same meaning as in the Plan.

1.    Grant of RSUs. On the date of grant set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the Company granted to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) set forth above, giving the Participant the conditional right to receive, without payment and pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan, one share of Stock (a “Share”) with respect to each RSU subject to this Award, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan in respect of transactions occurring after the date hereof.

The RSUs are granted to the Participant in connection with the Participant’s Employment with the Company.

2.    Vesting. Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the RSUs will vest [                    ], subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date.

3.    Cessation of Service. If the Participant’s Employment ceases for any reason, the RSUs, to the extent not then vested, will be immediately forfeited for no consideration.    

4.    Delivery of Shares. The Company shall, as soon as practicable upon the vesting of any RSUs (but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the date on which such RSUs vest), effect delivery of the Shares with respect to such vested RSUs to the Participant (or, in the event of the RSUs have passed to the estate or beneficiary of the Participant or a permitted transferee, to such estate or beneficiary or permitted transferee).

5.    Restrictions on Transfer. The RSUs may not be transferred except as expressly permitted under Section 6(a)(3) of the Plan.

6.    Forfeiture; Recovery of Compensation. By accepting, or being deemed to have accepted, the RSUs, the Participant expressly acknowledges and agrees that his or her rights, and those of any permitted transferee, with respect to the RSUs, including the right to any Shares


acquired in respect of the RSUs and any amounts received in respect thereof, are subject to Section 6(a)(5) of the Plan (including any successor provision). The Participant further agrees to be bound by the terms of any applicable clawback or recoupment policy of the Company. Nothing in the preceding sentence will be construed as limiting the general application of Section 8 of this Agreement.

7.    Taxes. The Participant is responsible for satisfying and paying all taxes arising from or due in connection with the Award, its vesting and/or settlement and any disposition of any Shares acquired upon the vesting of the Award. The Company will have no liability or obligation related to the foregoing.

8.    Provisions of the Plan. This Agreement is subject in its entirety to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant has been made available to the Participant. By accepting, or being deemed to have accepted, the Award, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

9.    Acknowledgements. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that (i) this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument, (ii) this Agreement may be executed and exchanged using facsimile, portable document format (PDF) or electronic signature, which, in each case, will constitute an original signature for all purposes hereunder, and (iii) such signature by the Company will be binding against the Company and will create a legally binding agreement when this Agreement is countersigned by the Participant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-2-


The Company, by its duly authorized officer, and the Participant have executed this Agreement.

 

OLAPLEX HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

By  

 

  [Participant’s Name]

 

 

Signature Page to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Director)

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Entity

  

Jurisdiction

Subsidiaries of Olaplex Holdings, Inc.1

Olaplex Intermediate, Inc.

Olaplex Intermediate II, Inc.

Penelope Holdings Corp.

Penelope Intermediate Corp.

Olaplex, Inc.

Olaplex UK Limited

  

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

United Kingdom

Subsidiaries of Penelope Group Holdings L.P.2

Penelope Holdings Corp.

Penelope Intermediate Corp.

Olaplex, Inc.

Olaplex UK Limited

  

Delaware

Delaware

Delaware

United Kingdom

 

1 

After giving effect to the Reorganization as defined in the registration statement to which this exhibit forms a part.

2 

As of the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this exhibit forms a part.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 25, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Penelope Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

September 20, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 6, 2021 (September 20, 2021, as to the subsequent events described in Note 5), relating to the financial statement of Olaplex Holdings, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

September 20, 2021